Beyond 2012

Beyond 2012 page 1
A Convergence of Eschatological Information...
Contents:
1. Mayan Calendar 2. Galactic Synchronisation 3. Sunspot Cycles 4. Crustal Displacement 5. Solstice/Galactic Centre Conjunction 6. Mayan Tribal Prophecy 7. Hopi Tribal Prophecy 8. Inca Prophecy 9. UFO Flaps 10. The Bible Code 11. Photon Belt 12. Channels
http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (1 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM
Beyond 2012 page 1
13. Clow 14. DMT 15. ET Contact 16. Crop Circles 17. Timewave Zero (TW1) 18. Critical Mass 19.Information Doubling 20. Pi In The Sky 21. The Tarot 22. Seers 23. Boustrophedon 24. Montauk 25. Crystal Skulls 26. The Hall of Records 27. The Return of Nibiru 28. The Return of the Phoenix 29. Peak of Monthly Earth Energy Cycle 30. Gordon Michael Scallion 31. Quincunx = Aztec Calendar 32. Magnetic Field Reversal 33. 2012 as Next Precessional Age 34. The Pyramid of Kukulcan 35. Birth & Death of Venus 36. Remote Viewing
Beyond 2012 page 1
37. Alchemists & Masons 38. The Dendera Zodiac 39. Star-Map-to-Ground Correlation at Giza in 2012 40. Blue Star Kachina 41. Other Astronomical Phenomena in 2012 42. Radio ham Discovers Sunspot-Linked Geomagnetic Reversal 43. The rattling of The Pleiades 44. The Eye in The Pyramid 45. Great Pyramid of Giza as 2012 Indicator 46.Re-birth of Osiris 47. Adrian Gilbert - Signs in the Sky 48. Sphinx Stargate ADDENDUM
References
1. Mayan Calendar; the Great Cycle started in 3114 BC and ends in December 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 1
The Tzolkin, or Mayan Sacred Calendar
The Tzolkin is a 260-day calendar based around the period of human gestation. It is composed of 20 day-signs, each of which has 13 variations, and was (and still is) used to determine character traits and time harmonics, in a similar way to Western astrology. The Maya also used a 365-day calendar called the Haab, and a Venus calendar, plus others. They measured long time periods by means of a Long Count, in which one 360-day year (a "Tun"), consists of 18 x 20-day "months" ("Uinals"). Twenty of these Tuns is a Katun; 20 Katuns is a Baktun (nearly 400 years); and 13 Baktuns adds up to a "Great Cycle" of 1,872,000 days, ( 5200 Tuns, or about 5125 years). Mayan scholars have been attempting to correlate the Long Count with our Western Gregorian calendar, since the beginning of this century. There has been massive variation in the suggested correlations, but as early as 1905, Goodman suggested a correlation only 3 days from the most popular one today. Known as the GMT correlation, or "correlation # 584283", this was finalized in 1950, and puts the start of the Great Cycle ( day 0.0.0.0.0) on 11th August 3114 BC, and the end-date (known as 13.0.0.0.0.) as 21st December 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 1
Jose Arguelles has pointed out that the Tzolkin is a harmonic of the Great Cycle, and can be used to map history, as if it is measuring not individual gestation but species gestation, since 5 Great Cycles add to exactly 26,000 Tuns; the "Grand Year" or precession of the equinoxes - a higher harmonic of 260. (For an explanation of why this diagram says 3113 BC see ADDENDUM).
2. Galactic Synchronization; Jose Arguelles says in his book The Mayan Factor, the 5125-year Great Cycle marks Earths passage through a resonant frequency synchronisation beam, which will prepare Earth and humanity for an ascension, or evolutionary leap to the next dimension.
Beyond 2012 page 1
The Tzolkin as Great Cycle , mapping history - from The Mayan Factor
3. Sunspot Cycles; Adrian Gilbert and Maurice Cotterell, in their book the Mayan Prophecies, say that the end of the Great Cycle is the culmination of a series of long-term sunspot cycles which will flip the suns magnetic field, causing earthquakes and flooding on earth. Moreover, the changing magnetic field will alter the endocrine production of the pineal gland. John Major Jenkins has pointed out that the detailed graphs of the cycles do not actually show significant termination points at the end of the Great Cycle; click here for Jenkins' full unabridged review of The Mayan Prophecies. However, generally speaking, scientifically accepted records of sunspot activity do seem to be heading for a climax in the near future.
(See also item 42)
Beyond 2012 page 1
The yearly average (mean) of daily relative sunspot numbers from 1851 to 1980
When the sunspot numbers are graphed, longer cycles are evident
4. Crustal Displacement; Graham Hancock has suggested in his book Fingerprints of the Gods, that an unusual planetary alignment at the end of the Great Cycle will cause a gravitational effect on the crust of the Earth, which is topheavy with polar ice. The crust will slip, wiping out most of the life on Earth as a result of colossal tidal waves. However, this planetary alignment is due on 24 December 2011, which is the date given by Frank Waters in Mexico Mystique as the end of the Great Cycle. Since the end-point has now been confirmed as 21 December 2012, if we are due for crustal displacement, this alignment will probably NOT be the trigger (see addendum).
Beyond 2012 page 1
5. Solstice - Galactic Centre Conjunction; John Major Jenkins has finally decoded the meaning behind the Mayan Great Cycle. In his book Maya Cosmogenesis 2012, he shows that the Great Cycle is a fifth and final cycle in the 26,000-year Precession of the Equinoxes, except that the Mayans measured it from the Winter Solstice instead of the Spring Equinox. On 21/12/2012, the Solstice sun will align with the Dark Rift in the Milky Way, which the Maya called the Mouth of the Crocodile, (or jaguar-toad); the Crocodile Tree being the Milky Way itself.
Beyond 2012 page 1
Milky Way as Cosmic Tree compared with caiman-tree. 2012
The movement of of the Milky Way towards the December solstice sun between 6000BC and
This is the widest part of the Milky Way, and corresponds to the direction of the centre of the galaxy. As the alignment occurs, the Earth will align with the plane of the galaxy and pass onto the other side,** causing a field effect energy reversal, allowing us to resonate with the source of the field. This will be the completion of the human spiritual embryogenesis which is measured by the Mayan Long Count calendar, culminating in a pole shift in the collective psyche, and the birth of our Higher Selves. This last day of the Great Cycle, the Maya called Creation Day. **The alignment is discussed, (including the idea that the solar system is "north" of the galactic plane) at Time wave Zero 2012 posts 1126 - 1176 (see esp. posts 1147 & 1169 ) Jenkins' essay "The True Alignment Zone " also clairfies the alignment issue.
Beyond 2012 page 1
First Father (December solstice sun) emerges from the mouth of the jaguar-toad (dark rift)
The convergence of the December solstice sun with Galactic Center:...... ......... A: 8000 years ago. B: 4000 years ago C: 2012
6. Mayan Tribal Prophecy; Hunbatz Men, a modern Mayan Daykeeper, says we should visit sacred sites to correct the outcome of a flaw in human DNA. This will strengthen our energy bodies for the coming transition at the end of the Great Cycle.
Beyond 2012 page 1
7.Hopi Tribal Prophecy; Oh Shinnah says the "Great Purification" will be over by 2011 (ref: Profiles in Wisdom on 2012 Books page); (see also, addendum), and says "it will be marked by the appearance of a new star".
The Star in the Thoth Tarot
8. Inca Prophecy; Wi1laru Huayta, a Peruvian "spiritual messenger" says that 2013 is the end of the Inca calendar (see addendum), and in that year- a "huge asteroid" 3 times larger than Jupiter will pass close to earth, causing cataclysms that will kill off most of humankind. See News Flash
Beyond 2012 page 1
Sounds like Nibiru - Sitchin's 12th Planet see item 27 & 35
9. UFO Flaps; the world s biggest ever UFO flap started in Mexico in 1991 and continues to this day. This has helped focus world attention on the Mayan calendar and prophecies. A recent UFO flap over Arizona may also point to the Hopi prophecies, just as an Israel flap brings in the biblical prophecies. (For Harley Swiftdeer's prophecy, click here).
Beyond 2012 page 1
UFO over Palenque, Mexico; 21st March 1991
10. The Bible Code; Michael Drosnin's book, The Bible Code, tells the story of a code apparently discovered in the torah, which has now been verified by mathematicians and code-breakers, predicts all major news items from the holocaust to Hiroshima. More recent events have been decoded before they happened, including the collision of the Shoemaker-Levy comet with Jupiter. The date of the collision was found to be encoded months before it happened. As for the future, the last encoded date is 2126 -seventh month - when comet Swift-Tuttle is predicted to return to the solar system, just as astronomers have already predicted. However, in 2012, a comet is predicted which will crumble into pieces and/or annihilate the earth. The Bible code continues to be challenged; some think the codes are imaginary; some think they are real, but cannot
predict the future; some just object for religious reasons; for a selection of views, click here.
Beyond 2012 page 1
11. Photon Belt; in 1961, according to several by new age sources, Paul Otto Hesse discovered a "photon belt" circling the central sun of the Pleiades, and, we are told, our solar system passes through it every 12,500 years, and will next be fully immersed in it in "2011-2012". UPDATE: However, it now transpires that the original article was probably a hoax, and that there are at least 3 major errors involved in the story: 1) No photon belt or other such region of increased energy has been discovered. Photons in any case are merely particles of electromagnetic energy, which we commonly experience as light. Upon exposure to excess photons the most common transformation of your being is sunburn. (2) There's no "anomaly" near the Pleiades star cluster. The Pleiades are surrounded by a nebula, or gas cloud. This cloud is
Beyond 2012 page 1
composed not of photons but of dust and hydrogen gas. (3) The earth isn't heading toward the Pleiades but away from them. In the 1850s it was conjectured that the earth orbited the Pleiades, but this has long since been discredited. (4) Paul Otto Hesse is a German author of a book on Judgement Day and is unknown to astronomers.
See this site for more information on the truth behind the photon belt myth. See also HERE, for more detail on the origin of the story, and an archived article by astro-physicist Dr. Paul LaViolette, Galactic Center Disinformation, which suggests that although it is wrong in many ways, the photon belt myth can be seen as an analogy for a galactic superwave (see item 48). It is also an analogy for precession, (diagram at item 31) but the 25,000-26,000 - year movement is the movement of the equinoxes and solstices around the zodiac, not the solar system around the Pleiades. HOWEVER, it just so happens that the Maya used the Pleiades to measure precession, and our proximity to the
2012 end-point (see item 34). Other scientists such as Alexey Dmitriev have also developed theories that relate to this issue. Dmitriev has analysed solar system changes and concluded that the solar system is entering an "area of magnetised plasma" see HERE for more.
Beyond 2012 page 1
12. Channels; Peter O. Erbe, chanelling the great white brotherhood, says we will enter the photon belt in 2011, which will trigger an ascension to "fourth-level density". The greys are in league with governments trying to abort the process. St. Germain (via Azena), says we will enter the belt in December 2012, attaining a "parallel universe". The Sirians (via Sheldon Nidle) say we should have entered the belt in 1996. In 2012/13 our whole solar system will travel down a wormhole in the direction of the Sirius system. The photon belt will alter DNA and chakras allowing us to use our inter-dimensional soul body for existence in a timeless higher dimension. UPDATE: See item 11 above - the Photon belt story is seriously faulted!
Beyond 2012 page 1
13. Clow; Barbara Hand Clows version (in her book, The Pleiadian Agenda), unifies all the others. In 1987, the galactic synchronization beam reacted with the photon band as we entered it. At Winter Solstice 2012, Earths entire orbital path will be engulfed in the band; this will be the ascension. We must prepare by meditating at sacred sites, to modify our DNA and emotional bodies. In 2013 the 3rd dimension will dissipate on Earth. (Contactee Alex Collier agrees about the latter, but calls it a "third density implosion"and says it will occur on December 3 2013.) Nibiru (see item 27, item 35) and Sirius
(see item 40) are also involved

UPDATE: See item 11 above - the Photon belt story is seriously faulted!
See: a) The Photon Belt : Dr.Noel Huntley gives the case FOR the Photon Belt.
b) The Straight Dope: Is The Earth About to Enter the Photon Belt Causing the End to All Life As We Know It? : "Cecil"gives the case AGAINST the Photon Belt c) Galactic Center Disinformation: (ARCHIVE UPDATE) Astrophysicist Dr. Paul LaViolette sorts out the truth behind the Photon Belt (see also item 48) d) Exploding the myth of the Photon Belt
Beyond 2012 page 1
e) The Original Photon Belt Story in Nexus Magazine Feb/Mar 1991 is halfway down this page, repeated from a 1981 article NEW!!
Beyond 2012 page 2
Page 2
14. DMT; the pineal gland produces a hallucinogen - DMT or dimethyltryptamine, * at advanced stages of meditation. This can also be extracted from some plants and is closely related to tryptamines found in fungi, and it facilitates communication with extra-dimensional life-forms known as "self-transforming machine-elves", according to Terence McKenna. These creatures have stated that the "laws of physics will be transformed around 2012". * plus hallucinogenic beta-carbolines, such as Pinoline
Mushroom stones that resemble psilocybin-containing mushrooms Pineal gland Mushroom stone from from ....................................................................................................................................................................................................Guatemala circa 300 BC
Beyond 2012 page 2
15. ET Contact; Jon King - editor of the late great UFO Reality magazine*, had several "contactee" experiences between 1980 and 1984, in which he encountered humanoid ETs in a parallel dimension. They told him that a large triangular area of South-West England, centred on Barbury Castle, would be receiving "energy codings" to prepare humanity for ET contact between 1998 and 2013, by which * (Growing Needs still have some copies - see esp. issues 4, 7,& 8) time the dimensional shift will have occurred. See News Flash.
Jon King's Aquarian Triangle.....................................................The Schedule (from UFO Reality's TUMI column)
Beyond 2012 page 2
16. Crop Circles; crop circles started being noticed by the world at large in 1980, and their numbers began to accelerate in 1985. They would seem to be Jon King's "energy codings", since they definitely clustered in his "Aquarian Triangle" - an area full of sacred sites. In July 1991, Barbury Castle had a stunning triangular formation which looked like the Aquarian Triangle, and was described by Brian Grist as "an alchemical Mandelbrot set". Then, within a month, we had the Mandelbrot set itself, which arrived at Ickleton, in Cambridgeshire. The original fractal, this is a pictorial representation of a complex equation to describe systems with a hierarchy of repeating patterns. The Mandelbrot-fractal formations indicate the significance of 2012, as it has been identified as the terminal point in a Mandelbrot-fractal* timewave system; see next item. (*ref: Robert Anton Wilson's Trajectories Newsletter No.7)
The Barbury Castle Pictogram 17/7/91
Beyond 2012 page 2
The Mandelbrot Fractal
(see Chaos by James Gleick)
The Ickleton Mandelbrot formation.
View Mandelbrot crop formation: 1 2 Three interactive Mandelbrot fractals: 1 2
3 3
5 6
17. Timewave Zero (now TW1); the fractal timewave system in question was discovered by Terence McKenna and his brother Dennis. A complex computer analysis of the I Ching revealed a hierarchy of 26 timewaves, (each one 64 times larger than the one below), which govern the unfolding of events in the universe. When converted into a single fractal wave, and mapped against history, the graph peaks in 2012. This was first discovered before the McKennas had heard of the Mayan Great Cycle or its end point. It has since been criticized by a British mathematician named Mathew Watkins, but it was checked by another mathematician and nuclear fusion specialist John Sheilak - using vector analysis. Sheilak confirmed that there was an error, but it was correctable, and the result is a timewave which
fits history even better, and terminates on December 21 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 2
....
The King Wen Sequence of the I Ching produces a timewave with repeating patterns at various levels of thehierarchy (see below).
Beyond 2012 page 2
The complex I Ching- tri-level wave and Timewave that is derived from it, showing its fractal nature
18. Critical Mass; Peter Russell says that as world population approaches the critical number of 10 thousand million, we could suddenly find ourselves functioning on a new level, as cells in a
global brain, (there are ten thousand million atoms in a neuron and ten thousand million neurons in the human cortex). He analyses the acceleration of human knowledge, notices the coincidence between the end of the Mayan Great Cycle and the end of the timewave of McKenna, and sees it as a likely consciousness shift-point.
Beyond 2012 page 2
Evolution as a series of sudden transitions the field of inner development
Projected growth curve of population working in
.............................................................................................................................................................................
Evolution as the World Trade Centre skyscraper - the last 2000 years is the layer of paint on the top - showing evolutionary acceleration
Beyond 2012 page 2
Evolution as an inward-turning spiral in which each successive circuit is accomplished in a shorter time
19. Information Doubling; Robert Anton Wilson's analysis of history involved graphing the time taken for information to double. The first doubling took 40,000 years, up to the Bronze Age. By 1990 it was doubling every 18 months. He says that it seems to be a fractal and admits that McKennas fractal fits his own survey data quite well, but is loath to say more than that.
Beyond 2012 page 2
Information-doubling-time acceleration
20. Pi in the Sky; This is a book by Michael Poynder in which he said that the Stone Age priesthood used to work with, and manipulate the Earths energy grid. They knew about the 22-year
binary sunspot cycle, and they used the value of pi - 22 over 7 - in the layout of many sacred sites. In 3114 BC, at the end of the last Great Cycle, the Winter Solstice sun entered the cairns through polarising crystal windows, accelerating the auric body of the cairn, and creating an extra-dimensional UFO. The priests have time-traveled in their UFOs to the present time, to
communicate via crop circles, that we should raise our consciousness for 2012.
................................................................................................................................................................Gold
Druidic collar with 2 x 11 dots (2 x 11
.........................................The
formation of a magnetic
sunspot loop .................................. .=sunspot cycle) over 7 semicircles (22/7 = Pi)
Beyond 2012 page 2
Auric body of cairn becomes a UFO
Beyond 2012 page 2
Beyond 2012 page3
Page 3
21. Tarot; having realised that there are 22 Tarot "trumps", and 22 chapters in the book of Revelation, I looked up "trumps" in the dictionary, and found it means "trumpets of Armageddon"! This was a clear indication that the Tarot could be a key to Revelation. The Tarot is represented on trump 10, the wheel of fortune, where TARO is spelled out on the wheel, which becomes ROTA as the wheel turns. So, the Tarot represents a cycle of time, or a circle, and the 4 creatures of the apocalypse occur on the wheel of fortune, which are conspicuous on 18/8/99 when the Grand Cross planetary alignment occurred in the signs of Taurus, Leo, Aquarius, and Scorpio, (sometimes symbolised by an eagle), one week after the solar eclipse.
Beyond 2012 page3
Trump 10: Wheel of Fortune
Trump 20: Judgement
Trump 21:The World
Trump 0/22: The Fool
Trump 20, Judgement, corresponds to chapter 20 (the Last Judgement); trump 21, the World, corresponds to chapter 21 (a New Heaven and a New Earth); the un-numbered trump 22/0, the Fool, corresponds to chapter 22 (beginning and end: alpha and omega).
Beyond 2012 page3
Although this is the chart for 11/8/99, the solar eclipse of 1999, we can see the planets are already in a cross format, and will be in the Grand Cross formation one week later, on 18/8/99 when they were to be in the "fixed signs related to the four beasts of the Apocalypse". Image from A.T. Mann's Millennium Prophecies, Element, 1992; click on picture for link to A.T. Mann's website.
As Tarot is a rota, and key to Revelation, we apply pi (22 over 7) to Revelation and see how many sevens are in the 22 chapters. There are 52 x 7 in the 22 chapters; 52 x 7 = 364. In other words, there are 4 seasons of 13 x 7-day weeks in the 52-week year. Using these numbers, we calculate as follows: 13 (364 + 7 + 4) = 4875 Counting 4875 days on from the grand cross of 18/9/99 takes us to December 21 2012.
UPDATE 3rd Jan 2002: DON'T BELIEVE EVERYTHING YOU READ!!...there are actually 53 sevens in the Book of Revelation,
Beyond 2012 page3
(not counting "seven thousand"), so the tarot has NOT unlocked revelation after all!
22. Seers; Ken Carey is the only channel I know of who has given a detailed description (The Third Millennium: Living in the
Posthistoric World) of what we can expect at the moment he dates as winter solstice 2011 (see addendum). He calls it an event that is simultaneously alpha and omega, a moment of quantum awakening. A nanosecond will be stretched into infinity and become nontime, during which we will all experience full consciousness of who we are and why we have incarnated. If we choose to return to human form, we will do so in an awakened state, as reflective cells of the Star Maker. Click here for complete quote
Beyond 2012 page3
Thanks to URI (Carl Sullivan)

Alpha and Omega - the Fool reintegrated ; quantum awakening; third eye opened, when "U R I" - you are I, ("In Lake'ch" as the Maya say)
Beyond 2012 page3
23. Boustrophedon; this is a term applied by Michael Glickman to a crop formation that appeared on 8/9 August 97 at Etchilhampton, Wiltshire. It means "as the ox ploughs" ( in other words, the direction of lay alternates from line to line). There were two formations next to each other. One was a six-pointed whirling star, and the other was a grid pattern of 30 x 26 squares. Noticing that there are 26 weeks in six months, Glickman thought the formation was signifying a point 15 years from the formation - 2012.
Photo: Steve Alexander
Photo: Steve Alexander
On further study, I found other 2012 indicators. The Tzolkin, ( item 1) or 260-day Mayan sacred calendar- is a grid of 15 x 20 squares, and the 780-squared grid is divisible by exactly three Tzolkins . In fact, a 780-day cycle was important to the Maya (in the Dresden Codex there are
tables giving multiples of 780 days) because it is the synodic orbital period of Mars. The number of units in the grid could also be
Beyond 2012 page3
taken as 781, including the large rectangle which contains the grid. 781 is the number of "bits" in Maurice Cotterell's 187-year sunspot cycle, which Cotterell has related to the Mayan great cycle ending in 2012 (see item 3). The six-pointed whirling star would then represent the six rotating magnetic fields of the sun (two polar & four equatorial), that cause the sunspot cycle. See also item 42
Tzolkin, the Mayan Sacred Calendar
The Sun's equatorial and polar magnetic fields
Beyond 2012 page3
At bit 781, Cotterell's sunspot cycle starts again.
24. Montauk; two American seamen jumped off the USS Eldridge during the Philadelphia Experiment on 12th August 1943. They
found themselves not in the harbour, but on Long Island, New York, 12th August 1983. They had time-travelled to a point where the government was conducting a similar project, called the Montauk Project, connected by planetary magnetic fields that peak every 20 years on 12th August. The scientists working on the project have been able to timetravel through a hyperspace loop between the experiment dates, but cant go beyond 2012. Could this be because time stops in 2012? Steven Gibbs says that there was a barrier the
Beyond 2012 page3
time-travellers couldn't go through, but they went round it and found "all life on this planet had been wiped out", however, other versions differ:
The Sixties TV series "The Time Tunnel"
15/7/95: The Time Tunnel, Cissbury Ring. Photo: Mike Hubbard
What have these images got to do with 2012? You'll have to click on Montauk Project (above) to see...... Bob Frissell says in his book, "Nothing In This Book Is True, But Its Exactly How Things Are", that the reason they couldn't go beyond 2012 was that the last time travel experiment will be in 2012, and all the experiments are interconnected. Frissell says they could also travel into the past, but not beyond one million years ago, since this was the date the Greys did their first time-travel experiment. Drunvalo Melchizedek was the source of Frissell's information; however, the un-named interviewee (presumably Al Bielek, who claims to be Edward Cameron - one of the 2 seamen who jumped off the Eldridge - the other was Duncan Cameron, his brother), in an on-line transcription of part of a 9-hour series of interviews gives a slightly different version:
What is the furthest anyone has traveled in the future?
Beyond 2012 page3
10,000 AD. So everything is locked in until 10.000AD? Yes. It's a dreamlike reality. No one has picked up a tangible future beyond 2012 AD. There is a very abrupt wall there with nothing on the other side. Prophecies speak of earth changes around then. Curious, isn't it?
What is your prognosis for the future of the human species? It will survive. Why was it mentioned at one time that 2011 was the last year that they could see anything tangible? It was mentioned in the Mayan calendar that 2011-2013 was a barrier of some kind. Psychics have said that there is a barrier around 2013 that they can't go through. That doesn't mean there is nothing beyond that. No. It's just blocked from view. Even to the time machines. There are a lot of people wondering whether they are going to retain control over humanity beyond 2013. There seems to be a quickening of consciousness right now as we are beginning to go into fourth density. Right. There seems to be some evidence of this. [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [
Many people have been discussing the idea that we are going into fourth density. What does that mean? Basically another general vibratory rate. It also relates to the realization that one is not separate from the creator. It is that kind of spectrum which has been called by the Christians as the "second coming". The second coming is a state of being, not an individual arriving and establishing a power hierarchy.
Beyond 2012 page3
When will this be completed? Well, entities on this planet should make the attempt to polarize in terms of what excites them no later than 1993, or it will be harder to do so. Polarization can be positive or negative. Generally, the fourth density is much more full of life. Entities must still care for their physical vehicles. It is also a density where compassion, understanding and love are more predominant. Full conversion to fourth density will occur between 2003 and 2013. Its interesting that according to the mathematics behind the I Ching, everything goes jackpot around 2012. Yes. Nothing will be the same on Earth. It is changing right now. What we are seeing is basically the death of the third density way of life. If you haven't already clicked on Montauk Project & you want to see more, do it now... but fasten your seat belt! (See also item 36.)
(Back to Time Tunnel)
25. Crystal Skulls; in the Mystery of the Crystal Skulls, Chris Morton and Ceri Louise Thomas interview North and South
American Indians, who claim that there were originally 52 crystal skulls, of which the Maya had 13. They were brought to Earth in the distant past by extra-terrestrials, having been encoded with information from 12 different planetary civilisations.
Morton and Thomas discovered that : "...the whole layout of Teotihuacan was like huge clock-face, centred around the Pyramid of the Sun. The Avenue of the Dead, like one hand of a clock, pointed at where the Pleiades would have set on the Southern horizon on the 12 August 3114 BC, whilst the skull beneath the Pyramid of the Sun - like the other hand of the clock, pointed at the place on the horizon where the Pleiades set today."
Beyond 2012 page3
The stellar clock at Teotihuacan
They also found that the 3 pyramids of Teotihuacan were a reflection of Orion's belt, just like the Giza pyramids of Egypt. They were told by elders of the Hopi Indian people that the extraterrestrials that brought the crystal skulls were from Sirius, Orion, and the Pleiades; (strangely enough, these are the three most common sources given by channels today). The information is held in the molecular crystal lattice, as in the silicon chips we use today, but can be accessed by consciousness. The Mitchell-Hedges skull was tested by Hewlett-Packard, who could find no tooling marks on it, and concluded that it would have taken 300 man-years to make.
Beyond 2012 page3
The belt of Orion at Giza: also at Teotihuacan
" Ebmnagine", Elmera's (Vikki Cunningham's) alien-esque crystal skull
Originally; "the skulls were kept inside a pyramid in a formation of tremendous power- known as the Ark. The Ark was composed of the 12 skulls from each of the sacred planets kept in a circle, with a thirteenth skull, the largest, placed in the centre of this formation. This thirteenth skull represents the collective consciousness of all the worlds. It connects up the knowledge of all the sacred planets." Now is the Time of the Warning, also called Time of the Awakening, or Time of the Quickening, which is the transitional period between the end of the 9 Hell Cycles, which ended on 17 August 1987, and the time of the 13 Heavens, which begins "after sunset on 21 December- in the year 2012". The crystal skulls were left here to help us in this time of transition - we must change before 2012, showing love and respect for each other, life, and the planet, or we shall be cleansed from it by cataclysms.
Beyond 2012 page3
A section of an Aztec codex showing destruction of previous ages (gods) by a skull-headed Venus god
The modern Mayans are arranging a series of meetings for elders from indigenous tribes of North and South America and other countries, to culminate in a reunion of all the crystal skulls. This will happen at a pre-destined time known only to the Mayan day-keepers.
Beyond 2012 page3
26. The Hall of Records; in his 1998 book, The Gods of Eden, Andrew Collins has followed up legends of an undiscovered
underground complex at the Giza plateau, and by a study of the much overlooked Edfu Texts, has concluded that the complex takes the form of 12 chambers surrounding a 13th!
Andrew Collins' plan of the probable arrangement of the Chambers of First Creation, based on the Edfu texts and books of the duat.
He calls the complex the Chambers of Creation, and says that in each of the 12 chambers were kept "Iht-relics", and in the central 13th chamber was the "Bnnt-embryo", also known as a "seed", or "egg of creation". The embryo, Collins imagines to be "a large conical-shaped omphalos or ben-ben stone, plausibly a crystal-like structure...", And the Iht-relics, "smaller-, hand-held sacred stones, or crystals..." This is such a similar idea to the Ark of the American Indians (see item 25), that it implies a 2012 connection. This connection HAS been made by Nigel Appleby.
Nigel Appleby simultaneously (but perhaps not as independently as he'd have us believe), came to the same conclusion as Collins, (there has been controversy about Appleby's book, but we need not discuss that here), after studying the Edfu Texts, though he differs in his prediction of the Halls location. Since the Giza pyramids correspond to the belt of Orion, if the image of the Orion constellation was superimposed onto the pyramids, the position of Sirius will overlay the Hall of Records. Appleby concluded from his study of the Edfu Texts, that the Hall of Records is a central chamber surrounded by 12 others, and even conjectured that the central chamber contains a small pyramid, as opposed to just a pyramidion, or capstone. Inside should be information concerning the history of mankind, and, says Appleby, crucial information to prepare us for 2012, when he says the fifth age of man, will begin.
Beyond 2012 page3
The plan of Appleby's "Operation Hermes" team, to survey the proposed site, was announced in the Sunday Times, 10/8/97
Appleby has provided the next two items as evidence that it is 2012 that the Hall of Records is to prepare us for.
Beyond 2012 page3
27. The Return of Nibiru. Appleby quotes the Washington Post (30/12/83), and Newsweek (13/7/87), that Nibiru (a heavenly body possibly as large as the giant planet Jupiter) has been spotted by the IRAS satellite in the direction of Orion and, says Appleby, is due to become visible to Earth and appear as a new star, sometime between 2012 and 2036 . However, it is now near the size of the Earth, since it broke in two, as described in Babylonian myths, (this somewhat contradicts the NASA statement about it being the size of Jupiter!) Thus, any cataclysms as it comes close to Earth again, will be less severe than previous ones. The websites covering Nibiru are many and varied - here are 4 that say it will return in 2012: Apollonius; Nibiruan Council; Hidden Mysteries; Phoenicians
An Akkadian cylinder depicting the solar system as the Sumerians knew it, including an extra planet - Nibiru. 1= Sun; 2= Mercury; 3= Venus; 4 = Earth; 5 = Moon; 6 = Mars; 7 = Nibiru; 8 = Jupiter; 9 = Saturn; 10 = Pluto (previously a .satellite of Saturn); 11 = Uranus; 12 = Neptune, according to the
Beyond 2012 page3
research of Zecharia Sitchin
Some Nibiru sites are far-fetched; some are batty See also items 35 and 40
Beyond 2012 page 4
Page 4
28. The Return of the Phoenix. Appleby says that the Phoenix myth relates to the periodic reversal of the Earths magnetic field due to the long-term sunspot cycle which culminates in a solar magnetic reversal. This magnetic reversal is due in 2012. Appleby quotes Michael Mandevilles self-published book The Return of the Phoenix, which predicts the fifth flight of the Phoenix on December 22 2012, when we are due for a crustal displacement moving the lithosphere as much as 30 degrees of latitude. ( On
his website, Mandeville says it will be in 2000 or 2001 See item 45) See letter from Zyzygyz of Time Wave Zero 2012 for why crustal displacement or axis shift is not due)
The Phoenix, or Bennu bird
Swedish scientists have, says Appleby, determined that the date of the most recent magnetic reversal, or shift occurred (but not a "full reversal") - in 10,500 BC.* This happens to agree "with extraordinary exactness" with the date that Edgar Cayces visions revealed as the time the Great Pyramid was built (actually 10,490 BC). It is also the date which alternative Egyptologists and geologists have determined as the construction date of the Sphinx. Thus the Sphinx and Pyramid were designed as clues to last
Beyond 2012 page 4
12,500 years and help warn us of the coming changes in 2012, and lead us to the Hall of Records. (For anyone who has read The Hall
of the Gods, Appleby gets the dates right on p.362, but on p.363 & 364, says 12,500 BC, when he meant 12,500 BP - before present).
(*Source was probably Alan Alford's Gods of the New Millennium, p.225 & 625 - the Swedes reported in New Scientist 6/1/1972, p.7, that "a reversal of the Earth's magnetic field had occurred 12, 400 years ago" which gives 10,428 BC; This event is known as the Gothenburg Magnetic Flip, and occurred 12,700 years ago (10,700 BC) according to Dr Paul LaViolette, (item 48) other sources say 12,500 years ago and 12,600 years ago There seems to be disagreement as to whether this event was a magnetic reversal or just a local flutuation. LaViolette calls it a "substantial geomagnetic disturbance". Gregg Braden quotes a later Swedish paper, which indicates that it WAS a 180 degree shift, due to new evidence from the southern hemisphere, and that it occurred 13,200 years ago; see item 32. Alford thinks the Phoenix myth is about an exploded planet)
At vernal equinox, 10,500 BC; the Sun in Leo, lines up with the Sphinx, while Orion's belt culminates at the meridian - a pattern mimicked on the ground by the 3 pyramids
The Sphinx was designed as a Phoenix (man + bull + lion +eagle), and is aligned to a point on the horizon which gives us a clue as to the meaning of the Phoenix legend. The Sphinx faces the point on the horizon where the vernal equinox (Appleby disputes this and says it was the cross quarter sunrise), was in Leo, and Orion was at its lowest point in the sky. This occurred in 10,500 BC, and is Zep Tepi the First Time of Osiris (Orion). Appleby says that the movement of Venus at that time was very specific and is a pattern that is only repeated every 12,500 years. He says that the pattern will repeat in 2012. Zep Tepi, or the First Time of Osiris was in 10,500 BC, when Orion was at its lowest point in the sky. The Last Time of Osiris, when Orion is at its highest point, is ALSO due in 2012, says Appleby.
Beyond 2012 page 4
However, Robert Bauval and his co-authors, who must be Applebys primary sources, give the date of the Last Time variously as 2450 AD and 2500 AD. Appleby may have made an error here, but has over-corrected it by saying that Bauvals date for Zep Tepi should have been 11,500 BC, not 10,500 BC. The text under this diagram, (below) may have lead to some confusion, since at first glance it seems to give the future highest altitude of the star Al Nitak (Zeta Orionis) but actually gives its altitude circa 2000 AD ( 58 degrees 6 minutes). At least Appleby got his chapter heading right; Dates in Turmoil !
Beyond 2012 page 4
29. Peak of monthly earth energy cycle; in Tom Gravess classic book, Needles of Stone, he reports the findings of
dowsers, that standing stones have 7 narrow bands of double-strength geomagnetic field running horizontally across the stone at various heights. These bands move up and down the stone a little, following the lunar cycle. Two bands are usually below ground, the third; just above or below the surface, and the top band at, or very close to, the top of the stone.
"all seven bands, according to several researchers Ive talked to, are tapping points into a spiral release of some kind of energy that moves up and down the stone, following that (sic) lunar cycle. The cycle appears to control the release of this energy in a sine-wave form, the zero-points of the cycle occurring on the 6th day after new and full moon." The pioneering dowser Guy Underwood had also noticed the lunar connection, and remarked that the months in the Celtic calendar had started on the 6th day after the new moon, and were divided into two fortnights. These cycles have now been monitored and found to repeat to an accuracy of within seven minutes per fortnight. The Celtic calendar was obviously based on this energy cycle, in which the spiral feeds energy from the ground to the sky during one half of the cycle, and feeds from the sky to the ground during the other half. (It may be that the bands act like chakras). I have just realised that the 21st December 2012 will not only be the winter solstice, but is also 6 days after the new moon*. This is a coincidence which would have been of significance to the Celts.
*I got this information from Hancock's Fingerprints of the Gods (p.499), where he quotes Michael Coe. However, an astronomy website gives 13th December 2012 as the date of the new moon, so that somewhat negates this item.
Beyond 2012 page 4
30. Gordon-Michael Scallion; one of the most prominent modern prophets, or "futurists", Scallion - who has been
compared to Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus - publishes his earth changes report nine times per year. It is an eight-page newsletter focusing on his most recent visions. In his recent book, Notes From The Cosmos, (1997), he records an impressive list of uncannily accurate predictions that he made for the years 1991-1997, and published in ECR, plus the facts of what actually occurred. He is most famous for his prediction of the epi-centre of the 1994 Northridge earthquake in California, which he made in 1993.
Solar flares and sunspots will precede a reversal of the suns magnetic field, ready for a new age. This is the time of the tribulation, and like the native Americans, Scallion says that human consciousness is triggering the earth changes. The "Blue Star Kachina" of the Hopi Indians will appear from behind the sun, traveling towards Arcturus. This blue star is a "companion to Sirius B", and will cause Earth s frequency to double to over fifteen cycles per second. Our "subtle bodies" will change, and we may experience palpitations, electrical sensations in the limbs and spinal column, migraines, flu-symptoms, and intense dreams, as we adjust. Between 1998 and 2002, the Earths magnetic field will begin to shift two or three times, by six or seven degrees each time. This will be the result of the interaction of a 11,600-year "critical-axis-tilt-point" cycle and a 3,750-year solar-magnetic reversal cycle. This sounds uncannily like the radio-ham discovery in item 42! The magnetic polar shift cycle is caused by "the interaction between earth, the sun and other planets", possibly implicating the 99 eclipse and the May 2000 alignment. Is this why I got a 7 degree discrepancy for North in the "Magnetic Field" crop formation this summer?
Beyond 2012 page 4
Precession of the equinoxes is caused by the 23. 5 degree tilt of the earth's axis.
Phobos, to move in a Scallion says that in a vision, he saw the planet Mars wobble on its axis, which causes its smallest moon, "snake-like motion", pushed out of its orbit by the approach of the Blue Star, now like a second sun. Phobos spirals towards the Earths orbit, and ricochets off our atmosphere, causing hurricanes and tidal waves, then earthquakes and volcanoes, then a melting of the ice-caps and global flooding. He seems to have covered it all here! See News Flash
Mars' moon, Phobos
The culmination point of these earth changes was to be 2012, but the cycle has been affected by humanity:
"Solar-magnetic cycles -pole shifts - occur at the eleven thousand six hundred year interval, with lesser cycles occurring at harmonic sub-junctures in the greater cycle. A full magnetic reversal would regularly occur on the sun in the year 2012. However, due to the expansion of thought forms and nuclear activity in your-world, the cycle has been modified, and now occurs earlier, before preparations are completed. But knowing these cycles can enable shifts to occur in your world, so that the cycle can be corrected. In doing so, preparation will be facilitated in our combined worlds. The effects of such a solar reversal brings great changes to our combined worlds, making for new seasons, and indeed, new species."
This information comes from the "Etherians", who go on to explain the meaning of crop circles in relation to the earth changes.
Some investigators, however, have checked up on Scallion's claims, and have been less than satisfied, saying he's "cooked the books".
Beyond 2012 page 4
31. Quincunx =Aztec Calendar. A quincunx is "an arrangement of five things at the corners and centre of a square". (Chamberss 20th Century Dictionary). In Mexico Mystique, Frank Waters says archaeologist Laurette Sejourne has demonstrated (in her book Burning Water), "that the quincunx is the most frequently occurring symbol throughout Mesoamerica". Teotihuacan is actually laid out in the shape of a quincunx.
These forms are hieroglyphs for Venus, due to its 5-fold cycle
"It symbolises the four previous worlds or suns and the present fifth sun as their unifying center. But reconciliation of the bipolar opposites during this era must take place within the human heart. So the quincunx also symbolises Quetzalcoatl who by penitence and self-sacrifice made a final ascent out of matter into spirit, and was transformed into Venus." The quincunx can
be seen at the centre of the Aztec Sunstone, where the four previous Suns surround the fifth Sun, in which we are living now; usually interpreted as the Sun of Movement, indicating that the cycle's end will be marked by an earthquake. Some researchers think the 5 Suns represent a series of 5 Great Cycles, of 5,200 Tuns each, adding to 26,000
Tuns - one Precession of the Equinoxes, meaning that 2012 will be the end of the last of the series, and the end of a full cycle of 26,000 years. The Aztecs had forgotten the Long Count and Great Cycle, but this possibility implies there may be some
forgotten knowledge hidden in the Sunstone. More on this soon...
Beyond 2012 page 4
The Aztec Sunstone in the Museum of Anthropology, Mexico City

above.
Morestead, Hampshire, 1997; compare to figures above (Photo: Lucy Pringle)
Apart from a simple circle, the quincunx is the most enduring crop formation, some versions of which, (e.g. The Maltese cross, Morestead, Hampshire, 1997), are almost identical to Mexican forms shown in Mexico Mystique. In a newly published book (The secret History of Crop Circles, 1998), Terry Wilson reveals that the first known appearance of the quincunx was in the 1950s in Heytesbury, Wiltshire, about the time of the first recorded crop circle in Mexico (in sweetcorn!). Mexico also had its own quincunx in Milbaheta in 1977.
Beckhampton, Wiltshire, 3/8/88 (Photo: Terence Meaden)
Arguably the most impressive quincunx ever! 19/7/2000
...................................................................................................................................................................Photo: Steve Alexander
Beyond 2012 page 4
32. Magnetic field reversal; geologist Gregg Braden has pointed out that Earths magnetic field has dropped 58% in the last 2000 years, and that the rate has risen to a further 6% in the last 100 years. In other words, the global magnetic field is dropping at an accelerating rate towards a "zero point" at which the polarity of Earth will reverse. Geological surveys of the mid-Atlantic ridge shows that this has happened many times before in the history of the Earth. Braden says that the declining magnetic field is causing the Schumann resonance of the ionosphere to increase, and that it is currently resonating at between 8.6 - 9 hz, And will level out at 13 hz -the next number in the Fibbonacci series. The whole process is connected to the Mayan calendar, the largest increase being recorded in 1987, which is when the Harmonic Convergence occurred. (He says the last polar reversal was 13,200 years ago - close to half a precession cycle see item 28).
Various scientific websites confirm these claims - of a declining magnetic field - in general, though they differ in details - eg: Brittanica says the average time between reversals is 300,000 to a million years, and takes 5,000 years to reverse, but it does shrink to zero during reversal, allowing entrance to cosmic rays, that would cause mutations. The Answer Man says the average is every 500,000 years, and the last one was 700,000 years ago, and that the field strength has dropped 8% in the last 150 years Ask the Space Scientist says it reverses every 250,000 years; is decreasing at 0.07% per year and will be at zero in 4,000 years; the reversal can take less than 100 years, and the last one was 250,000 years ago; American Scientist says it was 780,000 years ago; Science Frontiers says the Steens mountain volcanic record indicates that a 180 degree reversal took 4,500 years, but included 3 periods of very rapid change; An update on Steens mountain in Science Frontiers says the field moved at 6 degrees per day; Dr Paul LaViolette says in Earth Under Fire (see item 48) the Steens mountain info shows that a reversal would take only 2 months (based on the earlier 3 degrees per day figure); Andrew p. Roberts suggests that confusion arises because people fail to differentiate between "polarity transitions and excusions of the geomagnetic field"; The Los Alamos National Laboratory has done an interesting computer simulation to help understand this cycle. The situation regarding Schumann resonance is harder to answer. Scientists in USA & Western Europe are mostly saying it hasn't changed (Braden got his information from Russia and Norway) , yet the Climatology department of Arizona State University is using changing Schumann resonance values as an accurate measure of global temperatures, so the jury is still out on this one.
Beyond 2012 page 4
Geomagnetic Zero Point coincides with zero rotation, says Braden...............................................Previous geomagnetic reversals
In order to adapt, we must allow our bodies to alter their resonant frequency to match that of the earth. The process of adaptation is blocked by negative emotion, so we must become compassionate, and generate unconditional love. Shortly before Earth Shift, some people may achieve resonance in advance of the mass of humanity, and their "mer-ka-ba fields" - counter-posed tetrahedronal fields - will counter-rotate and merge to form a saucer-shaped light body, carrying those people into the fourth dimension. This is the Rapture. Sacred sites are places of a low magnetic field, allowing an easier- alteration of frequency; (for confirmation of this, see Places of Power by Paul Devereux).
I have found an interesting piece of information that may corroborate the above theory. Bob Monroe, a pioneer- of techniques to induce out-of-body experiences, states that when an OBE is occurring, the bodys polarity or electromagnetic field reverses itself. This has been witnessed by Michael Hutchison, observing experiments at the Monroe Institute. If the Earths magnetic field
reverses, would this trigger the mass of humanity to have an out-of body experience?
Beyond 2012 page 4
More on Ba and Ka here.
33. 2012 as next precessional age. Alan Alford, in his book Gods of the New Millennium, has studied ancient Babylonian
and Sumerian mythology, and concluded that the gods of Babylon each ruled for one precessional age, which is a twelfth of an entire precession of the equinoxes. Combining "the latest scientific estimates" of the length of a precessional age (2,148 years, as quoted by archaeo-astronomer, Jane Sellers), with biblical and Babylonian information, Alford concludes that the precessional age of Marduk began in 2284 BC. The next one began 2,148 years later, in 135 BC, and, counting forward another 2,148 years, says Alford, brings us to the next one in 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 4
Alford does not think the planet Nibiru will return in 2012, as some have speculated, (see item 27) but predicts it in AD 3400. He does, however, see the start of the next precessional age as a likely time for the return of the gods. This implies that they are lurking somewhere in the vicinity of the solar system, as predicted by Robert Temple in the latest edition of the Sirius Mystery. He also thinks that Stonehenge was designed to measure precession, and since John Major Jenkins has now discovered that the real purpose of the long-count Mayan Calendar was to track the 26,000-year cycle of precession which ends in 2012, maybe Stonehenge is a 2012 predictor, like the pyramid of Kukulcan in Chichen Itza (see next item).
Beyond 2012 page 4
Beyond 2012 page 5
Page 5
34. The Pyramid of Kukulcan; a Precessional Alarm Clock. When the Toltec people moved to Chichen Itza, they merged their own zenith cosmology with the Mayan system, and the result was the Pyramid of Kukulcan. This has been designed so that every year, on Spring Equinox, the afternoon sun causes a shadow play so that it appears that a huge serpent is descending from the sky, down the pyramid. However, John Major Jenkins shows that the pyramid is much more than an equinox indicator. It is a PRECESSIONAL CLOCK WITH ITS ALARM SET FOR THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY.
The Pyramid of Kukulcan at Chichen Itza
The shadow-play can be seen here
Jenkins says that Kukulcan, (or Quetzalcoatl, the plumed serpent), was the symbol of a sun-Pleiades-zenith conjunction. Exactly 60 days after the Spring Equinox, on May 20, the zenith passage of the sun takes place over Chichen Itza. The Crotalus rattlesnake, whose pattern is constantly used in Mesoamerican art, has a marking on it which is identical to the
Beyond 2012 page 5
Solar Ahau glyph of the Maya, and its rattle was called tzab, which is the same word used for the Pleiades star cluster (see Fig. below).
From John Major Jenkins' essential book, Maya Cosmogenesis 2012
The moving snake on the Pyramid is an annual reminder of a conjunction of the zenith sun with the Pleiades over Chichen Itza, but this is an event which will only occur during a 72-year time window, from 1976 to 2048. Right at the centre of this time window is the year 2012, when the Great Cycle ends. On May 20 2012, the zenith passage combines with a solar eclipse, on the Tzolkin day 10 Chichan, which means serpent. The winter solstice end-point will be 4 Ahau in the Tzolkin calendar, meaning Lord/Sun, and 3 Kankin in the Haab calendar, which means snake-day.
Quetzalcoatl, the feathered serpent
In Egypt, the Sun was depicted as a feathered snake
Beyond 2012 page 5
35. Birth and Death of Venus. In The Mayan Prophecies, Adrian Gilbert said that he used astronomical software called SKYGLOBE to look at the sky as it was at dawn, on 12 August 3114 BC (where he dates the beginning of the Great Cycle). He found that as the Pleiades were on the meridian, the Sun was preceded by Venus as the morning star. This he took to be the mythical Birth of Venus associated with the start of the Great Cycle. Just as in ancient Egypt, the dawn rising of Sirius heralded the flooding of the Nile and the beginning of a new year, and the meridian transits of Orion correlated to the First Time and Last Time of Osiris; to the Maya, the meridian transit of the Pleiades announced the Birth of Venus as it rose over the horizon. Gilbert used SKYGLOBE to check the sky on 22 December 2012 (where he dates the end of the Great Cycle), and found that, just before sunset, as the Pleiades rise over the eastern horizon, Venus sinks below the western horizon. This, he thinks, is the symbolic Death of Venus, indicating the start of a new precessional age.
Gilbert's "Birth of Venus" sky chart for "12 August 3114 BC".
Morton and Thomas have repeated this conclusion in Mystery of the Crystal Skulls, (see item 25) and have also supplied the Death of Venus sky chart, which Gilbert had not included in the Mayan Prophecies. They have also
Beyond 2012 page 5
adjusted the start and end dates of the Great Cycle by one day to the " Thompson 2" dates that Jenkins has confirmed.
Morton & Thomas's sky chart for sunset on 21 December 2012, showing "the death of Venus & the birth of the Pleiades"
However, Jenkins has checked the sky chart for 12 August 3114, on SKYGLOBE and 2 other sources, and found that Gilbert had omitted to double-check his findings, since Venus actually made its last appearance as the morning star almost two weeks before the Long-Count zero-date. It is possible that Gilbert accidentally checked the sky chart for the alternative start-date of August 3113 BC, which is also quoted in The Mayan Prophecies as THE start of the Long Count, but presuming that the software programs are all adjusted for no year zero (see Addendum), then it still means that this interpretation of the Birth of Venus (and therefore the Death of Venus too), is in error. Click her for Jenkins' full unabridged review of the Mayan Prophecies
Beyond 2012 page 5
Velikovsky
The elliptical orbit of Venus following "her birth"
Immanuel Velikovsky has said in his book Worlds in Collision, that the Birth of Venus occurred when Venus was born from Jupiter. A cosmic collision caused a part of Jupiter to burst out, becoming a comet, and leaving the famous red spot where it burst out. This is clearly illustrated in the Greek myth of Athene who sprang from the head of Zeus, making Mount Olympus tremble and stirring the sea, (Athene, reasons Velikovsky, is the planet Venus, and Zeus is the planet Jupiter). Velikovsky dated this event as contemporary with the Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt, explaining the plagues and parting of the Red Sea. Several Mayan and Aztec myths were also cited as evidence, including the fact that Quetzalcoatl, which means feathered serpent, is the well-known name for the planet Venus. It was also called the star that smoked. Velikovsky quotes from Brasseur de Bourbourgs Histoire Des Nations Civilisees du Mexique: the sun refused to show itself and during four days the world was deprived of light. Then a great star appeared; it was given the name Quetzal-cohuatl the sky, to show its angercaused to perish a great number of people who died of famine and pestilenceIt was thenthat the people [of Mexico] regulated anew the reckoning of days, nights, and hours, according to the difference in time.
Beyond 2012 page 5
Quetzalcoatl, the plumed serpent causes death Quetzalcoatl
The planet Venus, associated by the Maya & Aztecs with
This would explain the Mayan obsession with Venus, and we can now see why the Birth of Venus has been associated with the start of the Great Cycle. However, Velikovsky dated the event around 1500 BC with the Exodus. Graham Phillips has also convincingly explained the events of the Exodus as side-effects of the eruption of the volcano Thera (in his book Act of God), but Nigel Appleby has unified the theories with that of Nibiru, the tenth planet (see item 27).
The existence of Nibiru was postulated by Zecharia Sitchin in his book The Twelfth Planet-(12 counting the Sun and Moon). Ancient Sumerian mythology implies that there is a large planet Nibiru- on an elliptical orbit, which enters the solar system every 3,600 years. Velikovsky and Sitchin actually used the same Sumerian myth as part of the evidence for their respective theories (the Marduk and Tiamat myth). According to Sitchins chronology, the next return is due in 3400-3600 AD. Appleby suggests that it was Nibiru that caused the disasters of the Exodus as it shunted both Earth and Mars close to each others orbit and that it was this which triggered the eruption of Thera. However, Velikovsky didnt say Mars was involved in the original Birth of Venus incident, but two later ones around 700 BC. Anyway, it IS an interesting idea, since it provides a large passing body to interfere with Jupiter and cause the ejection of Venus.
Beyond 2012 page 5
What is more, it would mean that Nibiru is due to return soon (1500 BC to 2000 AD =3500 years), as Appleby suggested: 2012 - 2036 (see item 27). If we prefer to correlate the Birth of Venus incident to 3114 BC, then the implication is that the Great Cycle is measuring the period of return of some OTHER huge planetoid (see items 8 & 10), due in 2012, on Snake Day.
36. Remote Viewing. On the Internet, there is a website called "2.0.1.3.", and in the FAQ section, we find the following: "Why do you assert that time is ending?" Actually what is ending is the perception that time is "linear and absolute". In fact time exists many forms, of them real except in the subjective sense. none
At the end of the present cycle, humanity will learn to keep cosmic time, galactic time, and quantum time, as well as to gain a more sophisticated understanding of solar time just to name a few perceptual modes.
So you got us on this one - "time" isn't ending but it sounds better and is more concise than the preceding two paragraph explanation.
2.0.1.3. is a symbolic reference to post-shift consciousness - it is NOT a year in the Gregorian calendar scheme of things.
"I just heard that it is a consensus among "remote viewers" that nothing can be "seen" after the year 2012. Is that because of the nature of the new time?"
Beyond 2012 page 5
Remote viewing targets and direct hits
That's right. It also has a lot to do with the nature of physical events "beyond" 2012. "After" the year 2012, there is no lapse in time between a thoughtform and its corresponding 3D eventform. So, if a remote viewer in 1997 cannot see beyond 2012 it is to a large degree because the world(s) beyond 2012 have not been conceived of yet, or we are just perceiving/creating them now THAT is the nature of the new time. (See item 24)
37. Alchemists and Masons. A forthcoming book called A Monument to the End of Time, by Jay Weidner and Vincent Bridges, concerns an unusual stone cross which is located in a town called Hendaye in the French Pyrenees. Before the book was published, John Major Jenkins mentioned it in one of his lectures, since he had read the unpublished manuscript, and said the authors have concluded that encoded into the cross is knowledge of the solstice sun/galactic centre alignment of 2012. The book includes discussion of the end of time, alchemy, and light bodies. Jay Weidner has been appearing with Jenkins recently, at some of his American lecture dates.
Beyond 2012 page 5
The alchemist Fulcanelli, hinted in his 1926 book Le Mystere des Cathedrales, that on the cross is encoded a warning of "a purifying fire that will soon consume the Northern Hemisphere".
Paul Mevryl has written an essay on the "Cyclic Cross of Hendaye", which is printed as an afterword in The Fulcanelli Phenomenon, by Kenneth Rayner Johnson. Mevryl suggests several possible interpretations of the cross. These scenarios concern solar flares triggered by the Grand Cross of August 1999, (which hasn't happened, so we should be alright on that one), or the approach of an elliptically-orbiting planet between Sirius and our Sun. I have independently found a load of evidence to support this one; keep a lookout on the extracts from Omega Point page especially Chapter 4 - The Wormhole of Daath. Note the quincunx panel with central large angry Sun, reminiscent of the Aztec Sunstone. Update: Book reviewed at Whats New item 21 (Frank Zappa connection?) (and while we're on the subject...Jimi Hendrix asteroid prophecy)
Beyond 2012 page 5
38. The Dendera Zodiac. Astrologer John Lash gave a lecture at the Alternative Egypt Questing Conference in October 99, in which he claimed that there were originally 13 signs in the zodiac, the 13th being "The Snake Handler". Instead of splitting the ecliptic into 12 equally sized sections, there were 13 sections of different sizes, depending on the sizes of the constellations. Once this is taken into account, we see that the Sun's vernal equinox will not transit from Pisces to Aquarius, for another 700 to 800 years.
The circular zodiac on the ceiling of the Temple at Denderah, Egypt Some of the zodiac signs are displaced from their usual ............................................................................................................................................ positions along the eccentric circle of the ecliptic, and seem to be arranged on a circle round the pole star .
.......................................................................................................................................................................John Anthony West
The circular zodiac on the ceiling of the Temple at Denderah, in Egypt shows the 12 signs, the Snake Handler without the snake, several other constellations, the five visible planets, and the 36 decans. The Egyptologist R.A. Schwaller De Lubicz (in Sacred Science), has shown that the Denderah Zodiac demonstrates that the Egyptians knew about the precession of the equinoxes. The axes marked on the zodiac show the movement of solstices and
Beyond 2012 page 5
equinoxes through the constellations between the foundation of Egypt and the time of the building of the Denderah Temple. Sirius appears twice - once on the true North-South axis, above the horns of the "cow of Isis", and also on the axis of the temple, as Horus on a papyrus stem. The light of the star would illumine the inner temple on New Year's Day, at the heliacal rising, when the temple was built. At that era, this would have coincided with the summer solstice in Cancer, which is why Sirius also appears aligned to Cancer on the North-South axis.
Detail showing the axes, and the 90 degree line through Galactic Centre, between Scorpio & Sagitarius
Double rams' heads
John Lash points out another axis on the Dendera Zodiac, which goes from the four rams' heads, through Pisces, across the pole to the star Spica, being held by Virgo. This, he says, is pointing out the position of the vernal equinox today. The line goes through the Square of Pegasus, which has writing on it - "the Programmes of Destiny" (I had previously associated this square with the "Wormhole of Daath"). At exactly 90 degrees to this axis, another line can be drawn through the tip of the arrow of Sagittarius, which points to Galactic Centre, where the solstice alignment will occur in 2012. John Lash's Dendera theory is summed up in his own words in Colin Wilson's book, Atlantis Blueprint.
Beyond 2012 page 5
Beyond 2012 page 6
Page 6
39. Star-Map-to-Ground Correlation at Giza in 2012: Howard Middleton Jones showed a sky map for December 21st 2012 at his lecture at Glastonbury Crop Circle Symposium in 1999, saying that the satellite pyramids at Giza reflect the positions of the planets at the end of the Mayan Great Cycle. Howard's website is updated regularly, so it is worth checking - (see 2012, Comet Lee and the Birth of Our new Neighbour; (Update : unavailable but archived HERE); Ambilac News and Ambilac's New Site; see also item 45). Here is an extract: "Are we going to have a new neighbour (Sun giving birth?) on 21st December 2012....A satellite pyramid of Khufu will be the centre point for the complete Giza alignment on 21st December 2012 at a precise time ( 22.00 hrs 18 mins 13 secs local Cairo time) sic. and Venus will be completely aligned - connections will be made to our previous civilization on Mars, and our Sun which was born of Alcyone in the Pleiades, our nearest relatives." I spoke to Howard on the phone, shortly after the 99 Symposium, and he said that the alignment in 2012 will involve a planet currently beyond Pluto, which has just been discovered. I asked Paul Wright, an astrologer, and member of SCR, to do a chart from Cairo on 21/12/2012. He did a chart for early afternoon, which coincides with dawn in Mexico, and although there are no obvious conjunctions, Mercury and Venus are both in Sagittarius, with the sun just approaching.
Beyond 2012 page 6
The sky looking South, from UK, on 21/12/2012 at 13.30 pm. Galactic Centre (GC between Scorpio & Sagittarius), will be above between 8.30 am and just after 3.00 pm, but only visible by radio astronomy, due to light. However, if it IS visible to the naked eye, then Paul LaViolette's prediction
Beyond 2012 page 6
of a Glactic Superwave could be right, (see item 48).
Since THE event which occurs on this date is the conjunction of the Solstice Sun with Galactic Centre, (see item 5), also in Sagittarius, I suddenly remembered that Zecharia Sitchin predicted that when Nibiru returns, it will reappear " in the regions of the constellation of Sagittarius". Could this be the new planet that Jones predicts will be "born of the Sun"? Comet Hale-Bopp was discovered in Sagittarius in 1995, having an orbital period of 3-4000 years. Some people suggested that it WAS Nibiru, but it was too small. However, Appleby suggested that Nibiru has fragmented - could Hale-Bopp be a fore-runner of Nibiru, on the same orbit?
40. Blue Star Kachina. An ancient Hopi Indian prophecy states, "When the Blue Star Kachina makes its appearance in the heavens, the Fifth World will emerge". This will be the Day of Purification, which Oh Shinnar (item 7), said would be in 2011 (=2012 - see addendum). The strange thing is, the Hopi name for the star Sirius is Blue Star Kachina! Gordon Michael Scallion provides the explanation, which I mentioned already (item 30). In more detail: " The solar system shall become a binary sun system, when the Blue Star returns...during the day it will appear as a silvery light, one hundred times brighter than the Morning Star...During the evening, it will appear as a moon...the Blue Star is a companion to Sirius B... the vibrations given off by the Blue Star will enable the soul to have an easier time in communication with its host...a new light body is being created." In item 30, I quoted Scallion as saying that the Blue Star "will appear from behind the Sun, traveling towards Arcturus." NOW this is connecting up Howard Middleton Jones (last item) and Paul Mevryl (item37).
Readers of Robert Temple's The Sirius Mystery may recall that the Dogon tribe of Mali, West Africa, have known for centuries that Sirius (the Dog Star), is a binary star system, and that Sirius B is a white dwarf - facts they say were given to their ancestors by visitors from Sirius. What you may not have heard, if you haven't read the new edition, (1998), is that astronomers have recently discovered Sirius C! Temple told us in 1976, in the first edition, that the Dogon knew of a third star, and that he thought it would be a red dwarf, if and when it was discovered. It was twenty years later, in 1995, when French Astronomers, Daniel Benest and J.L. Duvent announced in the Journal Astronomy and Astrophysics, their discovery of a small red dwarf star - Sirius C. This has now been confirmed, vindicating Temple's work.
Beyond 2012 page 6
The Dogon say that the "spaceship" of the visitors - the Nommo - looked "like a new star", and that they will RETURN one day, when "a certain star will reappear", and there will be a "resurrection of the Nommo". They also say that Sirius A and B "were once where the Sun now is". The star will be invisible before it "emerges", and is drawn with the rays inside the circle. It will only be "formed when the Nommo's ark descends, for it is also the resurrected Nommo's "eye" symbolically." Temple thinks this is Phoebe - Saturn's tenth moon.
The Eye of Ra/Horus can be seen in a circle/sphere on the zodiac at the Temple of Denderah.
Could this be the Eye of Ra? Murry Hope has said, (in Ancient Egypt: The Sirius Connection) "The Eye of Ra, which was the exclusive weapon of Sekhmet, is described as bright and burning object (a planetessimal or comet perhaps?)...we are seeing Ra in terms of the Siriun System, and Sekhmet as his daughter..." Typhon, the father of Orthrus (Sirius) is shown in The Twelfth Planet, as a winged serpent (like Quetzalcoatl, who will return), and was "a kind of comet" which was invisible...
Zeus and Typhon (from The Twelfth Planet)
In the enlargement of part of the zodiac of Denderah, above, it looks as if the eye of Ra has just come out of the Square of Pegasus, between the fish of Pisces. In Hamlet's Mill, (p.430-437), there is a collection of myths which together imply that Nibiru/Marduk (="Jupiter"= "a comet"= "the ark"), entered the Pegasus square, which is the entrance to the abyss! In Extracts from Omega Point Chapter 4 - The Wormhole of Daath, I have come to this conclusion for other reasons, and to cap it off, I have just come across a PHOTO apparently taken of, "an alien probe", "near the vicinity of EQ/Pegasi in the Pegasus star system" . However, even though the object is RECTANGULAR, the author says it is Nibiru. This sounds crazy, but in George Hunt Williamson's 1965 book, Other Tongues Other Flesh, he said quotes from "The Saucers Speak", that the "Intruders" - evil beings from Orion - "are coming soon to Saros (Earth) in a square star body".
Beyond 2012 page 6
To top it all off, Barbara Hand Clow says that Nibiru's 3,600-year orbit takes it near Sirius! For more on Sirius, click here and here.
41. Other Astronomical Phenomena in 2012. Raymond Mardycks (unavailable but archived here) has pointed out 5 unusual astronomical phenomena (unavailable but archived here) which are due to occur in 2012. These are; 1. A Transit of Venus, in which Venus will pass directly in front of the Sun something he says only happens every 120 years. 2. A solar eclipse in which the Sun and Moon conjunct the Pleiades, on May 20 2012. 3. A second solar eclipse, in which the Sun and Moon align with the head of the constellation Serpens, the serpent. 4. He has included,of course, the alignment of the solstice Sun with the galactic equator, which he says started in 1987 and will finish in 2012. 5. In addition, Venus returns to the same area of the sky every 8 years, and each time, is getting nearer and nearer to the Pleiades. In 1972, Venus was 1 degree from Alcyone, the central star of the Pleiades, but in 2012, Venus will be right next to Alcyone.
The 2012 Venus transit should look like this; (from the High Moon site)
"Perfect ring" eclipse, from the High Moon site
PLUS... The May eclipse which conjuncts the Pleiades is also a rare conjunction of the Pleiades with the zenith passage of the sun, (May 20 2012), the event which John Major Jenkins says is being pointed out by the Pyramid of Kukulcan at Chichen Itza, (see item 34). (The second of these solar eclipses is on November 13, 1 day before the day of the Aztec New Fire ceremony, which took place every 52 years; though I dont know of any Calendar Round correlation in which it would fall in 2012.) UPDATE: I have now found that, in the Tikal Calendar Round series, the Calendar Round falls on April 2nd 2012, & it is 9 Hell-cycles after the Hispanic invasion.
Beyond 2012 page 6
Mardycks says that after 2012, the Pleiades will no longer act as a galactic transmission centre for Earth we will receive energy and frequencies direct from Galactic Center. Carl Johan Calleman also talks about the relevance of these Venus phenomena, but explains them differently. The synodic revolution of Venus occurs 5 times in 8 years (minus 2 days). After these 8 years, it returns to the same part of the sky, as seen from Earth. Calleman calls these Venus conjunctions, and says that when Venus transits (passes directly in front of) the Sun, it is a Venus Passage. Once per century, Venus Passages occur, but in a PAIR, 8 years apart. In other words, they occur twice per century, (but not necessarily every century, since there were none in the 20th century). They occurred in 1761,1769,1874,1882, and will occur in 2004 and 2012. Here are the approx. 120-year intervals, but between PAIRS of transits. They will occur on June 8 2004, and Jun 5-6 2012. Calleman says there is a Mayan prophecy that the new world of consciousness will be born during the Jun 5-6 Venus Passage. There will also be 2 lunar eclipses in 2012 see NASA website.
42. Radio Ham Discovers Sunspot-linked Geomagnetic Reversal. Kev Peacock, an Australian ham radio enthusiast claims
to have discovered, by accident, as a result of investigating radio interference, a forthcoming flip of Earths magnetic poles. In 2011, there will be 3 eclipses between the 2nd of June and the 1st of July. (2 solar & 1 lunar).
Geomagnetism mapped against earthquakes and the 11-year sunspot cycle.
Eclipses: the final straw
Sunspots, geomagnetic activity, (and earthquakes) are all on an upward trend; click on pics for the whole spiel.
These coincide with the height of the summer in the Northern hemisphere, when the magnetic North pole of the Earth is closest to the Sun.. The combination of aligned Sun, Earth & Moon, with the 11-year sunspot cycle maximum, and the Earths North
Beyond 2012 page 6
magnetic pole pointing to the Sun hasnt happened for 65 million years, according to Peacock. (Peacock says that the suns polarity reverses every 11 years; the polarity of the sunspots reverses they appear on alternate solar hemispheres every 11 years. This is not the same as a "full reversal", or "super reversal", as predicted by the Maurice Cotterell theory). By observing trends in geomagnetic activity and seismic activity, he claims to have predicted the forthcoming polar flip, which may take a year until 2012, to take full effect, judging by previous correlations of earthquakes to solar changes. The webpage, (now transformed into an eBook): Something Is Wrong With Our Sun (updated 29/3/02)
Beyond 2012 page 7
Page 7
43. The Rattling of the Pleiades. In his recent book, Gateway To Atlantis, Andrew Collins has amassed a collection of evidence that the civilization of Atlantis was destroyed by a tidal wave following the collision of a comet (known to geologists as the Carolina Bays comet), with the Earth, and that Cuba is a remnant of the landmass. The proximity of Cuba to Mesoamerica would explain the Aztec and Maya fascination with cataclysm. The Chilam Balam of Chumayel, Collins tells us, spoke of an almighty cataclysm during which the Great Serpent was ravished from the heavens together with the rattles of its tail so that its skin and pieces of its bones fell here upon the Earth. The Calina Carib tribe in Surinam, South America, still have myths of a fiery serpent that came from the Pleiades and brought the world to an end with a great fire and a deluge.
There is also a Hebrew legend, says Collins, that the Great Flood was caused after the upper waters rushed through the space left when God removed two stars out of the constellation Pleiades. Incredibly enough, the Jews believed this had occurred on a date corresponding to November 17, while the Aztecs, on the other side of the world, held their New Fire Ceremony on November 14. Collins has pointed out that the Pleiades were seen as the rattle of a celestial snake, as Jenkins has also said, (see item 34), but Collins also adds that the Pleiades as the snake rattle warns its potential victim of an imminent
Beyond 2012 page 7
strike. Collins thinks this may come from the direction of the Pleiades. Astronomers call earth-crossing asteroids Apollo objects. This brings to mind Philip K. Dicks enigmatic statement in Valis that the Head Apollo is about to return. Now, return to item 34 The Pyramid of Kukulcan a Precessional Alarm Clock , before reading the next item.
44. The Eye in The Pyramid. On Raymond Mardyks website, (now unavailable), he decodes the Great Seal of America, which appears on every dollar bill. The Seal shows a 13-step pyramid with the date 1776 in Roman numerals, on it. Just as the pyramid of Kukulkcan has 91 steps on each of the 4 sides, making 364 in all, plus the top level giving the number 365, the Great Seal pyramid also has an encoded calendrical meaning. Like some Maya pyramids, it has a date on it, but in the Gregorian calendar. 4 sides of 13 levels gives 52, which is the number of weeks in our year. However, 13 and 52 are also the key numbers in the Mayan calendar systems.
In the Great Cycle, there are 13 baktuns of 20 katuns each; each katun consists of 20 tuns, so there are 5200 tuns in the Great Cycle. There are also 52 haabs in a Calendar Round. Some Mayan groups named cycles after end dates rather than beginning dates. They would also have seen a series of 13 katuns as a significant cycle. 1776 was not only the year that the Declaration of Independence was signed (on the 4th of July), but was also a special year in the Mayan calendar. Just as the last katun in the Great Cycle is katun 2012, the first katun in the cycle of 13 was katun 1776. In fact, the katun ended 33 days before the signing. So 1776 is the bottom level of the pyramid, where the date is actually inscribed the top of the pyramid is therefore 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 7
East Field ,Alton Barnes, UK. 21.06.2001. Photo: Steve Alexander Beacon Hill, Nr. Highclere, Hampshire, UK. 21.07. 2002. .......................................................................................................................................(NB: 33 rays = 33 Masonic degrees) Photo: Steve Alexander
The top would also be 2012 if each level represented one of the 13 baktuns in the Great Cycle, with 3114 BC at the bottom. The top of the Great Seal pyramid shows an eye-in-triangle, which has been associated with Sirius, God, the pineal gland, and the Illuminati. Mardyks goes on to point out that not only was the Egyptian calendar based on the rising of Sirius, but that the Sun is astrologically conjunct Sirius every year on July 4, for the birthday of the United States of America. Also, some Mayan groups froze their New Year to July 26, when Sirius rises in that part of the world.
On January 1 at midnight, Sirius culminates, reaching its highest point in the sky, at the only time of year when it is visible all night long. See Galactic Astrology for more. Robert Bauval has a book coming out soon on the Masonic secrets about Sirius, which were encoded into the design of Paris and Washington (Masons were behind the gaining of American Independence, and the French Revolution).
Beyond 2012 page 7
For the astrologically minded, check out this site which links 1776 to 2012 by the positions of Uranus & Pluto.
45. Great Pyramid of Giza as 2012 Indicator. An essay by Paul White, on the San Graal website, includes the following: According to the calendar in stone of the Great Pyramid, which describes the so-called Phoenix Cycle of our galactic orbit, the present time period ends (converted to our present calendar) in the year 2012 AD. The Greek word PHOENIX, derived from the Egyptian word PA-HANOK, actually means The House of Enoch. No references are given for this statement.
I have checked Michael Mandevilles site Return of the Phoenix, but can find no reference to 2012, (Nigel Appleby claimed that in his self-published book, Mandeville says the 5th flight of the Phoenix will be in December 2012 see item 28). On Mandevilles site, he says the 5th flight will be in 2000 or 2001. The information could have come from the Jones/Wilkie/ Ambilac sites, but the 2012 prediction here comes from an analysis of the whole Giza plateau, not just the Great Pyramid and it gets more obscure with each new article (see item 39). New Ambilac article, posted 3/5/00 Interdimensional Physics
Beyond 2012 page 7
The Giza Plateau Finally decoded 2012 See also 2012, Comet Lee & the Birth of Our New Neighbour and: Ambilac News ;
On The Eighth Day
46. Re-birth of Osiris: In an e-mail debate between Rush Allen and James Wilkie, in which Allen challenges Wilkie to explain himself, and Wilkie fails, Allen claims that although he sees the Ambilac articles as disinformation, they are right in their conclusion, that the Hall of Records will be opened on December 21, 2012 at 10:18:13 local Cairo time (22:18:13 Pacific Standard Time). However, he says the opening of the Hall of Records is a kind of mass illumination of mankind. He concludes that Wilkie & Jones must have got the actual time by intuitional methods, since their reasoning is impossible to follow, while he found the time by astronomy and astrology, following a study of Jenkins work.
Since he has found that the zenith meridian at Giza runs through Jupiter at the Hyades in Taurus, this means the kingdom (Jupiter) will be restored to Egypt (Taurus) at that precise moment. Thus, Osiris, the Bull of Egypt, will return from the dead at 22:18:13 on December 21, 2012.
Beyond 2012 page 7
From Allens site, SiLoam.Net Adventures in Archaeoastronomy, you can access 7 essays in which he explores the astronomy behind Mayan mythology and cosmology.
47. Adrian Gilbert Signs in the Sky. Adrian Gilberts New Book Signs in The Sky explores biblical prophecy and traces Christian origins to Egypt, to try and find an answer to the question of what exactly the prophesied signs in the sky preceding the end of the age, will be. Gilbert has been influenced by De Santillana & Von Dechends epic work on mythology, Hamlets Mill, which finds most mythology to be cosmologically or astronomically based. In support of Paul Whites statement (item 45 above), Gilbert does conclude that Giza is a map of time, and that this position of Orions Belt could therefore symbolize the idea of the returning phoenix at the end of one age and the beginning of another. Building on his discoveries in The Orion Mystery, Gilbert has discovered that the Orion cult has spread into Turkestan, with the Sabian star-worshipers, and the Sarmoung brotherhood, of which the Gurdjieff was a member. Many biblical stories contain coded astrological messages revealing connections to Egyptian beliefs, which came out of Egypt with Moses. We know about the alignment of the Winter solstice sun with Galactic Centre, between Sagittarius and Scorpio, which Jenkins has identified as the end-point of the Mayan Long Count in 2012. This is caused by the approx. 26,000-year precession of the equinoxes, except that the Mayans were measuring precession of the solstices, which is the same cycle, but measured from a different point the precession of the winter solstice, as opposed to the vernal equinox. What Gilbert seems to have discovered is an Egyptian knowledge of the precession of the summer solstice, and the consequent encoding of
Beyond 2012 page 7
this knowledge in the bible. The vernal equinox, as we know, is precessing from Pisces to Aquarius, at the same time as the winter solstice precesses from Sagittarius to Scorpio, and the summer solstice precesses from Gemini to Taurus.
The Golden Gate is at the point where the ecliptic (dotted line) crosses the Milky Way, just near Galactic Centre (GC); the part of the sky which was of great interest to the Mayan people. At the other end of the Milky Way, the Silver Gate is above Orion, at the centre of the Duat; the Egyptian Netherworld which was represented on the ground in the Giza area.
The ancient Greeks, who received much of their knowledge from Egypt, believed that souls reside in the Milky Way between incarnations, and that there are 2 gates on the Milky Way. These are the Silver Gate of Gemini, through which souls descend to earth, and the Golden Gate of Sagittarius, through which souls ascend. Other versions say the souls of men can ascend by either gate, but that the Silver Gate leads to reincarnation and the ancestors, and the Golden Gate leads beyond reincarnation. The Golden Gate is also that through which the Gods descend. The Silver Gate is just above the hand of Orion, who the Egyptians associated with Osiris, and they depicted him holding a star in his hand. In the Orion Mystery, Bauval & Gilbert presumed this to be the star Aldebaran. Now, Gilbert has found that the Egyptian word for star, sba, also means door, so Osiris is holding a Star-Gate. In some depictions, Osiris is holding an ankh towards the gate, so this must be the key which unlocks the star-gate.
Orion/Osiris holds the star/door in his hand; holds the ankh/key (Sun) to the door/Gate; and holds the ankh in the right hand
After studying bible prophecies, visiting Israel, and computing star and planet positions on his SKYGLOBE software,
Beyond 2012 page 7
Gilbert has discerned that the astronomy of summer solstice 2000, June 21-22, and also on June 29, this is the beginning of the Apocalypse, when the Silver Star Gate opens. This is the Omega position of Orion, rather than 2380 AD, when Orion reaches its most Northerly point, as presumed in The Orion Mystery. It is the end of a 13,000 year cycle that Gilbert calls the Age of Adam, or the Age of Orion.
On June 29 2000, Orion is in the alpha/omega position, with the 7 On 21 June 2000, the solstice Sun (ankh/key) is in the stargate sacred planets representing the 7 lampstands of the Book of Revelation......and casts no shadow on the Khafre pyramid.
In August 2012, says Gilbert, Venus (symbolizing Isis & Mary as Bride of Heaven), will be stationary in the hand of Orion. Orion, as he has explained convincingly in the book, symbolizes Christ, and this is his mystic marriage (and there is a hint that we should be prepared with our wedding garment, which, to the Egyptians was a stellar, Sahu body that needed to be crystallized). This could also be the return of Quetzalcoatl, since he was connected with Venus, and thereby the sign preceding a second coming. At any rate, Gilberts interpretation of Biblical prophecy, using the fig tree parable, and the return of the Jews to Israel in 1948, indicates that all prophecies would be accomplished by 2018. This also happens to be, according to John Major Jenkins, the last year that the winter solstice sun conjuncts Galactic Centre, in the other star-gate. Gilbert calls the Silver Gate the Gate of Hades, so there may be 12 years of hell coming up, before the opening of.Heavens Gate! (sounds familiar) See here for an independent corroboration of some of Gilbert's discoveries.
48. Sphinx Stargate. While were on the subject this is the name of astrophysicist Dr. Paul LaViolettes website, in which he gives some information about the content of his books; Talk of The Galaxy is about ET communication, SETI, Pulsars, Astronomy, Supernovae & Crop circles. Beyond the Big Bang, supports an alternative cosmology in which there
Beyond 2012 page 7
was no Big Bang, looking for evidence in ancient mythology and Egyptian mysteries. Subquantum Kinetics is about revolutionary physics theory. Electrogravitic Systems is about anti-gravity and free energy. However, most interesting to us at the moment, is Earth Under Fire, - Humanitys Survival of the Apocalypse. LaViolette combines recent scientific data with myth & legend to rediscover the reason that ancient civilizations tried to warn us of impending disaster. This is a scientist with an impressive list of achievements. He lists 12 ground-breaking discoveries that he made, which were later vindicated by other researchers. These concern galactic core explosion cycles; Galactic superwaves of cosmic rays; cosmic ray levels fluctuation; tin isotopes; global warming; solar flare activity; geomagnetic reversals; radiocarbon date anomalies; gamma ray bursts; archaeo-astronomy ( knowledge of Galactic Centre in tribal myth).
The arrow of Sagittarius and the sting of Scorpio define the position of Galactic centre, with accompanying mythology. The foot of Ophiuchus, the Serpent Handler is also right over Galactic Centre, as Raymond Mardyks points out. This happens to be at the Golden Gate which Gilbert brings attention to, (see item 47) while at the Silver Gate, lies the Galactic anticentre - the direction in which the Galactic Superwave departed, which is defined by Orion's club & the horns of Taurus, or the ankh in the hand of Osiris (see item 47). The nearby Pleiades constellation is associated with catastrophe, not just in Mexico, (see item 43 & 34), but also ancient Persia and many other cultures, LaViolette tells us.
One of a collection of many graphs and diagrams in LaViolette's book, showing information from various ice core samples, radio astronomy maps, & geological studies of species extinction. For reader interest, he also includes evidence from mythology, the tarot, astrology, prophecy and hypnotic progression ! The book is a tour-de force, but not a little frightening. Here we can see where a mass extinction coincides with the start of a period lasting over a thousand years, of high solar flare activity due to cosmic dust from a Galactic superwave. This happened 12,700 years ago, which is half a
Beyond 2012 page 7
precessional period. If this reminds you of item 32, where geologist Greg Braden predicted a geomagnetic reversal, linked to a 13,000 year cycle, LaViolette confirms that at that time "...the intensity and declination of the earth's magnetic field underwent major variations in step with the eleven-year sunspot cycle. The amplitude of these cycles was hundreds of times larger than modern geomagnetic solar cycles, suggesting that solar flare activity at that time was also hundreds of times more intense, approaching levels normally observed in T Tauri stars." Heres a more detailed review by a reader:
If true, one of the most important books ever.

If the central thesis of EARTH UNDER FIRE is correct, this is one of the most important books ever written. Although it would take a team of very independent-minded scientists from at least a dozen different disciplines to make a solid assessment of the various novel claims & interpretations made here, LaViolette's theory does what all good new theories do: it takes a variety of disparate, previously neglected or unaccounted for facts and weaves them into a new perspective in which they fit together seamlessly like pieces of a puzzle. LaViolette proposes a new version of quantum mechanics which applies nonlinear dynamical ideas from Prigogine to the long-neglected, but never disproven, notion of the ether. LaViolette says this model predicts that the galactic core is not a blackhole, but a supermassive energy object which explodes (or beats like a heart?) periodically. This pulsation sends out a wave of cosmic rays which then fill the solar system with interstellar gas, occluding sunlight, and increasing solar flare activity. LaViolette builds on recent work by Graham Hancock, Robert Bauval, John Anthony West, et al., and argues that the sphinx/pyramid complex, the zodiac and the tarot were all time capsule messages to future generations about the last time this event hit earth, with catastrophic consequences (about 13,000 years ago). If the indications from the Mayan calendar are correct, another such wave may be incoming around 2012 AD. That gives us fourteen years to prepare, if these numbers handed down from ancient astronomers, and polar ice core samples, are anything to go by. While the central hypothesis, and the various interpretations that follow from it, are highly unorthodox, there is next to nothing of the flaky fringe science/UFOlogy/New Age vibe in this book. And LaViolette's astronomically based deciphering of the sphinx/zodiac "cryptogram" provides further evidence that there was indeed a technically advanced civilization on earth ("Atlantis") which appears to have been largely extinguished by the proposed 'superwave' catastrophe, which also brought the last ice age to an end. We can only hope LaViolette is wrong, or if he is right, that we are in the 26,000 year lull between superwaves, rather than the 13,000 year half cycle. If the latter, the information contained in this book should be broadcast globally, with international interdisciplinary conferences convened immediately. Let's hope LaViolette is completely wrong, but just in case. . . READ THIS BOOK.
Scary eh? Whats more, like Gilbert, (item 47), he has found a 13,000 year cycle, which would also fit the Great Seal pyramid on the dollar bill, with each level as 1,000 years, and still have 2012 on the top.
LaViolette says that the supernova which led to the Crab Nebula was triggered by the Galactic Superwave. He also points out that both the Eye of Ra and the Eye of Horus were sent to punish mankind. Check out this website to compare the Crab Nebula with the Eye of Horus.
Beyond 2012 page 7
Addendum
Go to WHAT'S NEW Following on from Beyond 2012, the latest 2012 theories, prophecies and discoveries are covered in the Whats New department;
Addendum
(updated 3/July//05)
UPDATE: One-day discrepancy now cured. Thanks to Clare DaSidhe for help on this.
Calculating the end-point from a given Day of Creation
The calendrical system of the Maya was older and more complex (and accurate) than that of the Aztecs, who had forgotten the Long Count system. The Mayan "Great Cycle", or 13-Baktun cycle, which is part of the Long Count, is 1,872,000 days long, and the start date is given as August 11th 3114 BC or August 13th 3114 BC according to the 2 most popular correlations, (known as the GMT 584283 and GMT 585285 respectively). The end-date is given either as 21 December 2012 AD or 23 December 2012 AD respectively. There are many other alternative start & end-dates that I have come across since first writing this page, especially in 2011 and 2013. There is now a special 2012: Dire Gnosis article about these : End-Date Confusion Explained. In order to work out leap-years, the rule is a leap year must be divisible by 4, unless it is divisible by 100 - then it is not a leap year - unless it is divisible by 400, in which case it is a leap-year. The exception is 1 BC which is a leap year - plus the BC years have to converted to "astronomical years" by subtracting one year, to make up for the missing year zero, before calculation.
To work out the termination point using the GMT 584283 correlation:
The "zero-day", or Day of Creation; 0.0.0.0.0 in The Long Count, is 11th August 3114 BC in Gregorian calendar. This is the same as the year -3113 in "astronomer's jargon" which inserts an extra "year zero" to make BC-AD calculations simpler. Since the Gregorian calendar didn't exist then, and has to be back-calculated, it is should be more efficient to use a Julian Day number system - in this case, JD 584283. The only trouble is, the JD starts at midday, so often leads to confusion see another special 2012: Dire Gnosis explanation on the Maya Links and calculators page. After 0.0.0.0.0 there are 1,872,000 days until the next Day of Creation, which is 13.0.0.0.0.
http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/add.htm (1 of 11)9/28/2005 11:07:14 AM
Addendum
We know this is 5125 years (3114 + 2012 = 5126; subtract 1 for the missing "year zero" = 5125) 3114 + 2012 - 1 =
5125
Multiply the 5125 years from 3114 BC to 2012 AD by 365, to get 1870625; then dividing 5125 by 4 to get the number of "simple" leap days; (=1281-1282),
determine 1281 or 1282, see yellow figs
5125 x 365 = 1870625 5125 / 4 = 1281.25. To
then calculating how many century years from 3114 BC to 2012 AD are NOT leap years, by the century rule above (=39);
Century Years astronomical (+ 1 to convert to Gregorian for BCE years) LEAP YEAR? (divisible by 400) Simple leap years total 3113 BC, 3109 BC, 3105 BC, 3101 BC 4 4 -3100 (3101 BC) NO 1 Non-leap year tally
25
29 NO 2
-3000 (3001 BC)
25
54 NO 3
-2900 (2901 BC)
25
79 YES -
-2800 (2801 BC)
25
104 NO 4
-2700 (2701 BC)
25
129 NO 5
-2600 (2601 BC)
25
154 NO 6
-2500 (2501 BC)
25
179
Addendum
-2400 (2401 BC)
YES
25
204 NO 7
-2300 (2301 BC)
25
229 NO 8
-2200 (2201 BC)
25
254 NO 9
-2100 (2101 BC)
25
279 YES -
-2000 (2001 BC)
25 -1900
304 NO 10
25 -1800
329 NO 11
25 -1700
354 NO 12
25 -1600
379 YES -
25 -1500
404 NO 13
25
429
Addendum
-1400
NO
14
25 -1300
454 NO 15
25 -1200
479 YES -
25 -1100
504 NO 16
25 -1000
529 NO 17
25 -900
554 NO 18
25 -800
579 YES -
25 -700
604 NO 19
25 -600
629 NO 20
25 -500
654 NO 21
25
679
Addendum
-400
YES
25 -300
704 NO 22
25 -200
729 NO 23
25 -100
754 NO 24
25
779 YES -
0 (1BC /"year zero")
25 100
804 NO 25
25 200
829 NO 26
25 300
854 NO 27
25 400
879 YES -
25 500
904 NO 28
25 600
929 NO 29
Addendum
25 700
954 NO 30
25 800
979 YES -
25 900
1004 NO 31
25 1000
1029 NO 32
25 1100
1054 NO 33
25 1200
1079 YES -
25 1300
1104 NO 34
25 1400
1129 NO 35
25 1500
1154 NO 36
25 1600
1179 YES -
Addendum
25 1700
1204 NO 37
25 1800
1229 NO 38
25 1900
1254 NO 39
25 2000
1279 YES -
2004, 2008, 2012 Total
1282
39 and subtracting that from 1282 (=1243). Then 1243 was added to 1870625, 1282 - 39 = 1243 1243 + 1870625 = 1871868
and the result (=1871868) was subtracted from 1,872,000 the number of days in the Great Cycle, to get 132 the number of days left until termination of the cycle. 1872000 - 1871868 = 132 If the cycle began at dawn on August 11th 3114 BC, 5125 years later would bring us to dawn on 11th August 2012 AD; the 132 days would consist of the remaining 21 days of August, (including the 11th), the 30 days of September, the 31 days of October, the 30 days of November, and 20 days of December 2012. So the termination point is midnight to dawn between 20th December 2012 and 21st December 2012, since the 21st December is 13.0.0.0.0 and also 0.0.0.0.0 - the start of the next cycle, as well as the completion of the current one. August 11th 2012 + 132 = December 20th-21st 2012 so... August 11th 3114 BC 00.00 hrs + 1,872,000 = 21st December 2012 AD 00.00 hrs
JD 584283 + 1,872,000 = JD 2456283 = midday 11/8/3114 BC - midday 21/12 2012.
Addendum
Here is a much simpler way to work it out, from John Major Jenkins:
Anyone with a Julian Day ephemeris can make the following simple calculation. December 21, 2012 is Julian Day 2,456,283. Subtract from this the number of days in 13 baktuns (1,872,000). The result is 584283, the Julian Day number of the Long Count's zero day back in 3114 BC, thus confirming the end-date as December 21, 2012.
For more info on correlation, Jenkins article, The Correlation Debate http://www.alignment2012.com/fap3. html
References
1. Most up-to-date info.: Maya Cosmogenesis 2012, by John Major Jenkins; Bear & Co, Santa Fe, USA, 1998. Website: Maya Calendar & Cosmology: http://www.alignment2012.com/fourahau.html 2.The Mayan Factor - path beyond technology, by Jose Arguelles, Bear & Co., Santa Fe, New Mexico, USA, 1987. http://www.azstarnet.com/~mayan/invisiblecollege.html Website: http://www.victory-net.com/ 3. 4. "The Mayan Prophecies", by Adrian Gilbert and Maurice Cotterell, Element, 1995. http://www.adriangilbert.co.uk "Fingerprints of the Gods", by Graham Hancock, William Heinemann, London, 1995. http://www.grahamhancock.com/
5. Most up-to-date info.: Maya Cosmogenesis 2012, by John Major Jenkins; Bear & Co, Santa Fe, USA, 1998. Website: Maya Calendar & Cosmology: http://www.alignment2012.com/fourahau.html 6. "Secrets of Maya Science/Religion", by Hunbatz Men, Bear & Co, Santa Fe, USA, 1990. http://cosmicmysteries.com/hunbatz.htm 7. "Profiles in Wisdom", ed., Stephen McFadden, Bear & Co., 1991.
8. "Millennium Prophecies", by Stephen Skinner, Virgin/Carlton 1994, p.157.
9. "UFO Reality" magazine, issues 2,3,5,6 & 8. 10. "The Bible Code", by Michael Drosnin, Wiedenfeld & Nitolson, London, 1997. 11. "The Pleiadjan Agenda", by Barbara Hand Clow, Bear & Co. 1995. 12. "God I Am - from tragic to magic", by Peter 0. Erbe, Triad, Australia, 1991. "Earth s Birth Changes", by St. Germain thorough Azena, Triad, Australia, 1991. "You Are Becoming a Galactic Human", by Virginia Essene and Sheldon Nidle, See Publishing Co., Santa Clara, Cal., USA, 1994. 13. "The Pleiadjan Agenda", by Barbara Hand Clow, Bear & Co. 1995.
Addendum
14.
"The Invisible Landscape", by Terrence & Dennis McKenna, Harper-Col1ins, 1993. http://www.levity.com/eschaton/tm.html
Playshop 4, "World Youth Culture, Shamanism, Gaia, Chaos, & Plant Hallucinogens", lecture by Terrence McKenna at ULU, 25/9/91. website: Hyperborea: http://www.levity.com/eschaton/tm.html 15. UFO Reality magazine, issues 4 & 8. 16. "Ciphers in the Crops", ed. Beth Davis, Gateway Books, bath, 1992. 17. See ref. 14. + software: Timewave one by Terrence McKenna: order- from Blue Water- Publishing, inc. C/o Twiggs Fulfillment POB 1875, rapid city, SD 57709 800..366. 0264 18. The Awakening Earth - the global brain by Peter Russell, Ark Paperbacks, 1982.
"The White Hole in Time - our future evolution and the meaning of now", by Peter Russell, Aquarian Press, 1992. 19. "Trajectories Newsletter spring 1991", ed., Robert Anton Wilson Permanent Press, San Jose, Cal. USA p. 17. "Right Where You Are Sitting Now", by Robert Anton Wilson, And/Or press, Berkeley, Cal, USA, 1982, pp.29. Website: Deoxyribonucleic hyperdimension: http://deoxy.org/raw.htm 20. "Pi in the Sky", by Michael Poynder-, Rider, 1992. 21. "Omega Point" and "Omega pointers", by Geoff Stray. Unpublished 22. "Star-seed - the third millennium", by Ken Carey, Harper, 1991 23. "Vital Signs", by Andy Thomas, SB Publications, Seaford, Sussex, 1998 shows photos of these formations. http://cropcircleconnector.com/sc/books.html
Michael Glickman's website: http://www.cropcircleradius.com/ 24. "Nothing In This Book Is True, But Its Exactly The Way Things Are", by Bob Frissell, Frog ltd., Berkeley, Cal. 1994. "The Montauk Project; experiments in time", Sky Books, Westbury New York, 1992. "l'he Philadelphia and Time-Travel Experiments of The Illuminati", by A1 Bielek and Vladimir-Terziski (120-minute video-tape); 'The American Academy of Dissident Sciences, May 1992. 25 .The Mystery of the Crystal Skulls; Chris Morton & Cheri Louise Thomas; Harper Collins; 1997
26. Gods of Eden; Andrew Collins; Headline; 1998 http://www.andrewcollins.net The Hall of the Gods; Nigel Appleby; William Heinemann; 1998 Website: Operation Hermes: http://www.osisnet.com/Hermes/ 27. The Hall of the Gods; Nigel Appleby; William Heinemann; 1998 Website: Operation Hermes: http://www.osisnet.com/Hermes/ 28. The Hall of the Gods; Nigel Appleby; William Heinemann; 1998 Website: Operation Hermes: http://www.osisnet.com/Hermes/
Addendum
29. Needles of Stone; Tom Graves; Turnstone; 1978 (& Needles of Stone Revisited; Gothic Image,
Glastonbury).
Fingerprints of the Gods; Graham Hancock; William Heinemann; 1995; p.499 (Hancock says on
23/12/'2012 moon is 8 days old). http://www.grahamhancock.com/
30. . Notes From the Cosmos Gordon Michael Scallion; Matrix Institute Inc.; W.Chesterfield, NH, USA; 1997 http://www.matrixinstitute.com 31. . Mexico Mystique - the coming sixth world of consciousness; Frank Waters; Swallow Press/Ohio University Press Books, USA, 1975/89. 32. Awakening to Zero Point - the collective initiation, by Greg Braden, Radio Bookstore Press, Bellevue, Washington. USA, 1993/94/97. Places of Power - secret energies at ancient sites: a guide to observed or measured phenomena, by Paul Devereux, Blandford Press, 1990, p. 87-88. http://www.acemake. com/PaulDevereux/index.html Megabrain - new tools and techniques for brain growth and expansion, by Michael Hutchison, Balantine Books, New York, USA, 1986/91. http://www.toolsforewxploration.com/ 33. Gods of the New Millennium, by Alan F. Alford, Hodder & Stoughton, 1997. Website: http://www.eridu.co.uk 34. Maya Cosmogenesis 2012, by John Major Jenkins; Bear & Co, Santa Fe, USA, 1998. Website: Maya Calendar & Cosmology: http://edj.net/mc2012/fourahau.html 35. Worlds in Collision by Immanuel Velikovsky.Abacus, 1972/73. 36. Website: 2.0.1.3: http://www.2013.com 37. Monument to The End of Time by Vincent Bridges & Jay Weidner; Aethyrea Books; 1999. Order on-line from http://sangraal.com/AMET/order.html The Fulcanelli Phenomenon by Kenneth Rayner Johnson; Neville Spearman; Jersey; 1980 38. Sacred Science by R.A. Schwaller De Lubicz; Inner Traditions International; Rochester, Vermont; USA; 1988. 39. Website: 2012, Comet Lee & the Birth of our New Neighbour: http://cob250.dn.net/members/panspermia/quickening.html 40. The Sirius Mystery Revised Edition by Robert Temple; Century; 1998. Ancient Egypt The Sirius Connection, by Murry Hope; Element Books; Longmead, Shaftesbury, Dorset; 1990 41. Websites: Mardyks Galactic Astrology: http://www.geocities.com/Area51/9172/ Callemans Gaia 2012: http://www.gaia2012.htm NASA Eclipse site: http://sunearth.gsfc.nasa.gov/eclipse/eclipse.html More eclipse & Venus transit info: http://eclipse.span.ch/2012.htm 42. Website: One-Man Tower Radio Antenna Towers: http://home.pacific.net.au/~vk4vkd/Geomagnetic.htm 43. Gateway To Atlantis by Andrew Collins; Headline Book Publishing; 338, Euston Rd. London NW1 3BH; 2000. Andrew Collins Eden Website: http://www.andrewcollins.net 44. Website: Galactic Astrology: http://www.geocities.com/Are51/Nebula/9172/gac.html 45. Websites: http://www.ambilac.com/part_ix.html
Addendum
http://www.ambilac.mb.ca/news/newsmain.html 46. Website: SiLoam.Net: http://www.siloam.net/jenkins/ambilac.html 47. Signs In The Sky, by Adrian Gilbert: Bantam Press, UK: 2000. Website: http://www.adriangilbert.com/ 48. Earth Under Fire Humanitys Survival of the Apocalypse, by Paul A. LaViolette; Starlane Publications, Alexandria, VA; USA; 1997. Website: Sphinx Stargate: http://www.etheric.com
Go to WHAT'S NEW
Latest Info
What's New?
1.Jon King 2.Inca Prophecy 3.Cherokee Calendar 4.Phobos Fly-by: 2012 5.New Jerusalem Descent: 2012 6. Hunab Ku, Tuns & Baktuns in the Crops 7. Crop Circle Code Predicts Return of Nibiru 8. Mayan Prediction: a Dark Cloud... 9. Rennes-Le-Chateau /2012 Connection 10. Chaos Magick: Horus/Maat Aeons Fuse in 2012 11. 23,000-Year Ice-Collapse Cycle Ends in 2012 12. Dutch Sunspot Theory Decoded From Egyptian & Mayan Texts 13. Another Contactee Says 2012 Will Herald a Dimensional Shift 14. Mayan-Aztec Shaman Quetza-Sha on 2012 15. More on Return of Nibiru 16. David Rohl Dates Flood at 3113 BC (Start of Mayan Great Cycle)
http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/new.htm (1 of 19)9/28/2005 11:07:57 AM
Latest Info
17. Milankovitch Cycles 18. Sunspot Cycle Maximum Now Officially Moved forward - 2011 to 2012 19. Crop Circles - 12-Fold Progression to 2012? 20. Domain- New 2012 Fiction Thriller 21. Monument to the End of Time 22. Realm Border Wave 23. Cataclysm: 3114 BC 24. More on the Re-birth of Osiris 25.Great conjunction & the age of Aquarius 26.Period of Justification and...Whats New continued....items 27+...
1. Jon King. I spoke to Jon King (see item 15) on July 29th 2000, and he told me that, at the time he had his contact experiences, he had
NEVER HEARD anything about The Mayan Calendar, Terence McKenna, or 2012. That removes any possibility of subconscious interference, and makes this a third independent source on 2012. (I'm still trying to find out if Drosnin had any prior knowledge of 2012 before he got the relevant message in the Bible Code -see item 10).
2. Inca Prophecy. In her 1999 book, Keepers of the Ancient Knowledge - the Mystical World of the Q'ero Indians of Peru, Joan Parisi
Wilcox, who has been trained to the highest level of Q'ero priesthood, reveals the Q'ero Prohecy of spiritual evolution and a Golden Age. The prophecy is incorporated into a 16th century Catholic philosophy of 3 ages. These are the Age of The Father, the Age of The Son, and the Age of the Holy Spirit. The latter, which the Q'ero call Taripay Pacha, began in the period between August 1 1990 and August 1 1993, when the world underwent a cosmic
Latest Info
transmutation called a pachakuti. The Taripay Pacha is the period extending approximately from 1990/1993 to 2012 during which mankind will spiritually evolve - it is the "Age of Meeting ourselves Again", when time will end. The book covers Andean shamanism including the "engaging of the energy body".
3. Cherokee Calendar. In her 2000 book, The Cherokee Sacred Calendar - A Handbook of the Ancient Native American Tradition,
Raven Hail (a member of the Cherokee Nation of Oklahoma) describes a calendar system which seems to be a cross between the Aztec and Mayan sacred calendars. It is a 260-day wheel, with 20 day signs, which have names very similar to the Aztec. However, they use a numerical notation identical to the Mayan notation. The ephemeris for finding your sacred calendar birthday is comparable to that given by Bruce Scofield in his book Day Signs, about the Aztec system, and both of these correlate to the True Count. Hail says that a World, or Sun was approximately 5,200 years (in the Long Count of the Maya, the Great cycle lasts 5,200 Tuns, or 360-day years, which is about 5,125 years; the Aztecs didn't have a Long Count, but only a concept of Suns, of which the current is the 5th, but with varying accounts of how long the Suns were). Hail says that previous Worlds/Suns have ended in cataclysm, and this one, which is the Sun of Heron (=Sun of Movement in the Aztec) will end in earthquake, but nobody knows when. However, the ephemeris, like Scofield's, lists the day-signs for the first day of each 13-day period from Jan 11 1900, but where Scofield's ends on December 20, 2000, Hail's ephemeris goes on to December 18, 2012, and then lists the day 3 days later, as 4 Flower - December 21 2012, where the ephemeris ends.
4. Phobos Fly-by of Earth: 2012

news flash: In an article by James van der Worp about the fly-by of Mars by comet 76P, on June 5 2000, evidence was presented that the orbit of Phobos was affected, resulting in it being shunted towards Earth's orbit, on a collision course, with a projected impact time around September 12 2000! An internet discussion ensued between van der Worp and Glen Deen, involving complex astro-physics calculations, and Deen came to the following conclusion: "My low-precision orbit model gave Earth impact of Phobos on September 18, 2012 with an escape velocity of 3.99731 km/s...." UPDATE: September 2000 update Updates (30th June 2002): 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 (Glenn Deen
comet 75P Kohoutek - he doesn't say how that effects his impact prediction!) now says if Phobos is missing, it would have happened on July 2 2001, caused by
5. New Jerusalem Cube Descends in 2012

Latest Info
Vincent Bridges, co-author of A Monument to the End of Time, (item 37), has continued his research, concluding that the Cross at Hendaye encodes information on the formation of a "cube of space" over the 20-year period between 1992 * and 2012. This is formed by the alignment of 3 axes; the ecliptic, the galactic, and the "planetary equinox axis". On each equinox, an Earth cube is formed, which rotates with precession, and aligns with the Heaven cube every 13,000 years. The mid-point in the alignment of these cubes, when they are perfectly aligned, will be on the autumnal equinox of 2002. The 20-year period ending on Winter solstice 2012 is the "eschatological moment when the New Jerusalem descends to Earth", as described in the Revelation to St. John (which does describe it as a cube, but by my reckoning, a cube of side 1500 miles (12,000 stadia - Rev.21:16). The process must be aided by a ceremony every equinox, in which the kabbalistic tree of life is "projected onto the Celestial sphere", a technique developed by the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, during the late 1800s. The method is combined with the Enochian magical system devised by Sir John Dee in Elizabethan times. Both of these have geometrical connections to these nesting cubes, described as the "Gnosis Gnomon", like the throne of Osiris. The results of a failure would be "dire". "The New Jerusalem Cube is the switch box, and, to follow the analogy, if it is wired wrong or not at all, then it explodes when the juice is turned on. The current is already running, and the sparks are popping all over the planet". Success would mean, "New Jerusalem then becomes the unitary model which allows the earth cube and the solar hyper-cube to nest within the higher dimensional flow coming from galactic central. It would mediate the centropic to entropic collapse of light into matter by stabilizing the oscillation between 3 and 4 D, in other words, a virtually eternal reality constructed from mind mirroring matter with its own light". It will connect celestial & terrestrial grids allowing 4 D existence. More here. The "Enochian transformer cube" must be resonant by 2002, when it will start crystallising. If not, it will start to fragment over the 10 years to 2012. *Jose Arguelles gives "1992" as the start of the final katun in the last Baktun of the Great Cycle, and this date is quoted by Weidner & Bridges in their book on page 173, (see Whats New 21 below) - but they have confirmed to me that this page is flawed, since they agree that the last katun started in April 1993.
6. Hunab Ku, Tuns &Baktuns in the Crops

Click here for link
7. Crop Circle Code Predicts Return of Nibiru

Robert Boerman, a Dutch Crop Circle researcher, has brought out a book called Crop Circles, Gods and Their Secrets, in which he analyses crop formations and discovers a kabbalistic code. The code gives hints about Nibiru, the planet on a huge elliptical orbit, which, according to Zecharia Sitchin's translations of cuneiform tablets from Sumeria, returns to our solar system every 3,600 years, and houses the "gods" who cross-bred our
Latest Info
ancestors by genetic engineering. Boerman was constantly finding precessional numbers in his analysis of crop formations, and has taken up some clues left by Alan Alford, in Gods of the New Millennium ( such as the amazing fact that 2160 - the length of a zodiacal age - is 3-6-0-0 when written in the sexagesimal Sumerian system), to conclude that Nibiru is due to return in 2012. I have written a more detailed review (updated) in SC issue 93 (Nov/Dec 2000), or see Boerman's book page (updated). There are 4 other sites apart from Boerman's, which support the return of Nibiru in 2012, accessible from Beyond 2012 page 3. See also What's New No.15 below.
8. Mayan Prediction: a Dark Cloud...

At the Latinola site, there is a report of the recent announcement by the Mayan elder, Don Alejandro Cirilo Prez Oxlaj, which includes the following: "...on Dec. 20, 2012, Mother Earth will pass inside the center of a magnetic axis and that it may be darkened with a great cloud for 60 to 70 hours and that because of environmental degradation, she may not be strong enough to survive the effects. "It will enter another age, but when it does, there will be great and serious events. Earthquakes, maremotos (tsunamis), floods, volcanic eruptions and great illness on the planet Earth. Few survivors will be left." Don Alejandro has been sent as a messenger from a council of elders to warn the world that we must change the way we live and take care of Earth. We hope his message resonates with people of all faiths and beliefs."
9. Rennes-Le -Chateau/2012 Connection?

On the Rennes-Le-Chateau website, there are a series of cryptic posts connecting Rennes-Le-Chateau with the 2012/end of Mayan Long Count scenario. These have been of some irritation to the regulars, which is surprising, since the Rennes mystery revolves around unsolved cryptic messages. The roiperdu (lost king) is looking for the nautonnier (helmsman)... examples:
10/09/00 - Message de DOMINIC dear all, the axis mundi shift around 2012 will create great deal of solar disorder and deaths and change the electromagnetic field to the positive. Rennes is linked to the crystal skulls and the 4 major temples worldwide. The skulls can only be activated by the bloodline. the ring to authoroty which has pillar plus a snake around it also 2 more pillars and the cross of templars this is linked to 64/63 inverse ,the ring of authority is with me and the bloodline can link up to me at : harmonics82@hotmail.com the time for the Truth is now here Dominic( THE EYE OF hORUS) 10/12/00 - Message de Dominic
Latest Info
dear pomponet, As soon as the truth is spoken people start to ridicule the truth through ignorance , darkness,The Precession of the Equinoxes due 2012, will create massive solar disorder and many deaths, the rennes le chateau is linked to Gnosis , and gnosis is obtained through the archetypal sound , less64 /63 inverse. and was created for this particular time linked to the 4 major pyramids. The crystal skulls are part of the pyramidion. the job of the person of authority is to activate them. People of intelligence will understand 64/63 inverse.Ineed to link up to the family. Raissa I Dominic would like to discuss your theories on Rennnes.on Harmonics82@hotmail.com Hope to hear from someone who understands what Iam saying ,The Great mystery is only known by the few for the good of the whole..the clandestine mysteries.of 64/63.inverse and the Eye of Horus..has now been activated. best Dominic If you want more, they're on
http://www.rennes-le-chateau.com/Forums/01-uk.htm http://www.rennes-le-chateau.com/Forums/03-uk.htm These sites may throw some light on the matter: http://www.earthpulse.com/halebopp/peacemaker.html http://www.aquarius-atlanta.com/julyarticles/prophecy. html http://mission-ignition.tripod.com/matrix/mlmmsg25.htm
10. Chaos Magick: Horus/Maat Aeons Fuse in 2012

On the Mutation Parlour website, Orryelle Bascule connects Chaos Magick and Maat Magick of Grant, Achad, Nema, Aion & Carroll to the work of Jenkins, McKenna, & Arguelles, plus the Hopi Indian prophecy of the "13th Tribe", or Rainbow Warriors, to conclude that the Return of Quetzalcoatl will be the activation and rising of the Kundalini, and awakening of collective consciousness for humanity, and also activation of Gaia's kundalini - the sepentine energy lines which connect earth's sacred sites - the chakras of Gaia. This is explained in his Zuvuya essay. Orryelle has formed a microcosmic "13th tribe" of Rainbow Warriors, from a variety of nationalities, to perform a series of rites -"the 13th Tribe Weaving", involving "chakra-piercing", and is explained in his Liber XIII. " Activating group kundalini at each of Gaia's chakras via these weavings, progressively towards 2012, will help to resonate humanity's awakening Groupmind with the intense awakening of these Great Serpents, the Ida and Pingala of Gaia's kundalini".
Latest Info
11. 23,000-Year Ice-Collapse Cycle Ends in 2012

A book by Dr. William A. Gaspar, called The Celestial Clock, claims that 5,125-year Great Cycle of the Mayan Long Count represents a quarter of a "warming cycle", which is part of a 23,000-year "dominant ice volume collapse cycle", and that every 11,500 and 23,000 years, there is a major polar axis shift, with severe earthquakes and flooding. The earth goes through warming and cooling cycles, which are a result of increased heat and carbon dioxide, but independent from Man. The "Black Hole" at the centre of the galaxy exerts a cyclic gravitational pull, resulting in friction between magma and Earth's crust, producing the heat & gas. Religious symbology from Egypt and the Bible are used in support of the theory. It is interesting that in Allan & Delair's book When The Earth Nearly Died, which is a scholarly attempt to date Noah's flood, and find a plausible agent which may have caused it, the massive amount of geological evidence which they supplied leads to the conclusion that the flood occurred 11,500 years ago!! (American edition: Cataclysm! Compelling Evidence of a Cosmic Catastrophe in 9,500 BC). This differs by about 1,200 years from the estimate of astro-physicist Dr. Paul LaViolette, at 12,700 years ago, with his Galactic Superwave theory in Earth Under Fire, - see item 48; and by 1,700 years from geologist Gregg Braden's Magnetic Reversal theory in Awakening to Zero Point -see item 32. However, Allan & Delair concluded that the flood was caused by the close fly-by of a large planetoid. Unlike Sitchin, (item 27) however, they don't suppose it to be on its way round an elliptical orbit, but to have continued onwards to collide with the Sun. Uriel's Machine, by Knight & Lomas, concludes that the earth was hit 9,640 years ago (=7,640 BC), by 7 comet fragments, causing massive tidal waves, and that this was the date of Noah's flood. Andrew Collins has criticized Knight & Lomas, (claiming that they failed to reference him as one of their sources), but Collins' own conclusion in his book Gateway to Atlantis, is that the comet impact occurred 10,600-10,500 years ago (8,600 - 8,500 BC) (item 43). Hapgood's model, according to Graham Hancock puts the flood (caused by crustal displacement) at 14,500 BC to 12, 500 BC, whereas Hancock himself goes for 10,500 BC (though, since ice cores have now shown Antarctica to have been fully glaciated for much longer, Hancock no longer suggests Antarctica as the former Atlantis, and in The Mars Mystery, suggests that crustal displacement / the flood was triggered by comet or asteroid impact).
Summary;
Flood Theorist
Hapgood Braden Sitchin Alford LaViolette Hancock
Years Ago
16,500-14,400 13,200 13,000 12,983 12,700 12,500
Years BC
14,500-12,500 11,200 11,000 10,983 10,700 10,500
Latest Info
Geryl & Ratinckx Allan & Delair Gaspar Collins Knight & Lomas
11, 972 11,500 11,500 10,600-10,500 9,640
9,792 9,500 9,500 8,600-8,500 7,640
12. Dutch Sunspot Theory Decoded From Egyptian & Mayan Texts
Orion Prophecy : A new book is due out in 2001 by Patrick Geryl and Gino Ratinckx, called "The Orion Prophecy - Prophecies From an Ancient Mayan & Egyptian Civilization for the Year 2012". These are the archaeoastronomers who discovered the Labyrinth in Egypt, following on from Bauval's discoveries. See Count down for the new Sun for a review by Jacques Groenen, who has read the Dutch edition. Using the Orion/Giza correlation idea of Bauval, the authors searched further up the Nile valley, and found the long lost Labyrinth, which, from the blurb, sounds like their location for the Hall of Records. Using maths & astronomy, they have "broken ancient codes in the Egypt & Maya legacy", to discover a sunspot cycle (a la Cotterell - let's hope it is more convincing than his theory). The 2012 event sounds bad - earthquakes, tidal waves, pole shift/crustal displacement, but, since Atlantis "is buried under the South Pole", maybe they've been influenced by Hancock (and Cotterell?). I'll let you know when the book's out. (Here's another page on the forthcoming book). THE BOOK IS DUE OUT IN OCTOBER 2001, to be published by David Hatcher Childress - see 2012 Books page
13. Another Contactee Says 2012 Will Herald a Dimensional Shift.

I have just found an article in the first edition of UFO Reality in which a UFO contactee called John Craig describes the appearance of a UFO following his cry for help on May 16 1992. The show lasted half an hour and was also witnessed by his family. He started writing a book with his wife (who is Japanese), called Merging Point, which "detailed the acceleration of evolving consciousness to a point in 2012 AD, when we would transmute our 3D consciousness to become truly multidimensional, galactic beings", but the book seems only to be available in Japanese. On May 16 1993 - the anniversary of the contact event, Craig received a telepathic message leading him to a deserted beach where he witnessed another UFO, and he began to chant in an unknown language. The phrase "Echan Deravy" kept recurring, and he eventually realized that this was to be his new name. Deravy is a Scotsman living in Canada, who speaks fluent Japanese, and now lectures on a wide range of subjects, including remote viewing.
Latest Info
14. Mayan-Aztec Shaman Quetza-Sha on 2012.

The Mayan-Aztec shaman, Quetza-Sha explains in an interview, that on 11/7/91, during the total eclipse over Mexico, a "sacred dimensional doorway of the equilibrium opened", and this was the Return of Quetzalcoatl. This was the start of an information-download process, which Quetza-Sha describes using Philip K. Dick's enigmatic terminology - "it will leave us plasmated with the Milliennary knowledge of the new time". In Valis, P.K. Dick defined plasmate as follows: "I term the immortal one a plasmate, because it is a form of energy; it is living information. It replicates itself - not through information or in information - but as information." This information is to prepare "for the dimensional birth of a new race that comes from the Pleiades." PKD continued with: "The plasmate can crossbond with a human, creating what I call a homoplasmate. This annexes the mortal human permanently to the plasmate. We know this as "birth from above" or "birth from the Spirit"." The creation of new race is due to occur in 2012. "The year 2012 is not the destruction of the planet but is the transformation of the spirit, sexual energy, the energy of your heart and your mind in all the dimensions that of our existence in the solar system." The process continues through 2024, with a fifth dimensional transformation, to 2029 when humans transform to 5d.
15. More on Return of Nibiru in 2012

Robert Boerman has just added a new essay to his site, called THE 12th PLANET - a return in 2012? (updated). This goes into more detail than I did in my review (updated) (also just added to Boerman's site) See What's New No. 7 above.
16. David Rohl dates flood at 3113 BC (= start of Mayan Great Cycle)
On a site called THE NEXUS - Historical Chronology, (currently unavailable) was posted the following:
"3113: Noah (the Babylonian's called him Utnapishtim) builds an Ark and overcomes the 'Great Flood' - described by Bible: the Sumerian King list (made in 2125) records the following (according to David Rohl's New Chronology)....." A search of David Rohl's site, Nunki.net, produced this:
Latest Info
...The succeeding historical era, known as the Early Dynastic Period, may also have been shorter than is conventionally believed because, again, there are no clear archaeological dating criteria. As a result, it is possible to argue for a terminus date for the Ubaid Period as low as 3100 BC - a date which I have put forward (in my book, Legend: The Genesis of Civilisation) as being consistent with most of the textual sources and the limited archaeological dating evidence... In the same way that we can shorten the archaeological ages, bringing them down towards the present, scholars have argued that the biblical date of the Flood can be set back to an earlier period than suggested by a cursory reading of the Genesis narrative. The Greek and Aramaic versions of the Old Testament (both of which are older than the earliest surviving Hebrew copy of the Bible) suggest that the Flood took place up to eight hundred years prior to the date calculable from the Massoretic (Hebrew) text (c. 2300 BC) from which the Latin and English translations of the Old Testament derive. A date of around 3100 BC is therefore quite possible if we take into consideration these earlier sources. It is also reassuring to note that the Mayan tradition places the Great Flood in Mesoamerica at precisely 3113 BC according to their recently deciphered calendar. (from here)
This provides an event which coincides with the start of the Mayan Great Cycle (& yet another flood date to add to those at No.11 above).
17. Milankovitch Cycle

I have just read Gaspar's "The Celestial Clock" (see 11 above), and found it enjoyable, though it's written in Hungarian English. There are several websites which give a clear summary of the Milankovitch theory, which lies at the base of Gaspar's book, and on them you will find described a minimum of 3 long-term cycles which affect the climate. There is a good but simple explanation called Milankovitch Cycles and Glaciation, which describes a 100,000-year "Eccentricity" cycle", a 41,000-year "Axis Tilt" cycle, and a 23,000-year PRECESSION cycle. (You thought precession was 2526,000 years didn't you?) Because most of Earth's landmasses are in the Northern hemisphere, the combined effects of the 3 varying cycles can trigger glaciation: "At times when Northern Hemisphere summers are coolest (farthest from the Sun due to precession and greatest orbital eccentricity) and winters are warmest (minimum tilt), snow can accumulate on and cover broad areas of northern America and Europe." However, "At present, only precession is in the glacial mode, with tilt and eccentricity not favorable to glaciation". On the NOAA Palaeoclimatology Program site, is a similar explanation, except that precession is given as 22,000 years. A more thorough explanation is given on the U.S. Naval Observatory site, and mentions the 3 cycles above, plus a 1-year cycle and a 21,000 year cycle. The basic climate cycle is, of course, the yearly cycle of the seasons. This is caused by the 23.4 degree tilt of the Earth's axis, and on one day each year, the Northern hemisphere is at its coldest, when tilted away from the sun. This is on the Winter Solstice. The Earth's orbit varies in eccentricity every 21,000 years, and it just so happens that perihelion (closest orbital point to the Sun) is currently very close to Winter Solstice. " It turns out that the proximity of the 2 dates is a coincidence of the particular century we live in". (The 100,000 year cycle modifies the 21,000 year one.) I haven't yet found the explanation on the internet for the shorter precession cycle, but Gaspar says it is truncated due to sudden axis shifts, related to the changing magnetic field of the sun. Gaspar's graph of global warming, taken from ice core studies, shows a peak 115,000 years ago, which is made up of 5 x 23,000-year cycles. The 41,000-year variation of obliquity (tilt) cycle is also clearly visible, and is comprised of a 23,000-year cycle plus an 18,000-year cycle. At the peak of warming, the ice caps melt, causing flooding and constant rain, which washes the CO2 out of the atmosphere into the sea, leading to SUDDEN cooling and glaciation. We are currently at a warming peak of the same magnitude as that 115,000 years ago, preceding the
Latest Info
onset of the last ice age! The 41,000 year cycle, which is clearly visible in ice core studies, is exactly divisible by the 5,125-year Mayan Great Cycle which ends in 2012!
I have just found a paper by E.C.Njau of the University of Tanzania, which studies global warming and Milankovitch cycles, to predict an imminent climate change between 1997 and 2012!! It is on Adobe Acrobat software, and every time I try & download it, I get half,
then my computer crashes, so beware, but it is at http://allusions.wcp.muohio.edu/ClimateChangePrediction/ImminentClimateChg2000.pdf
18. Sunspot Cycle Maximum: Now officially moved forward - 2000 to 2001 and 2011 to 2012!!
Kev Peacock's Geomagnetic Reversal theory (item 42) was not like Cotterell's prediction of a long-term sunspot cycle (item 3) (- a shift of the solar warped neutral sheet), but a coincidence of other cycles (eclipses plus the North Pole being close to the Sun), and the 11-year sunspot maximum - all due in summer 2011, says Peacock. The peak of the sunspot cycle which was active through the nineties, according to most authorities, would occur in 2000 (Mar-April), and therefore, the next peak would be in 2011. There are several sites which state this, such as Space.com, Graphing Sunspot Cycles, or George C. Marshall Institute. However, a recent post on the NASA website (15/2/2001) says that the sun's pole had just flipped, and "The Sun's magnetic poles will remain as they are now, with the north magnetic pole pointing through the Sun's southern hemisphere, until the year 2012 when they will reverse again. This transition happens, as far as we know, at the peak of every 11-year sunspot cycle -- like clockwork." This had actually been predicted in 1998 by Peter Jakubowski, and Earth Changes TV webmaster, Mitch Battros, has concluded in Feb 2000, that, since the cycle was "running almost three times higher then NASA's own prediction", the change in the cycle indicates the existence of a "Mega-cycle" terminating in 2012, and connected to the end of the Mayan Great Cycle. For more information, Timo Niroma has produced a massive essay on Sunspot Cycles and Supercycles and Their Tentative Causes.
19. Crop Circles - 12 fold progression to 2012?

John Haddington has noticed a pattern in the crop circle phenomenon. "The crop circles are running through a numerical sequence on an annual basis. This sequence started in 1989. The sequence is a twelvefold geometrical progression. Thus year twelve is in the year 2000. This is a run up the scale therefore after the year 2000 it will have to run down the scale to one to create a greater symmetry. This therefore points to the year 2012. If you accept that these circles are not all man made, then something is trying to tell us about the year 2012". It sounds good, but I don't agree - for example, 1998 was the first year of 7-fold geometry, but by this theory, 98 corresponds to 10.
Latest Info
But then he did post this theory in 1996. In any case, I have predicted 13-fold geometry for 2001, (see No.6 above) & if it happens, that will confirm a 2012 connection (- for me anyway!) Mermer-m-mer-mer! UPDATE: 13 did appear in the fields at the end of the 2001 season see Sixth Sun Crop Formation
20. Domain - New 2012 Fiction Thriller

Steve Alten has just released a novel called DOMAIN (January 2001), which presents a scenario for Winter Solstice 2012, which differs from the other suggested happenings so far discussed on this site, yet has obviously resulted from reading Graham Hancock's Fingerprints of the Gods; John Major Jenkins' Maya Cosmogenesis 2012; and Erich Von Daniken's Arrival of the Gods. The Giza pyramid, The Pyramid of the Sun at Teotihuacan, the Pyramid of Kukulcan at Chichen Itza, Stonehenge, and Angkor Temple in Cambodia are all located at "integral points along the Earth's natural power grid", and all not only give clues about 2012, but are designed to link up at that time, to stop a portal from opening. On Autumn equinox 2012, as the shadow snake ascends the Pyramid of Kukulcan, a signal is beamed from Orion to Earth, activating something buried in Chixculub crater, where geologists say a huge asteroid impacted the Earth 65 million years ago, wiping out the dinosaurs. Then the Mayan mythology of the Popol Vuh comes to life, as a modern One Hunahpu tries to thwart the evil plan of the Lord of Xibalba, racing to save humanity from destruction on Winter Solstice, when the portal will open - for the first time in 26,000 years. This is a great read, which I would recommend, and which I read in a day and a half. There are, however, a few errors, particularly in "Professor Gabriel's journal". For instance, the Dark Rift of the Milky Way, (Xibalba Be), is at the other end of the Milky Way from Orion, NOT next to it (Orion is at the Silver Gate of Gemini; the Dark Rift and Galactic Centre are at the Golden Gate of Sagittarius - see item 47). Also, the 584285 and 584283 correlations are confused. The True Count (584283) started on 11th August 3114 BC (= "-3113"), and ends on 21st December 2012; the other popular correlation - 584285 - started on 13th August 3114 BC and ends on 23rd December 2012. The confusion is due to using the start date from Hancock 13th Aug 3114 BC - and the end-point from Jenkins - 21st December 2012. For info on the correlation problem, see Jenkins' article. See Steve's website for more details on DOMAIN.
21. Monument to the End of Time

At last, I have managed to get hold of a copy of Weidner & Bridges' book, A Monument to the End of Time, so am now able to include the summary promised back at item 37. In 1926, an enigmatic alchemist called Fulcanelli published a book called "Le Mystere des Cathedrales", or Mystery of the Cathedrals, which explains how Gothic cathedrals have hermetic and alchemical secrets encoded into their architecture and sculptures. In 1957, a second edition appeared, and included an extra chapter on the significance of a monument in the town of Hendaye in the Pyrenees. The monument - an engraved pedestal with a pillar
Latest Info
and engraved cross - was built around 1680, and you can find pictures of it at item 37. Monument to the End of Time, is a thorough exposition of the hidden meaning encoded into this Hendaye Cross. The authors have traced the alchemical thread back to Egypt; to the first Gnostic groups, and re-exposed the fact that behind alchemy lies a triple transmutation - inner, outer and time. The inner transmutation is the refining of the psycho-sexual energies and fluids; the outer is using the inner change to transmute physical states; the third is the same transmutation applied to the whole Earth, changing the Age of Iron to the Age of Gold. The 4 ages - Gold, Silver, Bronze and Iron relate to the 26,000-year cycle of precession, with the Fall occurring when the Tree (the celestial axis, or earth's rotational axis), points away from the centre of the galaxy. "Resurrection"or "redemption", occurs when the Tree points towards the centre of the galaxy. This is the point when the "sparks of light" - our souls as fragments of God - return to the source. The thread is traced from ancient Egypt to the Coptic Church, the Gnostics, the Hebrews, Islaam (the Sufis), the Order of Sion, and the Knights Templar, the grail romances, the tarot, and, with increasing persecution of heretics, the engraving of cathedrals, and finally, the Rosicrucian movement. The 4 engravings on the pedestal are found to refer to the 4 tarot trumps; The Star; The Moon; The Sun, and Judgement. The pillar is the Djed, or Earth's rotational axis ( Moira Timms has already pointed this out see Raising the Djed). The two "x" engravings refer to the winding of the ecliptic and the equinoctial points, plus trump 20, judgement. The "ocruxaves pesunica" engraving means "the secret concerns a cross and a snake which somehow measures the 12th part". When combined, these clues (along with clues from the kabbalistic Tree of Life, whose 22 paths correlate to the 22 tarot trumps), the authors conclude that half a precessional cycle ago, the spring equinox fell on the cusp of Leo/Virgo; 12,960 years later, in 2002, the autumn (fall) equinox will be in the same position. The planetary attributions of the tarot trumps, combined with the orientation of the faces of the monument confirms that 22 September 2002 is the date in question. Trump 14, temperance (Alchemy), correlates to the direction of Galactic centre, while trump 21, the World, correlates to the opposing Galactic edge. Fulcanelli implies that the cross at Hendaye signifies a "fatal period" of a "double catastrophe". If autumn equinox 2002 is the mid-point of a 20-year period (the XX engraving implies this), this may imply the last katun of the Mayan "Great Cycle"(13-Baktun cycle), since this is the nearest autumn equinox to the katun mid-point (12 Feb 2003, Long Count date 12.19.10.0.0)*. The authors were stunned to discover that Paul LaViolette has been warning the world of just such a double catastrophe, in the form of a galactic core explosion, which he already tentatively linked to the 2012 end-point (see item 48). The first effects would be "electromagnetic shifts...crustal torque, pole shifts, tidal waves and high winds", the second catastrophe would be "an explosion of the sun's corona caused by the influx of cosmic dust pushed by the galactic superwave". Fulcanelli also said that the inscription "ocruxaves pesunica" revealed a place of refuge. By clues from Fulcanelli, the authors arrived at 2 anagrams: Inca cave, Cusco, Peru, and Hail to the Cross at Urcos. The authors were again amazed to find not only caves at Cusco, but a nearby town called Urcos with a cross. Sadly, the original cross had been destroyed, but they concluded that the place of refuge may be either the caves at Cusco, or the legendary tunnels under the Andes, if someone finds an entrance. The authors suggest that we should learn to "weave" our "Bardo or transitional body into nicely fractal flows of self-awareness" simply by meditating on compassion, as suggested by the work of Itzhak Bentov (Bentov explains in Stalking the wild Pendulum p.33-36 & 54-56 that in meditative states, the breathing is so gentle that it no longer interferes with the feedback of the aorta, allowing the system to become resonant, allowing the whole body to resonate at the same frequency as the earth - 7.8 Hz. How this is affected by the increasing rate of Schumann resonance (item 32) remains to be researched). We shall thus be ready to be "harvested", to become a soul inhabiting a star, like the pharaohs of Egypt (see Star Birth Bardo in the Body of Orion). The Paris Papyrus gives some clues that the transformational process may be triggered by the light from the glow of the exploding galactic centre, triggering a cerebro-chemical outpouring which fuels an internal light that externalizes as "the shining light or star body of imperishable
Latest Info
quality". The authors suggest that we need to prepare by performing a ceremony every equinox, in which the kabbalistic tree of life is "projected onto the Celestial sphere", a technique developed by the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn (see Whats New 5 above and related essay. More info. at Ray Flowers' site - Sangraal School of Sacred Geometry; Vincent Bridges' site Vincent Bridges.com, and Jay Weidner's site Sacred Mysteries - Jay Weidner's articles can now be found here, and those of his partner, Sharon Rose, here. *Jose Arguelles gives "1992" as the start of the final katun in the last Baktun of the Great Cycle, and this date is quoted by Weidner & Bridges in their book on page 173, (see Whats New 5 above) - but they have confirmed to me that this page is flawed, since they agree that the last katun started in April 1993.
22. Realm Border Wave

The channelled information on the Cassiopaea website UPDATED is impressive and jaw slackening - yes, you may find your mouth has dropped open. The Cassiopaeans are 6th density beings, and in the section of the site called The Wave, it is explained how there are a cluster of comets on a 3,600-year orbit, which appears as a single body. Every time the comets come, the Annunaki arrive just beforehand, to feed on the soul energy created by fear. The Annunaki are from Zeta Reticuli. Right behind the comet cluster is a "Realm Border Wave" which returns every 309,000 years, (12 precessional cycles) and will merge this "3rd density" with the next one up - the 4th density. This is a Realm Border Crossing. Riding on this wave is a colossal fleet of spaceships. 3 immense ships are also coming from the direction of Orion, each carrying 12 million Nephilim! The Cassiopaeans and Pleiadians are helping us to prepare for this shift. Those who successfully make the transition will merge with all other densities of their being for a short moment, which may seem to last forever. This sounds very similar to Ken Carey's scenario - see Beyond 2012 item 22. Those who fail to make the transition will have to repeat the whole 309,000-year 3d Earth cycle. There will be physical side-effects of the wave, such as a shift of the "magnetic axis", and the ozone depletion which is already occurring. The wave will arrive between now and 2012, (although in some places it says it could be as late as 2018); timing depends on whether it is speeded up by scientific projects currently underway, (these "scientific projects" sound similar to the Philadelphia experiment). Cassiopaea UPDATED The Wave index UPDATED
23. Cataclysm: 3114 BC

David Furlong, author of Keys to The Temple, has pointed out that around 3100 BC, not only did Stonehenge phase 1 appear, but also the great stone circles of Castlerigg in Cumbria, Stennes Stones in the Orkneys, and Newgrange in Ireland, while the building of long barrows ceased at this time. Dynastic Egypt was also founded at this time, while the Maya, in a third area of the world, dated the beginning of their Long Count Calendar from 3114 BC. Geo-climatologists have found a climatic change around this time, called the Piora oscillation, which resulted in a "sulphate deposit" in the Greenland ice cores. This implies volcanic eruption or comet impact, and there is evidence of flooding in Mesopotamia, the Navajo Country of America and a rise in sea level on the coast of Brittany, and the Dead Sea in Israel, plus the sudden drying up of the Sahara area. (He then goes on to connect these events to the sinking of Atlantis, bringing the proposed date forward 6,400 years from Plato's 9,500 BC to 3,100 BC, for the sole reason that there is
Latest Info
no evidence of emerging cultures from Atlantean survivors in the interim.) Click here for the whole article, or above for a different version. Timo Niroma, of Helsinki, Finland on his website Evidence for Astronomical Aspects of Mankind's Past and Recent Climate, has independently observed that around 3,100 BC, there was a methane peak (fires); a cold time according to bristlecone pines; the appearance of the coastal menhirs in Brittany; plus several of the events spotted by David Furlong above. Niroma suggests that a "huge meteorite swarm", possibly from the "break-up of a great comet in the inner parts of the solar system", caused tsunamis and an atmospheric dust blanket. 2 small craters have been discovered from this period. Niroma points out that Stonehenge phase 1 was purely astronomical - the later phases included ritual uses (some of the 56 Aubrey holes were redug, later, though, to receive human cremations) - the wave of stone circle building was to study the celestial phenomena and try to predict repetitions. He goes on to make the "outrageous suggestion" that the meteorites responsible were the Taurids; in paricular, Comet Encke, which is associated with the Taurids. The path of Encke has been tracked back to an earth intersection about 5000 years ago. Comet Oljato's trajectory was virtually the same as that of Encke about 9,500 years ago, and in fact, it seems a more likely candidate than Encke for the 3100 BC episode. The final suggestion is that a comet/asteroid 100 km across disintegrated in 9,500 BC, into 3 main fragments - Oljato, Swift-Tuttle and another. The third fragment is what rained on earth in 3114 BC. Support for this connection between Long Count and Comets comes from a book I read recently - Exodus to Arthur - Catastrophic Encounters With Comets, by Mike Baillie. Baillie is a dendro-chronologist (tree-ring/climate studies), and establishes correlations between tree-ring anomalies and comets, taking into account history and mythology. Comets are repeatedly referred to as flaming serpents and dragons throughout history. Gods and demi-gods such as Lug, Merlin, Phaethon, Typhon, Quetzalcoatl, Michael, Gabriel, and even Jesus, have comet connections. When Baillie asked atmospheric physicist Gerry McCormac what would happen if a comet approached very close to Earth, he replied, "If it came within the Earth's magnetosphere it would probably be spectacular...the sky would go purple or green, particles from the comet would spiral down the lines of force, and it is likely that you would have amazing auroral dispalys and coloured streamers..." Baillie replied," Oh...you mean like Quetzalcoatl the Central American sky serpent with his feather arrangement represented as flames of fire?" There is also accumulated evidence that a comet this close would produce an AUDIBLE HISSING SOUND!! Remember, that like Jesus, at the time he left, Quetzalcoatl promised to return one day.....
24. More on the Re-birth of Osiris.

Rush Allen has supplied a much improved image, which has replaced the previous one, at item 46. He has also written an exclusive summary, especially for 2012: Dire Gnosis.
Latest Info
"To understand the Horizon of the King of Kings, it is necessary to expand one's view to include all the visible universe. From the earthbound perspective, that horizon has been a "visible cosmos" perspective. In other words, the Kingdom of Heaven is all that which is before the face. The largest "visible object" is the outline of the stars we call the Milky Way. That is the Horus of Two Horizons. Giza shows Orion's belt as a specific location in the heavens. This location is where the man overcomes the bull and rises above the galactic horizon as the "Great Shepherd." This is the Gateway of Men. Opposite Orion is Scorpio-Aquila-Sagittarius-Ophiuchus. This location shows a man pulling a "reborn man-child" from below to above the galactic plane. This is the "Gateway of Gods." To cross Gateway of Men, we have to take responsibility for the past (Taurus-Perseus-Auriga-Orion). To cross the "Gateway of Gods" we must be born again of the Cosmic Mother, because the center of the galaxy is between Scorpio-Sagittarius-Aquila-Ophiuchus. The Gateway of Gods is at the vessel of the Holy Grail, and thus, it is also the "Gateway of Women." Since women are defined by intuition and darkness, it is difficult to teach the process of rebirth, and the goal of getting sons to become fathers (boys to men) is defined by the separation from mother, the Gateway of Women is called the Gateway of Gods. If it were called the Gateway of Women, the sons would expect a "handout" to achieve the dominion of First Father. Clearly, the dominions of kings are achieved by accomplishment, not be accepting handouts.
Latest Info
The Egyptian ideas regarding the rebirth (reincarnation) of Osiris are well known. But, the truth about Rostau has been forgotten. In 2012, the Bull (Taurus) of the underworld (Egypt, Xibalba) will be overcome and the Man-Child (Perseus-Mithras) will take personal responsibility. This will occur when the sun is at it highest above the belt of Orion, and the sun is at its lowest above the Cosmic Womb. The dire consequences of 2012 are that we will become responsible for ourselves, again." Rush Allen's website: SiLoaM.net
25. Great Conjunction and Age of Aquarius

On a site called Audrey's Ancient Egypt, Audrey Fletcher explains how she used the Narmer Palette from the First Dynasty, plus Skyglobe software, to work out that the Age of Aquarius starts on December 21 2012 AD. She first ascertained that the transition between the Age of Gemini and the Age of Taurus was in 4,468 BC, then, by working forward in 2,160-year jumps, (since in a Platonic Great Year of 25, 920 years, each Zodiacal Age lasts 2,160 years), she found that the age of Aquarius will start in 2012. Since the Great Year is made up of 4 Great Seasons, and the Gemini-Taurus junction was exactly a quarter of a Great Year ago, and represented a great Autumn Equinox, it followed that the Great Winter Solstice would be on Winter Solstice 2012. Audrey calls Winter Solstice 2012 the Great Conjunction, since Skyglobe revealed that Earth and Jupiter will be the only planets on their side of the Sun. This is quite significant, since the May 2000 conjunction was a situation where just Earth and Pluto were on their side of the Sun. This was not obvious on the chart displayed at item 39, since there are other nodal points shown, which confuse the issue (for a non-astrologer). I asked Audrey, "...you don't mention the Maya - is it the Mayan Long Count end-date that led you to 2012 as the dawning of Aquarius, or did you deduce it independently?" She replied, "Yes the dating for the beginning of the Age of Aquarius is the same as the Mayan forecast, but I did arrive at that date independently using Sky Globe computer software. It just goes to show how clever those Mayans were ... and they didn't have computers like ours!" I have just found that Barbara Hand Clow, in her new book, Catastrophobia, has also used the Narmer Palette to deduce the date of the Gemini-Taurus transition, but she dates it at 4,480 BC, which is 12 years before Audrey's date. This results in a Dawning of Aquarius in the year 2000, but on the Spring Equinox. Weidner & Bridges used the Spring Equinox on the cusp of Leo/Virgo in 10,958 BC to work forward to the Fall (Autumn) Equinox on the same cusp, half a precessional cycle later in 2002 (see Whats New 21 above). All the above calculations forget about the lack of a Year Zero in our calendar, so they are all a year out.
Latest Info
26. Period of Justification

Robert Gilson has described an experience in January 1992, in which, after attending a week-long intensive course for spiritual growth, in Phoenix, Arizona, he was "zapped by the Michael energy" in a similar manner to the 2012: Dire Gnosis image on the index page of this site. In a state of heightened awareness, Robert was informed intuitively, that there was to be a period of justification lasting 20 years, before the advent of a new consciousness occurred for humanity. During this time, people should start to sort out all their personal issues and emotional problems, (or"get our hearts in order"), to prepare to receive the new energy, "in order to make the shift gently, rather than in a mad panic". Twenty years from 1992 is, of course, 2012, but Robert knew nothing of the significance of 2012 at the time. The 5th April 1993 was 12.19.0.0.0 in the Mayan Long Count, and therefore the last katun in the 5,125-year cycle. Weidner & Bridges found this marked on the Cross at Hendaye - see Whats New 21 above. STOP PRESS! (Septemer 23 2001). Jose Arguelles gives "1992" as the start of the final katun in the last Baktun of the Great Cycle, and this date is quoted by Weidner & Bridges in their book on page 173, (see Whats New 5 & Whats New 21 above) - but they have confirmed to me that this page is flawed, since they agree that the last katun started in April 1993. However, in the Long Count correlation used by Carl Calleman, the final katun begins on February 10th, 1992. In Calleman's sytem, the Long Count ends on October 28th 2011, not December 21st 2012. Although there is no direct connection, this happened at the same time as the 11:11 events, during which worldwide meditations were performed to open a Doorway. The Doorway stays open for 20 years from 11 Jan 1992 to November 2011. The Doorway consists of 11 gates, & the first is the healing of the Heart, after which it seems to expand...
Click here for an extract of Robert Gilson's experience.
Latest Info
Whats New - page 2
What's New?
27. Shift of the Ages 28. Kalachakra Prophecy 29. Giza-Genesis: The Best Kept Secrets 30. Romanian Fortune Teller 31. Profiles in Wisdom and Legend of the Rainbow Warriors 32. 2012 Meets The Holographic Universe 33. The Orion Prophecy - Now in Print 34. 2012 - The Mayan Prophecy 35. Sunspots + Schumann Resonance = Mass Telepathy in 2012 36. New 2012 Poem: CDP 2012 37. Astral Transition Essay Vindicated by Non-Human ? 38. Sixth Sun Crop Formation 39. The Orion Prophecy - a Full Review 40. Kalki - Critical Mass of Enlightened Ones by 2012 41. Mayan Daykeeper Reveals Nibiru knowledge 42. Awakening to the Omega Point 43. DMT: The Spirit Molecule - Review
http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/new2.htm (1 of 25)9/28/2005 11:08:31 AM
Whats New - page 2
44. Mushrooms Reveal 2012...again! 45. The 21st Century Book of the Dead....Laurence Lucas 46. Salvia Divinorum and 2012 47. Laurence Lucas Part 2: Information Overload 48. 2011 49. Self-Transforming Machine Elves 50. Maori Elders on 2012 51. Aetherius Society and 2012 52. Nostradamus and 2012? and...Whats New cont'd... items 53+
27. Shift of the Ages

You may have come across an online book called Convergence, or an article on the Great Dreams site (All About 2012 page) in which David Wilcock concludes that the 2012 end-date of the Mayan Great Cycle is fraudulent, and the true termination point will be 2039. THIS ARTICLE AND BOOK ARE NOW OUT OF DATE! Wilcock's website, Ascension 2000 now states its objective, to scientifically prove that "a dimensional
shift is to occur on Earth on or before 2012".

Convergence has now been re-written as "The Shift of the Ages", and is available to read online at the Ascension 2000 website. The Shift of the Ages is an attempt to find the science and philosophy behind the Mayan 13-baktun cycle, using Cotterell's sunspot theory as a key part of the puzzle. In Convergence, Wilcock had concluded that the end-point should be 2039, following Maurice Chatelain's reinterpretation of the Mayan Calendar, which was based on the conjunctions of Jupiter and Saturn, but as he explained to me, "Now I know that the 2012 date fits in much better, though the JS conjunctions are definitely still important." The Shift of the Ages is certainly worth checking out, covering many subjects, such as Earth changes, Superstring theory, sacred geometry, the Philadelphia Experiment, Bruce Cathie, and Hoagland, and much more, and forms an introduction to the more scientifically orientated follow-up, called Convergence III, which is being uploaded as it is written. In an email, Wilcock summarised another interesting part of his work as follows:
Whats New - page 2
"... much of my work has been in substantiating the validity of a source of channeled communications from an entity called Ra, the set of which is known as The Ra Material or The Law of One. Without any reference from either side to the Mayan Calendar, Ra independently stated that the cycle change would come between 2011 and 2013, and they gave some very precise information regarding how that works. Indeed, their cosmological information is vast, and both Shift of the Ages and Convergence III are dedicated to explaining it." This channelled material is reminiscent of the Cassiopaeans (see item 22), using the same terms ,eg, humanity divided into 2 groups - -STO and STS (Service To Others; Service To Self), and prefers to talk in terms of densities rather than dimensions. See also Operation Terra. To get a taste of the kind of scientific evidence that Wilcock is following up, check out the article by Dr. Aleskey Dmitriev; Planetophysical State of the Earth and Life, (=updated URL) about the magnetised bands of plasma through which the solar system is passing. Wilcock claims that in 2012, we are due for a "matter transmutation" and that, when it is finished, Convergence III will be "the "smoking gun" to prove that this matter shift is going to occur."
28. Kalachakra Prophecy

Have you heard a rumor about a Tibetan prophecy connected with 2012? It is usually just a brief reference, but in Monument to the End of Time, by Weidner and Bridges, (see item 37 and What's New 21), we get a bit more detail: "The Tibetan Kalachakra contains a prophecy that 860 years after its introduction into Tibet, which happened in 1127, the conditions would be fulfilled for a twenty five year period that would culminate in the appearance of the Tibetan version of New Jerusalem, the hidden city of Shamballa. Eight hundred sixty years after 1127 is 1987, and 25 years after that is 2012. These dates are also significant in various versions of the Mayan calendar." (Kala = Time; Chakra = Wheel.) I searched around on the net and came up with the following:
a) http://www.puntapunt.com/sakya/initiation.htm Teaching brought to Tibet in "10th century", there will be 25 kings of Shambhalla. The 21st king started to reign in 1927. The 25th king will fight the Final Battle in 2425 AD then there will a 1000-year golden age b) http://www.kalachakra.com/Shambhala/Shambhala.htm Now (1927) is the reign of the 21st king. There will be 25 kings altogether The 25th king will reign from 2327 AD (so they each reign for 100 years). The Final battle will be in 2425 AD, followed by the golden age. c) http://www.thewildrose..net/shambhala.html The 25th king will reign from 2327 d) http://www.crystalinks.com/shambala.html The prophecy was introduced into Tibet in 1026. There will be 32 kings each ruling 100 years 32nd king will fight last battle, then Shambhalla will appear.
Whats New - page 2
e) http://www.dreamscape.com/morgana/juliet2.htm Prophecy introduced in 1026 32 kings each reigning 100 years.
Then, on Vincent Bridges' Magic Journey site, I found this:
f) http://www.vincentbridges.com/drstrange/stargoddess.html : The year 1987 was also the last year of the Kalachakra calendar of ancient Tibet, being the last of the 16 cycles of 60 years since the Kalachakra teaching were released from the mythical kingdom of Shambala in 1027. Then I found this on Arguelles' Earth Ascending site: g) http://www.earthascending.com/maya/PVJD_03.html The sixteen 60-year cycles of the Kalachakra prophecy, virtually span the second Christian millennium to the time of Judgement Day, AD 1027-1987.
I contacted Vincent Bridges to clarify the matter, and he told me the following: "the Sakya-pa and Nyng-ma-pa schools have different ways of calculating, and the number of rulers is contradictory in many cases". Hence the 2 versions I had found ( a to e above), with the "final battle" in the reign of the 25th king in 2425 AD, or in the reign of the 32nd king in 3125 AD. However, Edwin Bernbaum, in his book, The Way to Shambhalla, has cited "an early Tibetan source who supposedly made the journey and returned. He quotes the even older prophecy of Padmasambhava, giving the 5 x 12 x 16 formula". In other words, the AMET paragraph above is flawed, and should say, "... 960 years after its introduction into Tibet, which happened in 1027..." instead of 860 and 1127. Jose Arguelles was inspired by the Bernbaum book, to connect 1987 into the Mayan calendar, by proposing the Harmonic Convergence of August 1987, and initially proposed the idea in his 1975 book, Transformative Vision. Bridges says that he came up with the 25 year period himself; "I came up with the extra 25 years idea, 5 x 5 for a round of elemental forces to bring it in line with the Mayan." For anyone who wishes to pursue this matter further, Edwin Bernbaum's book, The Way to Shambhalla, is being reprinted in December 2001.
29. Giza-Genesis: The Best Kept Secrets

If you have been looking at the Ambilac site, or Howard Middleton Jones' ARCHAEOLOGY ARCHAEOASTRONOMY - ANCIENT CIVILISATIONS, you may have been a bit confused, and wished they would sum it all up in a book. Well, they have just published a book called Giza-Genesis - The Best Kept Secrets Vol.1 , ("they" being James Wilkie and Howard Middleton-Jones), but you may find that it doesn't cure the confusion after all. The characters of the Old Testament have been converted into a star
Whats New - page 2
chart using their age at fatherhood, and age at death, where age at death is divided by 360, then the result is multiplied by age at fatherhood to arrive at an angle. The same is done for the son, and so on, for 6 generations, and the points are joined by equal-length lines. There are 4 remaining generations until Noah, but the formula results in an angle over 360 degrees, for the first of these - Enoch. Instead of continuing round the circle to get an acute angle, the authors decide to go back to the Adam point and draw the line from there. The logic breaks down further at this point, and eventually, the reader has to take their word for it, that this diagram represents the Giza plateau, and helps locate the hidden Hall of Records. Noah's Ark is then mixed up with the ark of the Covenant to find that the biblical recipe for these are really the instructions for building the Great Pyramid, and there is a secret room accessed from the Grand Gallery, leading to a giant crystal underneath one of the Queens pyramids of Khufu (see "Crystal Clear"). Further contortions lead to the conclusion that the Giza plateau is a map of the sky on 21st December 2012, when everything goes inter-dimensional. If this is "Crystal Clear" then I'm garnet-mica-schist! Solar radiation "may provide the catalyst for an ancient race of beings, lying in stasis below the Gaza (sic) Plateau, to awaken in time for the May 5 planetary alignment." The authors state on page 157 that "The Great Pyramid of Khufu (Cheops) is offset true north by 24 feet, or 3.7142 degrees." Then, a few lines further on, they increase accuracy by saying, "remember, the degrees true north the pyramid is offset is 3.714285." a page further on - p.158 - they get even more precise by saying, "The great Pyramid is offset true North (24 feet), or in degrees, 3.7142857." Stunning precision, eh? No, its the Egyptians who were precise! In Egyptologist Mark Lehner's The Complete Pyramids, we are told, "Khufu's pyramid is laid out with its sides oriented almost exactly to true north - the greatest deviation is under 5'..." That means five minutes, not 5 feet - the actual figure is 3 minutes, 6 seconds, so the Egyptians aligned the pyramid to an accuracy of a twentieth of a degree from true north - that's 72 times more precise than Wilkie & Jones and their 7 decimal places, which are then used to calculate the alignment on 21st December 2012. Another clue that this book is hogwash is that in most of the Giza plateau models, the pyramid of Khafre is larger than the pyramid of Khufu. In short, I would say this book is disinformation, to bring the whole subject of the Mayan end-point into disrepute and make it a laughing stock. GIZA-GENESIS: BEST KEPT A SECRET!! Here's the perfect link to go with this - APOCALYPSE NOW (UNAVAIABLE, BUT ARCHIVED HERE no pics, sadly)- flying Mr. Kipling cakes and plasticene aliens in 2012 - wait a couple of minutes for it to download, before looking & don't forget to read the hilarious Swiss-English Nostradamus quatrains.
30. Romanian Fortune-Teller

A small snippet which appeared in this morning's London Metro 3 October 2001: A Fortune teller is so sure he is going to die in 2012 he has bought himself a grave and a cross inscribed with the date. The healthy 70-year-old claims to have had visions which allowed him to calculate the year of
Whats New - page 2
his demise. In 1991, Alexandru Marin saw a `big star' in an unusual position and, a year later, a `strong light' shone in his house. `In 2012 we will see if I am right,' he said. A priest said his purchase had shocked residents in the village of Branistea, Romania. (Thanks to Laurence Lucas & Neil Kilburn)
31. Profiles in Wisdom and Legend of the Rainbow Warriors

Steven McFadden's book, Profiles in Wisdom is back in print, together with his new book, Legend of the Rainbow Warriors, and both relate to 2012. Steven has prepared a paragraph on each, especially for 2012: Dire Gnosis: Profiles in Wisdom: Native Elders Speak About the Earth by Steven McFadden (2000, iUniverse.com). In this highly acclaimed book, the author takes his lead from John F. Kennedys Pulitzer Prize winning Profiles in Courage. But rather than focusing on political leaders, Steven McFadden presents the stories and thinking of 17 contemporary Native American spiritual elders. As our existing culture shifts, what to the ancient ones who have been trained in the sacred Traditions of Turtle Island (North America) have to say? With this question and others, journalist McFadden begins his quest to speak with contemporary native American elders. The elders offer penetrating and poetic insight on a host of crucial matters. Several of the elders speak directly about the time of transition from one world to another, Mayan elder Hunbatz Men, in particular, speaks in depth in the book about the Mayan calendars and the global shift taking place in the years leading up to 2012. The New York Times Book Review said: "...there are some stirring and unexpected powers unleashed in this book." Legend of the Rainbow Warriors, by Steven McFadden (2001, Chiron Communications, Santa Fe, NM). This book a journalists account of one of the core myths of America, and an exploration of how that myth is playing out in real time. As drawn from dozens of historical accounts, the legend of the rainbow warriors relates that "when the Earth becomes desperately sick and chaotic -- socially, environmentally, and militarily -- people of all colors and faiths will unite, and rise to face the overwhelming challenges with insight, honesty, caring, sharing, and respect." The prophetic teachings of the spiritual elders are skillfully juxtaposed with the key news events of our era, and a compilation of wisdom teachings from around the world. Legend of the Rainbow Warriors gives a detailed accounting of Harmonic Convergence (1987), and traces the development of the impulse released at this time as it leads onward to 2012. In essence, the book provides the full mythic and journalistic context of the transition, and offers in-depth guidance on balanced ways to navigate through all the storms of change.
32. 2012 Meets The Holographic Universe

Whats New - page 2
Inspired by Michael Talbot's book, The Holographic Universe, and 2012: Dire Gnosis, Andy Heidel has produced a thought-provoking poster. Click here to see it.
33. The Orion Prophecy - Now in Print!

As promised, ( Whats New item 12 ), The Orion Prophecy by Patrick Geryl and Gino Ratinckx has made it into print in 2001, (though December rather than October). The book is available from Adventures Unlimited , but is not yet mentioned on the site, at this time (31 December 2001). However, it is covered in the free catalogue that can be ordered from the Adventures Unlimited site. The book is a 324- page paperback, with illustrations, and costs $16.95 plus postage and packing. The code for the online order from is ORP. Warning!: Using the "ordering information" link is OK, but when I clicked on the "download order form" link, it was a pdf file that jammed my computer and I had to reboot it. The book is also available from Amazon .
This is the official synopsis : In the year 2012 the Earth awaits a super catastrophe: its magnetic field will turn over in one go. Phenomenal earthquakes and tidal waves will completely destroy our civilisation. Europe and North America will shift thousands of kilometres northwards into polar climate. Nearly the whole earth's population will perish in the apocalyptic happenings. These dire predictions stem from Mayans and Egyptians - descendants of the legendary Atlantis. The Atlanteans had highly evolved astronomical knowledge and were able to exactly calculate the previous world-wide flood in 9792 BC. They built tens of thousands of mandjits and escaped to South America and Egypt. In the year 2012 Venus, Orion and several other stars will take the same "code positions" as in 9792 BC, the year of the previous cataclysm! For thousands of years historical sources have told of a forgotten time capsule of ancient wisdom located in a mythical labyrinth of secret chambers filled with artefacts and documents from the previous flood - this book gives one possible location. I have been lucky enough to read a pre-publication manuscript of the English translation of The Orion
Whats New - page 2
Prophecy, and have corresponded with Patrick Geryl regarding various aspects of the book. It would be unfair to comment at this stage, until I have received and read the final published version, but the Orion Prophecy will be reviewed here soon...
34. 2012 - The Mayan Prophecy

During November and December 2001, I traveled around Mexico and Guatemala with my partner, Tania Woodward. In a bookshop at Panajachel, on the shore of Lake Atitlan in Guatemala, Tania discovered a book called "2012 La Profecia Maya", by Alberto Beuttenmuller. The book is a novel written in Spanish and the subtitle (El Relato Apasionante Del Secreto De Una Civilizacion Asombrosa) translates as, "It tells about the exciting secret of an amazing civilisation". Many thanks to John Stray for providing the following translation of the the back cover of the book:
2012 The Mayan Prophecy

This extraordinary story, written in the style of a novel, tells of the discovery in the Mayan ruins of Palenque, of "Codex K", and the later discovery of the amazing prophecy which it contains. The Maya were guardians of lost knowledge emanating from time immemorial. A civilization which, according to the author, had a sacred mission: to leave to the inhabitants of this planet, the necessary information to understand the fourth dimension. This work tells us about the evolutionary jump, explains the manner of development, and indicates the time when these exciting events occurred.
Whats New - page 2
The forests in which the unusual Mayan civilization flourished, created the most perfect calendar known, and possessed an extraordinary understanding of magic, is the point from which the heroes of this story show us future surprises, leaving a past full of questions. Did the ancient Maya come from the Pleiades? Did they deliberately end their civilization once their mission was accomplished? Is it true that they were capable, using their precise calendars, of foretelling the most outstanding events of the future? And the fundamental question: Are we on the threshold of the most important period of human history? An intense and puzzling book which, without a doubt, will not leave any interested reader indifferent to the mystery of the origin of Man and his future as a species. Alberto Beuttenmuller is a journalist who was so impassioned by the Mayan civilization, when in 1970, he was sent to Mexico by his newspaper, Jornal do Brasil (Journal of Brazil). Since then, he has been dedicated to studying the mysteries of that puzzling culture, at that time penetrating Mayan esotericism with the help of the anthropologist Jose Arguelles, and the Mayan elder, Hunbatz Men, the last guardian of the ancient knowledge in his village. This story is the fruit of his investigations, which have now uncovered the hitherto lost secret of the Maya: humanity's next step into the fourth dimension. More on this book when I've learnt Spanish...
35. Sunspots + Schumann Resonance = Mass Telepathy in 2012

Jazz Rasool gave a recent presentation at the Mysteries of the World Conference in Marlborough, in which he pointed out that we are currently experiencing the most active solar cycle since records began, and that the 11-year sunspot cycle has just jumped forward a year, so that the current phase will terminate in 2012 instead of 2011 (see Whats New item 18). He also pointed out that this is the same year as the last one on the 5,125-year Mayan Great Cycle, and Kyoto Protocol deadline (anti-pollution treaty). The fact that Schumann Resonance is rising, (see Beyond 2012 item 18), combined with recent discoveries by the Japanese scientist, Hiroshi Motoyama, that the frequency around psychics increases to a level of 17 hertz, leads Jazz to the conclusion that these environmental factors will lead to a "switching on" of some of the massive amount of genes with officially unknown function (so-called "junk DNA"), which he calls "Species DNA", leading to mass telepathy and telekinesis. This will be the birth of a new species; Homo Spiritus. (Click here for a summary of the conference - Jazz was speaker number 2; speaker 3 - Paul Vigay suggested that the American military are trying to counteract this effect using HAARP). Decades ago, Alice Bailey predicted something very similar; The Plan
Whats New - page 2
The production of a subjective synthesis in humanity and of a telepathic interplay which will eventually annihilate time. It will make available to every man the true significance of his mind and brain and make him master of that equipment and will make him therefore omnipresent and eventually open the door to omniscience. This next development of the plan will produce in Man an understanding - intelligent and cooperative - of the divine purpose for which the one in whom we live and move and have our being - has deemed it wise to submit to incarnation. Think not that I can tell you the plan as it truly is.
36. New 2012 Poem: CDP 2012

Elixir Wizard, who believes "that Dec. 21st 2012 is a 'keyhole' of sorts and that, individually and collectively, WE are the 'keys' ", has supplied 2012: Dire Gnosis with a brand new 2012 poem; CDP 2012. Click here to read it.
37. Astral Transition Essay Vindicated by Non-Human ?

2012:Dire Gnosis has received its first communication from a non-human! No, it was not automatic writing... nor did your webmaster glaze over and start speaking in a strange monotone. The following communication was received by email, and the author was obviously familiar with the Astral Transition essay... I am an Astral Traveller. A non-human. I have been researching into the next opening of the Gate of Heaven, when the Astral plain and the physical world become one. The date revealed in the Prophecies in the Akashic records is 2012, but the gate will be shut in 2036. In that time, the most powerful of humanity (spiritually and mentally) and those who's souls have awoken will be the only survivors of the opening gates. I am currently on a mission to reunite 4 of the most legandary and powerful aspects of life back together. The rebirth of a creature known as Imandos by the Elves is linked in with that of Osiris and Jesus. All 3 are the same creature I think. A being older than time itself. I believe it is one of the Elder Gods/ Ancient ones mentioned in the Necronimicon. Possibly Marduk. 2012 is the time when Physical bodies will no longer exist, and the Astral form (the soul) will take its place on the physical plane, and the dimensional shift that will take place will lift us above time. The event that will precede the opening will involve the coming together of the five elemental keys, three of which are already in 2 of the 4's possesion. The 4 are the 4 creations of Tiamat, and are the only creatures who are outside of the limits of our souls. They are almost gods. They represent (each is represented by only 1) Courage, Power, Wisdom and Knowledge. Each has descending power, and the 1st had so much power, He is practically human, as He is so unstable, he wouldn't be able to survive on the Astral. (Taken and interpreted from the Prophecies of Light, Discovery, Life and from records on the Gate of Heavens.) I am
Whats New - page 2
Imanrae the Traveller, the Leader of the Armies of Johr Ionus. General Marshall of Nostor, Guardian of Elki'nirai and Student of 2 of the 4. Searching for the 4 PS You are almost there but not quite. Awake, for your time is over. Our time is beginning. 2012.
38. "Sixth Sun" Crop Formation on Milk Hill

In Whats New item 6, it was predicted that 2001 would see the first 13-fold crop formations... Click here for link
39. The Orion Prophecy - a Full Review

Your faithful webmaster has sweated blood while producing a thorough dissection and examination of Geryl & Ratinckx's The Orion Prophecy, (sub-titled "Will the World be Destroyed in 2012?") To read the CLICK HERE review, Briefly, the authors claim that the Egyptian Book of the Dead contains information concerning a catastrophe that happened in 9792 BC, when the earth stopped its rotation and started to rotate in the opposite direction, causing the tidal wave that swamped Atlantis. The knowledge was carried to Egypt, where the Atlantean kings became the gods of Egyptian mythology. The knowledge of the catastrophe, and how to predict its future arrival, was encoded into the texts which were included in the collection known as "The Book of Coming Forth by Day" (the Book of the Dead), but it was primarily guarded for posterity in The Labyrinth, which was purpose-built by the Atlantean descendants as an astronomical observatory. The authors claim that the Labyrinth was not destroyed, as claimed by the Egyptologists, but lies buried at a location they discovered by laying a sky-map over a map of Egypt, (with Giza as the belt of Orion), and projecting the Hyades star-group (known as "the labyrinth") onto the ground. They hope to soon find someone to sponsor an excavation, so their findings can be verified. They discovered that there was a retrograde loop of Venus in the year 9792 BC, that matches another one in 2012, and after finding it, discovered that the phenomenon was encoded into the Book of the Dead, as an astronomical signal that the catastrophe is at hand. (They supplied Nigel Appleby with the loop information see items 26-28(and Adrian Gilbert also inherited it see item 47). Is it true? CLICK HERE & see!
Whats New - page 2
40. Kalki - Critical Mass of Enlightened Ones by 2012

In Whats new item 28, I mentioned the Kalachakra prophecy, and its association with 2012. Well, I have just received a copy of The Way to Shambhala by Edwin Bernbaum, which was re-published in December, and although I haven't had time to read it yet, I've had a skim-through. it confirms (p.16) that the Kalacakra was introduced to Tibet in 1026 AD, when the Tibetan calendar begins; it explains the 32 & 25 kings (p.14): the 8th king founded a second line of 25 kings - he was 8th & first of the 25 (25 + previous 7 = 32). The 21st king assumed power in 1927 and will rule until 2027. Since each king rules for 100 years, this means the 25th one will arrive in 2327 (p.237). However, due to disputes over Buddha's date of death, some lamas believe the 25th (=32nd) king is ruling now (p.237-238) ( 32 x 100 years after Buddha's death). This last King will be the 10th and final incarnation of Vishnu who will return to vanquish Evil, put an end to the age of discord, and inaugurate the Golden Age (p.82). The Hindu name for this king is Kalki, while the Tibetan name is Rudra Cakrin, and in the Golden Age, which will last at least 1000 years, there will be no more work or fighting, and our lifespan will increase to 800 years (p.243). The book also says that the Golden Age will come when the Sun, Moon, and Jupiter all meet in the same quadrant as the Tishya constellation (p.83), (which is part of Cancer). The next time this happens is on 26th July 2014, according to my astronomical software. Free downloads of astronomical software at: Earth Centered Universe My Stars Cybersky
Here is a quote from a website revealing that Kalki is already here and the Golden Age is coming in 2012: (click here for the whole article): About 15 million people around the world think of Kalki Bhagavan as the Supreme Being who will usher in a new age. This golden age was inaugurated on September 25, 1995, and will be fully realized in the year 2012.The Vishnu Purana and several other sacred texts consider Kalki to be the last incarnation/ avatara of Lord Vishnu. He has descended nine times already (23 times in an unedited version) and the last one for this cycle will be at the end of Kali Yuga, the present degenerate age. Some Hindu thinkers put the beginning of Kali Yuga around 3102 BCE, and since it is supposed to last 432,000 years (according to one reckoning), many Hindus are not expecting Kalki anytime soon. Nevertheless, some individuals have been identified as Kalki by their devotees. Apart from the Kalki Bhagavan ... "Amma" or Bangaru Adigalar in Mel Maruvatur (Tamilnadu) has also been identified by his followers as Kalki. Extract from an essay on the Great Dreams site (UPDATED): The traditional Hindu model of the yugas runs into the billions of years, yet Sri Yukteswar, in The Holy Science, puts forth a different model based on a 24,000-year cycle. Like the Mayans, he claims that this cycle has to do with the journey of our solar system around another sun. He also speaks of a much longer revolution of our sun around some kind of "grand center", similar perhaps to what the Mayans understood as "Hunab Ku". A site about this "Avatar of the Golden Age " explains the 2012 connection further: Others would say that this is not possible. That the old calendars say that the Golden Age won't "be here"
Whats New - page 2
for thousands of years. Currently there is heated debate in India as some experts have claimed to have found errors in the ancient calendars. This puts the date of the Golden Age very close to the end of the Mayan calendar. The Golden City site (UPDATED) explains that Kalki only needs to enlighten 60 thousand people in order to start a chain reaction, since he is a Mukti-Avatar: Secondly, there are now very powerful spiritual energies engulfing the Earth coming from the center of the Universe. These energies are meant to make mankind enlightened, but somehow the process is not starting off as it was supposed to. So Kalki can give and transform these energies to anyone now, but only until 2012. If 60 thousand have become Enlightened before this, he can help man getting enlightened. If later, the negative powers will take over and we have missed this very rare chance. The future will not at all be nice if man will not transform fully in the near future.
The Official Kalki site, Foundation for World Awakening has more information, and here is another site (in rather bad English), that mentions 2012 and Kalki. 41sfrgzsfgzsfg
41. Mayan Daykeeper reveals Nibiru Knowledge

Hunbatz Men, a Mayan Elder and Daykeeper, who has published several books, a Mayan calendar wallchart (Haabs & Tzolkin), and videos including one called Centros Initiaticos Mayas 2013, (about pyramid secrets & the "new cycle" which is sadly, only available in Spanish), held an 8-day course in March 2002, called "Initiation in the Cosmic Mayan Healing for Humankind", that was announced as follows: The return of the planet TZOLTZE EK', or NIBIRU in Sumerian, is to be formally revealed and taught for the healing of our Great Mother Planet Earth - during this most significant Spring Equinox Initiation in Merida, Yucatan and at powerful ceremonies to be held at the sacred Mayan sites of Uxmal, Chichen Itza, and Oxk'Intok HUNBATZ MEN, Mayan Elder and Daykeeper of the ancient Mayan Calendar knowledge, invites us to participate and experience this awakening and healing of ourselves and our planet as we fulfill the Mayan Prophecies as foretold by the ancients. Elder Hunbatz Men will teach us the 26,000-year Cosmic Mayan Calendar, showing its relationship with the Pleiades and the Mother Earth and the role it now plays
Whats New - page 2
in the major changes taking place on our Sacred Planet. He will also be giving certification to attendees as Mayan Initiates to teach this Sacred Mayan Knowledge worldwide. If anyone attended this, or knows more about Mayan knowledge of Nibiru, please email 2012:Dire Gnosis NB see UPDATE at Whats New item 63
42. Awakening to the Omega Point

Bob Buck has written an essay concluding that every 13,000 years, Earth goes through a "naked singularity", or merging of dimensions. Signs of this are, the planets losing their magnetic fields; Jupiter's red spot changing its direction of rotation in 1986-87; that the sun is losing its polarity, but also that there has been a shifting of the spectrum in the Auroras and rainbows, like a red shift in the other direction - a kind of violet shift. This shows that a powerful magnetic field is the cause - the "naked singularity", that will probably upset the Oort cloud and cause more comets to divert from their usual orbits. A 23- degree axis shift back to its position perpendicular to the ecliptic may also be on the cards.
43. DMT: The Spirit Molecule - A Review

The Mayan shamans ingested psychedelic mushrooms, and venom from a poisonous toad as part of their technique to travel to the underworld, or Xibalba. These both contain psychoactive tryptamines such as psilocybin, psilocin & DMT. * As we know, they also devised a calendar consisting of 260 Katuns that terminates in 2012 AD. Terence and Dennis McKenna, while in the Ecuador rainforest, ingested the very same mushrooms, containing tryptamines, that the Maya had used.** They then de-coded the 26-level temporal hierarchy of Timewave Zero from the I-Ching, and found that the termination point was in 2012 AD. DMT plus hallucinogenic beta-carbolines are chemicals that are also made inside your own brain, in the pineal gland, *** which is associated with the Third Eye of Eastern Mysticism. The pineal gland converts melatonin to make DMT, and it has been found that crop formations can induce increased levels of melatonin in people who spend time in them. All this seems to point to the possibility that the forthcoming "evolutionary quantum leap" expected at the end of the year 2012 will be caused by a mass-triggering of DMT production in humanity. *The toad-venom contains 5-MeO-DMT, which is also found in the human brain;
Stropharia cubensis mushrooms contain psilocybin, a tryptamine (composed of an indol group and a dimethylamine chain). **The mushroom that the McKenna brothers took was the Stropharia Cubensis mushroom; the major psychoactive ingredient of which is Psilocybin, otherwise known as 4-phosphoryloxy-DMT, not simply DMT. However, they followed up by smoking the bark of Banisteriopsis caapi, an "maoi" (monoamine oxidase inhibitor). They described the result as follows: "Alteration of monoamine oxidase (MAO) levels through the smoking of B. caapi bark after ingesting mushrooms is the closest approximation to smoking synthetic tryptamine (DMT) that we have found in nature." (Invisible Landscape 1993 edition, *** Regarding the pineal gland, p.112) Strassman presents substantial evidence for an essential function in DMT production and assimilation (perhaps supplanting the previously demonstrated synthesis of DMT by blood, brain, and lung).
In 1990, Dr. Rick Strassman succeeded in getting funding for a 5-year study into DMT. His book, called
Whats New - page 2
DMT: The Spirit Molecule, A Doctor's Revolutionary Research into the Biology of Near-Death and Mystical Experiences, which sums up the 5-year study, makes fascinating or even essential reading, for all concerned with imminent change. Caroline Taylor has prepared a review of DMT: The Spirit Molecule exclusively for 2012: Dire Gnosis, and has included a dialogue between Rick Strassman and herself, in which she asks his opinions regarding McKenna, the Timewave, and John Mack's work with alien abductees.
CLICK HERE for the review

For more on DMT and its 2012 connection, check out Ananda's Somagenics page DMT World DMT at The Vaults of Erowid
44. Mushrooms reveal 2012...again!

I have just discovered a new page on the Dutch Lightworkers Tempel site, which corroborates the DMT/ mushrooms connection to 2012 (original format & spelling preserved): Our Awakening..... My partner and I took some Magic Mushrooms, and what should have been a fun trip, turned out into a Vision of the Future. It Woke us up and pulled us out of the Old World for once and for good...... We also received a date, like a programmed endingpoint, or beginning... 2012 . this is the moment where Time and therefor also space will fall apart, and we will remain with only our spirit.(energy) And it isn't anything dramatic, because at that point you will realize, the body is only a blockage, it cannot deal with the speed,and you will want to be released from it...
Click here for the whole article
45. The 21st Century Book of the Dead......Laurence Lucas

Whats New - page 2
Exclusively at 2012: Dire Gnosis: Laurence Lucas is an Astrologer and Liquid Lightbody attuner, who utilises his lightbody to "download directly", consciousness from the Earth, using shamanic techniques. As a prelude to his forthcoming book Laurence presents a bold, encompassing overview of the exciting opportunities available to us all at the end of the Mayan calendar. The overview will take the form of 5 short thought provoking essays; one to be uploaded each month.
Part 1: Part 2:
2012 - Introduction to the Galactic Shamanic Paradigm
Information Overload
Overviewing ,Terence Mckenna - his destiny, Martin Prechtel and the nature of language, Psilocybin, DMT, their relationship to 2012, and the observations of Rick Strassman MD. What is the meaning of information overload in 2012?
Part 3:
The Mayan Message of 2012?
Looking at the Popul Vuh, the Mayans today, the shamanic atmosphere, my trip to Mexico/Guatemela and Mayan consciousness and the interconnectedness of the tribe
Part 4:
Why Galactic ?
John Major Jenkins and the alignment, the sacred calendar, Jose Arguelles, Carl Johan Calleman. Which correlation,.... does it matter ? A personal experience in Mexico on 4 Ahau, and different textures of reality.
Part 5:
The Astrology of 2012
A revolutionary new astrological map that reveals the true meaning of 22-12-2012, and that serves as a 21st century Book of the Dead, bringing together elements of the Mayan, Tibetan and Egyptian books of liberation.
46. Salvia Divinorum and 2012

I recently received an email from Charlie Sabatino, who lives in Mallorca, Spain, revealing a connection between Salvia divinorum, and 2012. Salvia divinorum, or Diviner's Mint, is widely thought to be the "divine plant" of pre-conquest Mexico, called in the Nahuatl language, "pipiltzintzintli". The Mazatecs still use it today. Here is an extract from Charlie's letter:
Whats New - page 2
To make a long story short: I took some strong drugs (salvia divinorum) and "heard" that I was to write a screenplay called 2012 (I'm a writer). I grabbed a pen and then started scribbling whatever came into my mind; it was like taking dictation. Below are the highlights, condensed from 6 pages. The parenthetical remarks represent my former knowledge on these subjects. --Mayan calendar (my wife hosted a seminar once on this) --calling of UFOs through Taliaots and monoliths (we have Taliaots where I live--Mallorca, Spain) --The advance to a higher vibration (Ra material--I've researched this a little) --importance of light and fire-Fire existing as another dimension (my wife had a dream that said this) --the use of channeling to get messages from spirits (my wife is a channeler) --the use of solar energy (no idea where this came from) --Indigo, Finland (no idea) --the importance of seeds, natural farming, plant vibrations (we grow a lot of stuff) --the use of herbs to alter gene structure for telepathy (I had, after all, eaten these leaves) --Telepathy, visions and dreams (we all know at least a little about these) --Albuquerque, NM (I've been there before) --Languages: The Babel Project (no idea what this is) --Dream Theory in Malaya (music I randomly chose) --the use of heat from the sea (no idea) --Nietzsche's theory of a Great Health, Zarathustra (just a renewed interest) --Love and extraordinary acts of charity (more Ra material) Geoff, I was a really normal guy once. Italian butcher's son from the Bronx, NY. I didn't ask for any of this...I blame my wife. I did an internet search, and found several Babel projects, such as a multi-language data-base, and software developments for multi-lingual conversion of computer games. I also discovered that Finland is a main producer of indigo pigment, used in many products, including printer ink. It comes from the leaves of the woad (or wode) plant, and was used as a body paint for battle, by (either/or) Picts and Celts. It is also hallucinogenic. Charlie has started work on the screenplay and will let us know when it is completed. Salvia divinorum info. Salvia divinorum discussion group
47. Laurence Lucas Part 2: Information Overload

We now have part 2 of the 5-part series promised by Laurence Lucas (see Whats New item 45 above):
Part 2:
Information Overload
Whats New - page 2
Overviewing ,Terence Mckenna - his destiny, Martin Prechtel and the nature of language, Psilocybin, DMT, their relationship to 2012, and the observations of Rick Strassman MD. What is the meaning of information overload in 2012?
48. 2011
I have discovered 3 books about the year 2011 in the last month, and these are called 2011 The Evacuation of Planet Earth; 2011 The New Millennium Begins, and The Year 2011 (see 2012 Books page). Does this mean that Carl Calleman's theory (see Jenkins/Calleman debate) that re-positions the end-date of the 13-baktun cycle to October 28th 2011, is catching on? I haven't had time to read the books yet, but have scanned the first 2, (written in 1998 & 1997 respectively, which means they pre-date Calleman's theory). In the first of these 3 books, 2011 The Evacuation of Planet Earth, a novel; the Doomsday asteroid struck approximately 5 years prior to August 4th 2011 when the narrator records the event in his diary; an axis shift occurred sometime around mid-November 2011, & took less than a minute for the earth to tilt another 40 degrees. However, there was no spiritual evolutionary leap in the novel; the (approx. 144,000, of course) survivors were rescued by UFOs and taken to another planet, and Earth was re-colonized 700 years later. In the second book, 2011 The New Millennium Begins, based on the authority of "the Source" - a group from the 5th dimension, we are warned to be discerning in acceptance of channelings and prophecies, since many are distortions originating from the "Dark Forces" of the 4th dimension. However, it is claimed in the preface, that "the Mayan calendar ends in September 2012", when, it occurs in December 2012, as we know. Also in the preface, we are told, "The upswing began on August 31, 1987 with the Harmonic Convergence", when the Harmonic Convergence actually occurred on August 16th and 17th 1987, (see John Major Jenkins here and here for the facts behind Harmonic Convergence). We are also told that we entered the Photon Belt in 1987, and will be in it until 2013 (see this link and this one, for the story of the Photon belt myth). As for where the 2011 date came from, as used in the book title; it is only referred to vaguely: "The period 2001 2011 heralds a a major sorting-out", and "the old Piscean behavior patterns will not work after the year 2011" - and we are left to presume that it came from "the Source". Well, my discernment has detected faults in this transmission, and therefore, it is disqualified by its own rules, therefore, Source = Dark Force... hmmm very Gnostic... The third book, The Year 2011, is a compilation of chanelings, including (and I''m not making this up), "St Germaine"; "John the Revelator"; "Dr Rayness of the Council of 48"; "Paulson from the Pleiades"; "Grand Commander Astor"; "Dr See-ven"; "Dr Norman Watson"; "Valiant Thor from Venus"; "Ashtar"; "Pharaoh Cheops"; and "Dr. Wah"(..."a right mottley crew", I hear you say, but be careful...they might not let you on their flying
saucer...)
So, as there's no evidence of these authors being influenced by Carl Calleman, we can only presume that the influence comes from the Hopi prophecy (see item 7), apart from the channelings, which may themselves, be subliminally influenced by the Hopi prophecy. I have proposed in the addendum, that the origin of the 2011 Hopi end-date is due to confusion over time-correlation due to the missing "year zero"in the Gregorian calendar.
Whats New - page 2
So, is Carl Calleman's system catching on? At Cancun.com, we find Calleman's theory explained, but without the 2011 end-date (but with a little confusion). Also at Lightworkers Tempel, we find more of Calleman's theory, but again, the 2011 end-date is not found to be essential to the basic ideas. In a recent email, Carl told me that he had discovered that the Hindu Avatar, Kalki (who says the Golden Age will begin in 2012 - see Whats New 40 above), was born on the Mayan Tzolkin day of 13 Ahau. He decided to go to visit Kalki in India, to see if he could convince him that the current cycle ends on his birthday 13 Ahau, 28th October 2011. On his return, Carl told me the following (about Kalki): He thinks that in the year 2012 it will be possible for people to become enlightened on a massive scale, but some time after that point it will no longer be possible to attain that state. Thus, it is urgent that people now set a course towards enlightenment. He does not base these ideas on physical cycles but on light radiations from the center of the universe that he refers to as Mu-Lam, meaning that I feel there is no contradiction between his and my own view although the terminology differs. He emphasizes the year 2012 rather than 2011, but I am also open to the possibility that changes will take place after Oct 28, 2011, but then more like if things are adapting to and settling down as an effect of the non-dualist consciousness of the Universal Cycle (Enlightenment) that is finally established at that date than as a continued wave movement of energies such as those that will rule until then. Carl is now intending to present Kalki's teachings on enlightenment to a European audience.
49. Self-Transforming Machine Elves

Terence McKenna has described the denizens of the DMT realm, as "self-transforming machine-creatures who are squealing and squeaking in a visible glossalalia that falls like rain on the interior landscape." They have the appearance of jewel-encrusted basketballs, and communicate by morphing objects out of themselves, that look like Faberge eggs! Is this what happens if you smoke too much DMT?
Whats New - page 2
50. Maori Elders on 2012

I recently discovered the following on the AboveTopSecret.com discussion forum. It was posted in December 2001 by a New Zealand Maori, (whose web-name is "alien"), as a response to a request for any information on the Mayan "end-of-the-world prediction" for 2012. Well...don't know about the Mayan Calendar...but I know that there are some old Maori (culture I belong to) legends that speak of the reunification of 'Rangi' (the Sky) and 'Papa' (the Earth). This one basically flows on from a Maori Creation Legend. Anyway, in short, Rangi (the Sky) and Papa (the Earth) were partners and were closely clasped together...they had a number of children, who lived in between these two parents, squashed and without light. One day these children (who were all Gods by the way - God of the Wind, God of the Sea, God of War etc etc) decided to push their parents apart so they could have room to move...they all tried and failed, till one of the Gods, Tane, pushed them apart, separated them, and hello - there was light. Basically the other more secretive legend that follows on from this says that there will come a time when the children of Tane (that's you and me) are so busy, so distracted with fighting, with greed, with lust etc, so separated from our original parents (Rangi and Papa - so that kinda means we have lost our links with the natural order of things) that Rangi and Papa will take that opportunity - while no one is looking - to quickly come back together...destroying everything in the process. There has been much meditation done on this event and yep...2012 seems to be the year the old people are coming up with. A second post continued... I also forgot to mention this other bit in my haste to get to work earlier: I have asked a few of the 'kaumatua' (tribal elders) what they see happening in 2012. One said "Ka hinga te arai"...the rest nodded and agreed. Okay, I'll explain what that means...
Whats New - page 2
hinga = to fall arai = curtain those are the modern interpretations of those two words in what he said to me...so basically he said "The curtain will fall". Okay - I thought about that for a while, thinking about what he meant...and I originally deduced he meant like "Final curtain" end of the world sorta thing. That was until I did a bit more digging into the origins of those two words. Ya see...modern Maori is just like modern English...it changes over time, the means of words alter and get reinterpreted as time goes by. This kaumatua (elder) is an 'old school' Maori...knowledgeable in the ancient ways, the old ways, the old original language...or 'tuturu Maori' as it is called, which basically means 'original Maori. So anyway, in original Maori, those two words (hinga and arai) mean slightly different things. hinga = to dissolve/to be removed/ to fade arai = veil / thin separation 'arai' is the main word there to look at. Okay, when people die, Maori say they have gone 'ki muri i te arai'... they have gone 'behind the veil'...passed over so to speak. So in that sense, 'arai' actually means like a 'separator' between the physical world/plane and the spiritual world/plane. So - 'ka hinga te arai' in old Maori means (as closely at it can interpreted in English) The removal/dissolving of the planes separator...basically the MERGING of the physical and spiritual planes. There - just a bit of an old Maori cultural lesson to get ya mind ticking over. Peace, ALIEN
51. Aetherius Society & 2012

I recently received an email from Peter H. Daley, that included the following: My contribution is based on the occult knowledge received from George King and The Aetherius Society. Although the significance of the 2012 predictions is not denied, prophecies of cataclysmic earth changes have been changed as a result of metaphysical operations required to usher in New Age conditions, and the release of the Earth Logos from the self-imposed restrictions, which were necessary for our continued existence as a recidivist race of humanity. And so, as a result the speeding up of the vibrational character of the planet is increasing, and as the rate increases a crescendo is expected in 2012, or thereabouts. One of the reasons for the Mayan calendar ceasing at this date, was the anticipated awakening of an entity dormant in the planet for a million years, to eliminate human life. This was only prevented by certain Cosmic Adepts, and who had to deal with a number of other threats which could have wiped us out. The latter part of last century was indeed a very tricky period. Some of this info. is to be found on my website, together with book refs.
A second email provided more information:
Whats New - page 2
I can offer some new insights into this problem. There is no doubt that in the minds of all studying the weird and wonderful, the problem presented by "2012" takes the cake, only the UFO and the Aliens can compete in this. I am steeped in the ancient lore of Theosophy, and am privileged in having access to New Age occult information as an extrapolation of that from Blavatsky and A. Bailey, through George King, who I knew personally. Regarding the number Seven, this is the foundation of the Metaphysical Cosmos, of which this material universe is only as a thin veneer. Each numbered level of existence is in ready communication with the like in higher octaves, by virtue of their resonating vibrations. It is very complicated and marvellous, the Earth exists on 49 different levels, which means there are actually 49 planets occupying the same space. If some predictions are to be believed, 2012 will shift to a higher version of Earth, which leaves much to think about. There is more to it than that, because conditions have been so modified by Metaphysical Operations, that things have been brought forward 52 years, in some respects. The old prophecies have been cancelled or severely altered, so that we can forget the end of civilisation being due. Nevertheless, the end of the Mayan calendar at 2012 foresaw something which which was about to happen, and we narrowly missed the extinction 52 years before the due date. Thereby lies a wonderful and strange saga vying with science fiction, and required "outside" help. The human race is very ancient, some elements were here 18 million years ago, but our particular strain came here around 4 million years ago, having destroyed our previous planet and is now the asteroid belt. Unfortunately, the same lot brought its recidivist elements. These made history repeat itself in a series of conflicts, two of which were atomic and produced mutations and lapses into barbarism for thousands of years. The result being a failure to evolve in co-ordination with The Earth Logos. More information at Peter H. Daley's website, Metaphysics For The New Age.
52. Nostradamus & 2012?

KING OF TERROR
Nostradamus only made one unambiguous prediction in which he clearly identified the year in question. It is the oft-quoted 10-72, which is usually translated something like this: In the year 1999 and seven months, from the sky will come the great King of Terror. He will bring back to life the great king of the Mongols. Before and after Mars (war) reigns happily (by good fortune). If there is anything to Nostradamus' prophecies, then surely this quatrain must be a major key. However, when nothing happened in July 1999, some said the prophecies were of no use. Others said that "sept mois" meant the original seventh month - September. Nothing happened then either. One Nostradamus site, now unavailable (previously at http://members.nbci.com/centuries/future.html)
suggested that the prophet was predicting the timing of a war, and that fortunately, (since it would make it worse), Mars would reign before & after but not during the war: "when the Kingmaker Saturn leaves the sign of Mar's rulership on April 10, 1996, and returns to a
Whats New - page 2
sign of Mars' rulership in Scorpio, in the year 2012. This scenario would time this war as starting sometime after the year 1996, and ending sometime before the year 2012". However, this interpretation gets "war" and the planet "Mars" from the same word (Mars). Another point made here is; Sometimes in the numbering of the quatrains Nostradamus gives us a further clue. Very often he gives us at least two numbers of the date an event happens, and in some cases, he gives us three numbers of the date. This quatrain is numbered 10-72. So here, he could be giving us three numbers, 1, 0, and 2. - this could very easily refer to the date 2001 or 2012. The 7 could be a clue as to the "7th month."
JOHN HOGUE
Prophecy scholar, John Hogue, in his book, Nostradamus - The Complete Prophecies, finds several quatrains to have a possible 2012-connection. Some of these connections are made as in the suggestion above, which links the number of the quatrain to the date of the prophecy. The quatrains in question are as follows: 1:52, which is linked to October 2012 ("the two evil influences in conjunction in Scorpio = conjunction of Mars & Saturn in Scorpio). 2.12, links to 2012 via the quatrain number. 5.78, mentions a 13-year period that Hogue connects to either the appearance of Halley's comet in 1986, or that of comet Hale-Bopp in 1997, which, when 13 years are added, render the years 1999 and 2010 - "closer to the end of time as we know it" (2012). 6.24, a conjunction of Mars and "the sceptre" (Jupiter) (in Cancer?) means April - May 2011, says Hogue, (near the end of the Mayan calendar). 9.12, links to 2012 via the quatrain number. 9.55, a conjunction of Mercury, Mars and Jupiter again refers to April - May 2011. None of these are very convincing.
TOUTATIS
At Michael McClellan's New Prophecy Almanacs we find this:
Every four years an asteroid named Toutatis passes uncomfortably close to the earth. This elongated rock -which measures nearly a mile across -- also possesses another feature of interest: it rolls end over end in a
Whats New - page 2
tumbling motion. It is the only near-earth planetoid that behaves in this manner, eerily similar to the "mountain" that "rolls along" in Quatrain 1.69. If Toutatis is the asteroid predicted by Nostradamus, it will smash into the Aegean or Ionian sea part-way through the reign of Hieron (anagram of Chiren). Evidence in the Epistle to Henry II and the quatrains place Chiren's rule as king and later as emperor in the 2002 - 2012 period. Although Toutatis will be very close to earth in 2004, it does pass Earth in 2012. McClellan also finds evidence in Nostradamus' quatrains, that China will abandon communism in December 2012, and Prince Edward will be made second emperor of Europe.
GENERAL UNSUPPORTED STATEMENTS

Another site, Prophecies of Nostradamus: World war III states its objective:
Here is the sequence of the events supposed to occur between the period 1999 and 2012, based on the quatrains of Nostradamus and similar prophecies of other people.
On a page called Nostradamus 1999-2012 AD on the escape666.com site, a Fundamentalist Christian Pastor Harry of the Church of Philadelphia, says Nostradamus was "Satan's Prophet", who "seems to show us a Window of Time SEPT 1999 -- 2012 AD when The RAPTURE will happen so He can bring forth Antichrist onto the world scene". A third site, King Of Terror quotes the 10:72 quatrain (see above), then says, So warns Nostradamus in quatrain X.72, and thus heralds in the commencement of a window of prophecy originating from many cultures, religions and traditions which runs 1999 - 2012". There is a book out in German, by Manfred Dimde, whose title translates as Nostradamus. The Apocalyptic Decade. The Crucial Years Until 2012. I haven't read it, so I don't know if he's actually found anything convincing. Is everyone desperately trying to find a way of decoding a 2012-prediction from Nostradamus' quatrains, or are we still missing something? So far, I'm totally unconvinced.
PHOBOS
After the seventh month of 1999 came & went, some realized that, although the prophecy mentioned the seventh month, the calendar has since been adjusted by 11 days (when it was converted from Julian to Gregorian), which brings the date forward from 31 July 1999 to August 11 1999, the date of the solar eclipse over Cornwall, UK. In fact, Nostradamus is said to have explained in a letter to Henri II of France that he was talking about an eclipse. Some said (see Beyond 2012 item 30) that since "Phobos means Terror", that one of the moons of Mars - Phobos - would be released from its orbit by the gravitational effects of the eclipse and the "Grand Cross" conjunction a week later on 18th August 1999 (see diagram at Beyond 2012 item 21). The Millennium Group reported "shadows are also seen crossing the face of the earth at a nearly
Whats New - page 2
right angle to the moon's shadow". Nothing more was heard on the matter of Phobos until July 2000 when James van der Worp and Glen Deen suggested that the fly-by of comet 76P on June 5 2000 shunted Phobos out of orbit and onto a collision course with Earth. Deen calculated September 18th 2012 as the projected time of impact (see Whats New item 4). I have just discovered an article that claims there is a connection between the 2 failed Mars missions and the fly-by of comet 76P. Solar flares and dust-storms on Mars were triggered. The last public pictures of Phobos and Deimos (the Greek names of 2 moons of Mars, sometimes translated as Panic and Fear) are from August 1998, and, to cut a long story short, there is evidence that they are already orbiting Earth! They are only 10 miles and 5 miles in diameter, respectively, and are said to have been asteroids captured into a Martian orbit. Is there a covert operation being mounted to blast the Martians out of the sky? CLICK HERE TO READ THE ARTICLE You may recall the Bible code prediction (see Beyond 2012 item 10) that there will be a collision between a "comet" and Earth in 2012, and that the comet will be "crumbled". At the Chapel Perilous site, they have found that the code also conceals a previously undiscovered element, which they call "The Mars Code". Until now, it sounded fairly nonsensical, because the author concludes that the "comet" is actually the planet Mars! Thus, it will be "Mars" that is destroyed in 2012 when it passes near the Earth. However, in light of the information above, "Mars" could just as easily refer to one of the small Martian satellites, Phobos, or Deimos.
Whats New page 3
What's New?
53. Something Is Wrong With Our Sun 54. 1998 West Kennett "Mayan" Crop Glyph Explained 55. Laurence Lucas Part 3 : The Mayan Message of 2012? 56. More on Nostradamus & 2012 57. 2012 on the X-Files 58. Rotational Speed of Earth's Core May be Related to Baktun Length? 59. End-Date Confusion Explained 60. Laurence Lucas Part 4: Why Galactic? 61. Christianity/The Rapture and 2012 62. Judaism and 2012 63. More on Tzoltze ek' (Nibiru) from Hunbatz Men 64. The Sylvia Brown 2003 Error 65. Convergence 3 & Divine Cosmos 66. The Auric Time Scale 67. Laurence Lucas Part 5: The Astrology of 2012 68. Franklin Timewave = Zyzygyz' Brainwave 69. Sacred Geometry, the Earth, & the Mayan Calendar 'End-Date' of 2012
Whats New page 3
70. Damaeus, Salvia and 2012 71. Reminder: Judgement Day September 22 2002? 72. 2012 and Crop Formations 73. Galactic Alignment: The book is available! 74. Islam and 2012 75 The Masonic Calendar 76. The Ethiopian Calendar 77. The Seneca Indians 78. Cherokee Calendar Wheels 79. More on Galactic Alignment 80. Zulu Prophecy: The Return of Mu-sho-sho-no-no 81. Pueblo Indians: Fifth World in 2012 82. Purification Period & World Ages 83. The Dresden Codex: Did it Predict the 1991 Eclipse? 84. Electo-Magnetic Pulse Wave (EMP Wave) 85. Guatemalan Priest Says That 1987 Was the End of the 9 Hells Whats New 86 +...
53. Something is Wrong With Our Sun

Whats New page 3
Kev Peacock has just produced an eBook that summarises all his research findings, some of which were previously on the "Geomagnetic" page of his website (see Beyond 2012 item 42). The book is called Something is Wrong With Our Sun. Kev is an Australian amateur radio operator, or "ham", who set out to study how earth's atmospheric and weather conditions affected his radio signal. He became immersed in a detailed investigation of the solar cycle, sunspots, solar flares, interplanetary magnetic flux, solar wind, and more. One of the first things he noticed is that the graphs of solar activity show a clear incline over the last few hundred years since the records began (see also diagrams at Beyond 2012 item 3). This means that solar activity has been steadily increasing for a long time. When he noticed that the Earth's geomagnetic activity was also increasing, along with earthquake activity, he contacted government agencies, who denied any increases and said that any apparent increases were due to more advanced instrumentation over the years. Kev re-checked and found that the official explanation did not explain the data. For example, in the case of earthquakes, he only counted major quakes, and the tally of these would not be affected by new equipment. Next, Kev started corresponding with a Malaysian UFOlogist called Ahmad Jamaludin, who had discovered a pattern to UFO sightings that fitted in with the solar cycle. Jamaludin, (who has a "source x" theory to explain it), provided maps of UFO sightings that followed Earth's tectonic plate junctions. Kev went on to examine reports of alien abductions and cattle mutilation. He came to the conclusion that the details show that, in the case of humans, the glandular examinations by the abductors, plus sampling of skin, blood, sperm, ova, and hair, is exactly the kind of tissue sampling that would be needed to show effects of increased radiation. In the case of animal mutilation, there is even more evidence of an interest by the perpetrators, in checking on an increase in carbon 14 from solar radiation. A rise in carbon 14 may, says Kev, be connected to the rise in cancer over the past century. Kev concludes that, in July-August 2011, there is a possible coincidence of 4 factors that could, if they occur at the same time, endanger the Earth. These are the 4 factors: 1. The height of summer in the Northern hemisphere in June 2011 (summer solstice is June 21st), when the Earth's magnetic North pole is closest to the Sun. 2. There will be three eclipses that occur in June 2011, causing geomagnetic effects (NB earthquake in Turkey following the eclipse in August 1999). 3. The solar maximum is due at this time, when the sun's magnetic field reverses (every 11 years on average). 4. The possible peak of a solar mega-cycle, or long-term sunspot cycle indicated by the incline in graphs of solar activity ( see here for more on solar mega-cycle, and here ). Kev says the result of these 4 factors coinciding will cause the Earth's magnetic field to collapse and reverse, and the "resulting earthquake and volcano activity bringing about the end of our civilisation by the end of 2012". A new ice-age would probably follow, due to a global temperature drop as volcanic ash cuts out sunlight. However, the last solar polar reversal cycle (11-year sunspot cycle) was a year later than expected, lasting 11 years, 10 months, and reversing in February 2001 (see Whats New item 18). That brings the next expected
Whats New page 3
peak to February 2012, but it is variable - between 8 & 14 year periods have been recorded in the past. So, if the current cycle is a little less than 11 years, we could be in big trouble, according to Kev's theory. This, says Kev, explains why the goverments have been hushing up the alien presence - because they're here to study the effects of a solar mega-max; an event (possibly in combination with the other factors), that only occurs, says Kev, every 65 million years, & wiped out the dinosaurs last time. Kev brings up some very interesting points in the book, and it is well illustrated with graphs showing correlations between solar, geomagnetic, and earthquake increases, UFO & tectonic plate coincidences, plus bovine excision pics. Click here to go to Kev's eBook:
Something is Wrong With Our Sun
54. '98 West Kennett "Mayan" Crop Glyph Explained

In May 1998, a crop formation appeared near West Kennett Long Barrow, opposite Silbury Hill, Avebury, Wiltshire, UK. It became known as the Beltane Wheel. Photographer Steve Alexander dates its discovery as 5th May 1998 (Lucy Pringle dates it at 4th May). There was soon a rumour circulating that the crop glyph was the same as the Mayan Sun glyph. Since the Mayan Sun glyph is called Ahau, and doesn't look like the crop formation, I wondered where the information came from. Now I have found out - Aluna Joy Yaxk'in, a new-age speaker and author, who works with the Mayan calendar (the Arguelles version). Aluna, (whose website is called Center of the Sun), discovered the formation on May 4th 1998 while at the 1998 Mayan Dreamtime Festival in Glastonbury. She predicted finding a "sun" crop circle shortly before seeing it, and it connects to the Mayan calendar since there are "33 solar petals" on the formation, and the Mayan Tzolk'in uses a combination of 13 numbers and 20 day signs, which she calls "sun glyphs". Read the whole story at Crop Circles and Mayan Time .
55. Laurence Lucas Part 3: The Mayan Message of 2012?

Laurence Lucas presents the third part of a 5-part overview to the forthcoming end of history.
Part 3:
Upload April/May Looking at the Popul Vuh, the Mayans today, the shamanic atmosphere, Laurence's trip to Mexico/ Guatemela and Mayan consciousness and the interconnectedness of the tribe.
The Mayan Message of 2012?
56. More on Nostradamus & 2012

31/5/2002
Whats New page 3
Continuing on from last month's piece on Nostradamus (see Whats New item 52), there is a site AN ANCIENT PROPHECY REVEALED FOR 1999 - 2012 (or its duplicate site, called THE NEW WORLD ORDER AND ANTICHRIST: THE YEARS 2002-2012 ) called which makes the outrageous claim that Prince William is the "Once-and-Future King", or King Arthur, who is also the Great Beast of Revelation, (who "was and is not and is to come") and the Third Antichrist of Nostradamus' prophecies. However preposterous this sounds, if you spend some time here, you could end up feeling more than a little paranoid. The best thing is to wait until Summer solstice 2002 - that's only 3 weeks away from when this was posted, because there's a definite prediction that Prince William will be crowned king of England on that day (oh yes, and the royal family will be wiped out by a meteor strike just beforehand). Just in case, here's the basic predictions: Year 2002 = Comet strike/ US destroyed/ Russia,Arabs Invade Israel (Usama Bin Laden found dead (= Mabus) June 21 2002 = British Royal Family killed/ William-Arthur becomes the King of England 2002-06 = Occultic New World Order realized/ Establishment of a False Utopia 2006 = British King accepted as Messiah over Israel-and the 7 yr Tribulation begins 2009 = Antichrist conquers Jerusalem and Temple/ Satan enters him Dec 21 2012 = The Antichrist is destroyed at Armageddon
UPDATE: new schedule, following failed predictions:

2000-2012 = Ongoing defection from Christianity leading to 'New Age' global belief system 2003-2013 = World War III/ Comet strike/ US devastated/ Israel attacked/ Dark Age begins 2006-2016 = "Ancient Gods" return to teach man Atlantean ideals/ New Utopia established 2012-2016 = British King accepted as Messiah of peace over Israel; 7 year Tribulation begins 2016-2020 = Antichrist conquers Jerusalem/ Great Tribulation begins/ 6th Seal, Vials-Trumps 11/19-9/2021 = The Antichrist is destroyed at Armageddon; Millennium of Jesus Christ begins Apparently, Led Zeppelin were in on the whole plan & its encoded in their excellent song, Battle of Evermore, which you can listen to, as you read the annotated lyrics. The whole excursion was worth it for this musical interlude.
If you want more of this, see The Return of Jesus Christ - End Time Mystery Revealed which also concurs on the Tribulation lasting the 7 years from 2006 to 2012, based on the Bible & Nostradamus.
57. 2012 on the X-Files
31/5/2002
The final show in the current series of The X-Files was shown in USA last week. Agent Stardog contacted me to inform me of "a heinous use of 2012 as alien threat propaganda" in the series finale. A summary of the plot can be found by clicking HERE. At the bottom of the page, you will find the episode called The Truth. I have quoted the most relevant parts below:
The Truth At the Mount Weather Complex at Bluemont, Virginia, a helicopter lands.
Whats New page 3
Several men in suits exit the helicopter, including Fox Mulder. The men board a bus that takes them through a doorway into an underground complex. Inside, US Marine Corps officers meet them, but Mulder slips away. Using an electronic key card, he penetrates deeper and deeper into secure areas. In one room he activates a computer console and enters a password. The screen shows the text "December 22, 2012...Date for the mobilization of alien....." ...
Mulder ends up in jail, and following a trial, is sentenced to death by lethal injection... it seems he discovered the ultimate secret. There is a jail-break, and Scully & Mulder eventually arrive at an ancient Anasazi pueblo, to see the person who had sent him the keys to the Marine Base, "The Keeper of Truth", who turns out to be the Cigarette-Smoking Man...
...He says that Mulder now knows the truth, which he found in the Marine base, but Mulder refuses to speak it, even though it could save his life. Indian wise men hid in this pueblo as their own culture was destroyed by the aliens. The pueblo contains magnetite, which makes it safe against the aliens. Those wise men were the first shadow government. The Cigarette Smoking Man wants to tell Scully his story - a story that has terrified every President since Truman. The Mayans were so afraid that their calendar stops on the date of the final alien invasion, December 22, 2012. Mulder saw the date at Mount Weather where our own secret government will be hiding when the invasion happens... ...If this is the truth he has been looking for, what else is to believe, she asks. He replies that he wants to believe that the dead are not lost to us, and if we listen to them they can give us the power to save ourselves. Scully says, we believe the same thing. Mulder moves to the bed and they hold each other. Maybe theres hope, he says as the episode and the TV series ends.
On the following page of the website, (click HERE), there are a few more comments on 2012, (eg Aztec "lizard gods" were reptilian larval forms of Greys). Future X-Files timelines are given on this page, and feature timetravel, involving someone called Nichols (Preston Nichols is the author of several books on the Montauk Time Travel Project - see item 24)
58. Rotational Speed of Earth's Core May be Related to Baktun Length? 31/5/2002
On a web-page about plate tectonics, we are told the following: The speed of the core's independent spin is between 0.4 and 1.8 degrees a year which works out to a full lap relative to a fixed point on the surface about every 400 years. The leading suggestion for the cause of the independent motion is an interaction between magnetic fields generated by fluids moving in the Earth's outer core which is molten iron and the inner, solid crystal. The implications of differential rotation between the core and the surface are hot topics at professional meetings and in various physical and geophysical journals. The iron crystal in the core is longer from north to south, but it does not exactly match Earth's poles. As a result of the core's orientation and rotation, "magnetic north" moves over time. The physical pole of the
Whats New page 3
planet also wobbles over time, a process called the "precession of the equinoxes." For more information on this 1996 discovery, see this site; (the core actually revolves faster than the crust). The length of a baktun, (of which 13 make up the cycle that terminates in 2012), is 144,000 days, which is 400 tuns (360-day "years") - about 394 tropical years. Could there be a connection? Several sites have suggested that the Mayan end-point may be connected with an imminent magnetic pole shift (see item 32); the site quoted above says that the 400-year differential rotation of the core causes the magnetic poles to wander (polar wander is now known to be accelerating). Other sites have connected it to geomagnetic reversal, and now some scientists are saying we are due for geomagnetic reversal soon!
59. End-Date Confusion Explained
31/5/2002
I have recently encountered several variations on the end-date of the 13-Baktun Cycle, and decided to investigate. Below is my analysis; probable reasons for this confusion are numbered & the numbering system explained further below. 0. 23rd Feb 1753 1. 14th August 1955 UPDATED (correlation constant 489384) SPINDEN Confusion Factor: 1 NEW!! Confusion Factor: 1 URL
(correlation constant 563334 )
2. 13th August 1999 * John Mini's Day of Destiny 3. 8th November 2003 4. 25th December 2009 (correlation constant 583297 ) 5. 23rd December 2010 6. 28th October 2011 link 2 ** Carl Calleman 7. 12th December 2011 8. 21st December 2011 9. 24th December 2011 link 2 *** Frank Waters 10. 31st December 2011 11. 12th August 2012
Confusion Factor: 6 Confusion Factor: 11 Confusion Factor: 1 Confusion Factor: 8 Confusion Factor: 6 Confusion Factors: 1; 7 Confusion Factor: 3 Confusion Factor: 3 Confusion Factor: 8 Confusion Factor: 9
Whats New page 3
12. 22nd November 2012 13. 14th September 2012 14. 12th December 2012 15. 20th December 2012
Confusion Factor: 8 Confusion Factor: 8 Confusion Factor: 7 Confusion Factor: 5 NO
16. 21st December 2012 (correlation constant 584283) GMT(1) correlates to True Count CONFUSION !! 17. 22nd December 2012 (correlation constant 584284) GMT(2) 18. 23rd December 2012 19. 24th December 2012 20. 25th December 2012 21. 27th December 2012 22. 26th July 2013 ****Arguelles' Galactic Synchronisation
Confusion factors: 1; 5; 10
(correlation constant 584285) GMT(3)/Lounsbury Confusion Factor: 1 Confusion Factor: 9 Confusion Factor: 6, 7, or 8 Confusion Factor: 8 Confusion Factor: 6
23. 13th November 2013 *****Sergey Smelyakov's Auric Time Scale Mk.1 Confusion Factor: 1; 2; 3; 4
24. 3rd December 2013 Alex Collier's Third Density Implosion 25. 28th October 2040 ******Wilcock/Chatelain 26. 14th December 2116 (correlation constant 622261 )
27. 6th November 2220 28. 13th August 2532 (correlation constant 660208 ) BOHM
Confusion Factor: 10 Confusion Factor: 6

Confusion Factor: 1 NEW!! Confusion Factor: 1 NEW!! Confusion Factor: 1 NEW!!
WELLS-FULS
(correlation constant 774079 ) VOLEMAERE
*John Mini's Day of Destiny 16/8/87 = Arguelles Year 1 Reed. + 12 years = year 13 reed, minus 3 leap days. By True Count, start of year 13 reed = Jan, not Aug. & anyway, this is a presumption based on the Aztec Calendar Stone. Mini altered one of his diagrams of the Sunstone to support his theory. **Carl Calleman discovered an interesting pyramidal structure to Long Count cycles, that seems to explain all evolutionary eras, but the end-date didn't quite fit the theory, so the conclusion is that the Maya must have got it wrong. Calleman then altered the Long Count-to-Tzolkin correlation, which nobody else has ever disputed. The second link shows how this is now being distorted into, "information now being released by the Maya indicates that 2012 may not be quite right".
Whats New page 3
***"Waters got his December 24, 2011 end-date from an early edition of Michael Coes Mexico (1962) that was in error, and subsequently corrected" JMJ The second link is a fascinating twist. ****Although Jose Arguelles is said to support the 2012 end-date, several sites say that 26 July (the Dreamspell New Year) 2013 will be the date of Galactic Synchronisation. Some indicate that this is actually 26th July 2012, but henceforward called 2013 by Arguelles, since it is his "new year". *****Sergey Smelyakov originally based his work on Arguelles' dates, which were faulted. I wrote to him, and he has now modified the Auric Time Scale to align with the GMT (1), which correlates to the True Count...more on thishere ******David Wilcock has now re-written the theory in support of the GMT (1) end-date, but some people are still quoting the 2039-2040 scenario.
CONFUSION FACTORS
1. Correlation Constants For decades, archaeologists and archaeo-astronomers have known that the Mayan Long Count started 4.5 5.5 thousand years ago, and lasts for 1,872,000 days. In order to find out which day in the Gregorian calendar, (that we use today), relates to the start-date of the 13-Baktun Cycle, the specialists have had to find a date that fits all known criteria, such as astronomical phenomena described in surviving codices, and dates of reign of kings. As the years have passed, more discoveries have been made, (and astronomical software has advanced), and enabled the specialists to whittle down the possible correlations to just a few out of the many correlations suggested over the years. The two most popular correlations are the A: GMT(1) (known as the 584283 correlation to researchers), which correlates to the "True Count", an unbroken count of the Tzolkin that is still followed today by the Maya people of the Highlands of Guatemala; and B: its main rival, the GMT (3) or 584285, or Lounsbury correlation. Since the Gregorian calendar has only been in existence since Feb 24th 1582, when Pope Gregory XIII instituted the calendar reform, archaeologists use a "Julian Day Number" system (based on the Julian Calendar, named after Julius Caesar who started it around 46 BC), to date the past. The "zero-day", on which the Julian Day (JD) count started was January the 1st in the year 4713 BC, although the JD number system was only established in the 16th century AD. Thus, in the GMT (1) correlation, the Julian Day (JD) 584283, as the Long Count zero-day 0.0.0.0.0 correlates to August 11th 3114 BC, if the Gregorian calendar is worked backwards (before it actually existed). The next most popular correlation - the GMT (2) or Lounsbury correlation, puts the start-date only 2 days away from that of the GMT (1), at August 13th 3114 BC. The 2 termination dates are thus also 2 days apart; the GMT (1) puts the end-point at 21st December 2012, (and correlates to the True Count of the Quiche Maya, in which that day in the Tzolkin will be 4 ahau). The Lounsbury correlation puts the end-point at 23rd December 2012. At Peter Meyer's site you can find a list of 15 of these correlation constants, each named after their discoverer, and all lying between the Bowditch correlation that starts in 3209 BC and the Vaillant correlation that starts in 2594 BC. The end-points were 1493 AD and 2532 AD, and the GMT and Lounsbury correlations are roughly in the centre of this window.
2. Julian Date
Whats New page 3
Before the Gregorian calendar, there was the Julian calendar, and for every Julian Day Number, there is a corresponding Julian date, as well as a Gregorian date. The Gregorian date 11th August 3114 BC (JD 584283) was also the Julian date 6th September 3114 BC. The Gregorian date 21st December 2012 (JD 2456283) can also be expressed as the Julian day 8th December 2012.
3. Year Zero
The Gregorian calendar refers back to a zero-point at the theoretical point that Christ was born, 25th December, (which was the winter solstice back then), just before the year 1AD. The previous year was the year 1 BC, so there was no "year zero". This makes calculations from BC to AD and AD to BC awkward, as calculations involve positive-to-negative transitions & vice versa, and usually involve a zero. Consequently, the year 3114 BC is 5125 years before the year 2012, even though 3114 + 2012 = 5126, because the missing year zero has been counted in the calculation, so it has to be taken off. For this reason - to make calculations easier, astronomers started using a different notation; the year 3114 BC = the year -3113.
4. Julian day = Mid-day to Mid-day

The 4th complicating factor is the fact that Julian days start at mid-day and end at mid-day on the following day. Thus, each JD number can refer to 2 different days. Most online calculators give the date of the afternoon corresponding to a given JD number, unless they supply increased accuracy with hours, minutes & seconds. - see Maya links page for a comparison of online JD calculators
5. Zero-day/first Day & Zero-day/last Day Confusion

Mid-day on the long Count zero-date 0.0.0.0.0 was day 584283 (GMT(1)). The following day is often called "the first day", since it is 0.0.0.0.1; and in a similar way, the last day, 13.0.0.0.0 is actually another zero day, the day after the last day, which is 12.19.19.17.19 , but then, since the Julian day numbers go from mid-day to mid-day, JD 2456283, (584283 + 1,872,000) does not expire until mid-day on 13.0.0.0.0 See addendum. If the Maya started the zero-day at sunrise, then the 1,872,000 days expire at sunrise (in Mexico) on 13.0.0.0.0 , (GMT(1) = 21st December 2012), but if you're counting from 0.0.0.0.1 then the expiry is on the sunrise of 22nd December 2012.
6. Changing facts to fit theory 7. Typos 8. Chinese whispers 9. So many dates, they all get mixed 10. Solstice date: The date of winter solstice varies between 21st December and 22nd December; in 2012 it
will occur on 21st December, so some people who have heard the end-date is on winter solstice 2012 have mistakenly presumed it would be on 22 December.
Whats New page 3
This includes beginning dates getting mixed with end-dates.
11. Psychic messages & channeling
60. Laurence Lucas Part 4: Why Galactic?

Part 4:
31/5/2002
Laurence Lucas presents the fourth part of a 5-part overview to the forthcoming end of history.
Why Galactic ?
John Major Jenkins and the alignment, the sacred calendar, Jose Arguelles, Carl Johan Calleman. Which correlation,.... does it matter ? A personal experience in Mexico on 4 Ahau, and different textures of reality. A short essay written exclusively to those 'Mayanists' familiar with the work of those above.
61. Christianity/The Rapture and 2012

Well, I had to get round to this sooner or later...
30/6/2002
Without getting into theological doctrines of premillennialism, amillennialism & postmillennialism, or pretribulational, mid-tribulational or post-tribulational positions, (for definitions, click here), let's just see if we can find any reason why concepts such as the Rapture, Second Coming, and Judgement are being connected with 2012. It will suffice to say that there are biblical reasons for expecting a 7-year period of Tribulation (troubled times), and that either before, after, or halfway through this period, the Rapture will occur; (when the 144,000 chosen ones will be taken up to heaven). Judgement Day (usually taken to be the Second Coming, though some call the Rapture the Second Coming), will then occur either at the end of the 7-year period, or after a further thousand year period. One New Age position is that in 2012, a dimensional split will occur, that corresponds to the Rapture. Jack Van Impe says that the second coming of Christ will occur between 2001 and 2012 and gives some interesting clues as to the reasoning in the summary of his video, Left Behind. However, the first part of the answer can be found at The Book of Revelation website. It is explained on the pre-sign page that the re-capturing of Jerusalem by the Israelis in the six-day war of 1967, is a key date encoded in the words of Jesus, that starts off a 45-year period ending in 2012. The Second Coming of Christ will occur during this 45-year period, and it was the prophet Daniel who revealed it. NB I do not subscribe to any of the judgemental or right- wing attitudes expressed on these Literalist biblical sites! Examination of the Book of Daniel provides the second part of the answer. The key verses are the last 3 verses in the last chapter. However, we must first take note of the biblical code where "a day" represents a year. Earlier in his Book, (Dan.9: 24), Daniel speaks of "seventy weeks of years", representing a 490-year period, (70 x 7 days = 490 days) and giving us a clue about a day-year code.
Whats New page 3
In the last 3 verses of the book of Daniel, it says there is a period of 1290 days from the taking away of the continual burnt offering until the abomination of desolation is set up...but "blessed is he who waits and comes to the 1335 days...the end of days". The difference between these periods is 45 days, and using the "day = year" rule, this gives the 45 years between 1967 & 2012. Part 3 of the answer lies in Rabbinical lore, and so comes under the next heading:
62. Judaism and 2012
30/6/2002
At the beginning of the Book of Genesis, which is part of the Jewish Torah, we are told that God created the world in 6 days, and on the 7th day he rested. At Rosh Ha'Shanna - Is It The Rapture? we are told the following: The Rabbi's taught that there were 7,000 years of time. They divided time into a 6000-year segment followed by the 1,000-year Messianic kingdom. They based this on Psalm 90:4, which says that to God a thousand years, is as a day. What the Rabbis taught was that as the week of creation was 7 days, that is seven 24- hour days, and each day stood for a thousand years with the seventh day as a day of rest -- the day of the messianic kingdom. The Jewish Calendar starts with the birth of Adam, and by Bishop Usher's famous analysis, in which he consulted all the male genealogies in the old testament (adding given ages of fathers at the birth of their first son, working back from the zero-point of Christ's birth, on which our Gregorian calendar is based), he found 4004 BC as Adam's birth date. Thus, we arrive at autumn 1997 as 6000 years after the birth of Adam (the Jewish New Year - Rosh Ha'Shanna usually falls between autumn and winter). It seems that Usher made a 3year discrepancy, since the Byzantium site says that the birth of Adam was 4000 years before the birth of Christ, so Gregorian year 2000 should be the Jewish year 6000. However, Jewish year 5760 started on September 30th 1999, so this means there is a 240-year discrepancy between the Jewish and Gregorian calendars. NB If we presume that the difference has something to do with the 360-day year (see Dan. 7: 25; 12: 7 - time, times & half a time = 3.5
x 360 = 42 months = 1260 days), then the difference between 360-day year and Julian year of 365.25 days = 5.25 days per year. 240 years x 5.25 days = 1260 days. What does this mean?
In the 4-part article Rosh Ha'Shanna - Is It The Rapture? (part 4 is hard to find), the author explains how the year 5760 is kabbalistically encoded into the phrase "six days" (of creation), thereby implying that 2000 is the end of the 6000-year period. The article concludes that "some Rosh Ha'shanna between 1999 and 2012 or shortly thereafter might be the completion of the 6,000 years of man and the start of the Millennium". The 7 years between Adam & Eve's creation and the picking of the apple from the Tree of Knowledge must be taken into account, bringing the start of the Day of the Lord to 2007 AD, and various other calendrical interpretations bring it to 2012.
The 7 Days of Creation are related to the Jewish Menorah, or 7-branched candlestick, which actually appeared as a crop formation at Barbury Castle, Wiltshire, UK in 1999!
Whats New page 3
Barbury castle, Wiltshire, UK 31/5/1999. Photo: Steve Alexander
Rosh Ha'Shanna is the Jewish New Year, and lasts 2 days, but it is also the start of a 10-day festival called Teshuvah, "which means "returning." In the spiritual sense, teshuvah means returning to the Creator of the universe, who we call HaShem. It means turning away from the secular, from the worldly way of life and turning back to His way of life." This return (as described here), sounds very Gnostic: The concept of teshuvah as "return" emphasizes the fundamental spiritual potential of every person. Chassidic thought teaches that within each of us resides a Divine soul, a spark of G-d.[4] This infinite G-dly potential represents the core of our souls, our genuine "I". In Judaism, there are 3 days that are heralded by a trumpet. These are Shavuot, (first trump), proclaiming God's betrothal to Israel; Rosh Ha'Shanna (last trump), New Year and start of the 10-day Teshuvah or "return"; and Yom Kippur (Great trump), heralding the return of the Messiah back to earth. Rosh Ha'Shanna takes on even more significance when we see a full list of its titles: 1. Teshuvah (return / repentance) 2. Rosh Ha'Shanah (Head of the year, birthday of the world) 3. Yom Teruah (the day of the awakening blast/Feast of Trumpets) 4. Yom HaDin (the Day of Judgement) 5. HaMelch (the Coronation of Messiah) 6. Yom HaZikkaron (the Day of Remembrance or memorial) 7. The time of Jacob's trouble (the birthpangs of the Messiah) 8. The opening of the gates
Whats New page 3
9. Kiddushin/Nesu'in (the wedding ceremony) 10. The resurrection of the dead (rapture) 11. The last trump (shofar) 12. Yom Hakeseh (the hidden day) In the year 2012, Shavuot falls on 27th May; Rosh Ha'Shanna falls on September 17th/18th; and Yom Kippur falls on 26th September. The conclusion is that the last trump is synonymous with Rosh Ha'Shanah when the Gates of Heaven will open and the righteous will enter in rapture, on 17th/18th September 2012. However, Yom Kippur also has another title: "Closing of Gates"; the Gates of Heaven will therefore close on 26th September 2012. As a chilling post-script, if we look back to Whats New item 4, we find that Glen Deen's low-precision orbit model gave Earth impact of Mars' moon Phobos on SEPTEMBER 18TH 2012! This is reminiscent of the Bible code prediction (see item 10), although some Bible Code scholars interpret it as Mars being crumbled by the Earth. However, there are new developments in the Phobos story: 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 (Glenn Deen now says if Phobos
is missing, it would have happened on July 2 2001, caused by comet 75P Kohoutek - he doesn't say how that effects his impact prediction!)
63. More on Tzoltze ek' (Nibiru) from Hunbatz Men 30/6/2002

Mayan Elder, Hunbatz Men, who revealed that the Mayans have known about Tzoltze ek' (Nibiru) - a massive planet on an elliptical orbit, for many years (see Whats New item 41), has another page online, revealing more details. He says that the seventh moon of Nibiru will activate Kundalini - the serpentine energy that activates the 7 chakras or power-zones along the spine (if you thought this was an exclusively Indian/Tibetan teaching, see his book Secrets of Mayan Science/Religion). Tzoltze ek' will also activate our genetic memories, and all the pyramids on Earth AND under water, so we are advised to visit them when it appears in the skies. The planet has a period of 6,500 years, not 3,600, he says, and visits us 4 times every 26,000 year cycle ("the Great Calendar of the Pleiades" that ends on 21st December 2012) The planet is inhabited by beings who operate on a higher "mental frequency".
64. The Sylvia Brown 2003 Error

This was a headline in Nexus Magazine (Oct-Nov 2001);
30/6/2002
Noted psychic Sylvia Brown has said that 2003, rather than 2012 is the final year of the Mayan calendar. The article containing this statement can be found online at astrosite.com , but the source that the article is based on, is a letter, found on the Zetatalk website (that promotes a re-appearance of Nibiru in 2003), and simply says the following:
Whats New page 3
Last summer I watched a Montel Williams show rerun with a noted California psychic Sylvia Brown as the guest. It was taped last January. In the midst of giving predictions for 1997, she mentioned that 2000 AD actually took place six years ago (1991?). Therefore: Gregorian Mayan 1991 2000 1992 2001 1993 2002 1994 2003 1995 2004 1996 2005 1997 2006 (now) 1998 2007 1999 2008 2000 2009 2001 2010 2002 2011 2003 2012 AD
In sum, 2003 AD (Gregorian calendar) translates into the Mayan calendar's 2012 AD. Remember that the Mayan calendar ends Dec 21(?), 2012, completing a cycle ( or supposedly signalizing a catastrophic end of the world as we know it). Offered by Di. So, the information originated in a 1996-97 radio interview with Sylvia Brown, who mentioned in passing, that 2000 AD took place 6 years previously. Sylvia didn't receive psychic information that the Mayan calendar was wrong, or even mention 2012 - the rest of the Zetatalk letter is supposition of a Zetatalk correspondent. What Sylvia probably meant, is that, since theologians and historians all argue about the actual year of Christ's birth, this means that our calendar's base-date is off by anything up to 10 years, and therefore, if any Christians were expecting the Second Coming to occur two thousand years after Christ's
Whats New page 3
birth, their estimate would be off by a similar amount. One of the most popular current years for the birthdate is 6 BC, but some authorities say 9 BC or even 10 BC. If Jesus had been born in 9 BC, then the 2000-year anniversary would have been in 1991. If this turned out to be true, and the year we now call 2012 should really be called 2003, that
just would just mean that the Gregorian year that correlates to 13.0.0.0.0 in the Long Count should also be called 2003, though it would still be the same year! Likewise, the year favoured by Zetatalk for Nibiru's return, would no longer be called 2003, but 1994. (More refs: 9 BC; 10 BC; 10 BC)
SO, THE WHOLE STORY ABOUT THE MAYAN CALENDAR ENDING IN 2003 AND NOT 2012 IS FALSE!
65. Convergence 3 & Divine Cosmos
30/6/2002
David Wilcock, author of Shift of the Ages (see Whats New item 27) has started to upload a brand new online book called Divine Cosmos, of which the first 8 chapters are now available. The book is a bold attempt to rewrite the current scientific paradigms, using cutting-edge international scientific research findings. However, it would be best to first read Convergence III as an introduction. As I said in Whats new item 27, Wilcock's website, Ascension 2000 states its objective, to scientifically prove that "a dimensional shift is to occur on Earth on or before 2012", and these writings are an essential contribution. They cover aether theory, Zero Point energy, the amazing work of several Russian scientists, earth changes, solar changes and changes on other planets in the solar system; tornados and vortexes; plasmatic phenomena and much more. He is running a seminar series that moves around USA, and the speakers include John Major Jenkins - see 2012 Events for info., or Wilcock's Time of Global Shift website. As a general introduction Wilcock's Time of Global Shift website provides A Scientific Blueprint for Ascension and Cosmic Evolution of Humanity, recommended summary essays, but for me, the most intriguing essay is The Ultimate Secret of the Mayan Calendar - an imploding cycle of energy increase, culminating in 2012-2013 AD. This is a "supplemental" added on after the first 8 chapters of Divine Cosmos, thus showing the trajectory of the book...see next item...
66. The Auric Time Scale
30/6/2002
David Wilcock's The Ultimate Secret of the Mayan Calendar is a summary of a paper written by Sergey Smelyakov and Yuri Karpenko called THE AURIC TIME SCALE AND THE MAYAN FACTOR: Demography, Seismicity and History of Great Revelations in the Light of the Solar-Planetary Synchronism. Sergey Smelyakov is a professor of mathematics at Kharkov University, (Ukraine, Russia), with an interest in astrology, and he has found that the Golden Section, or Phi (1.6180339...) governs the movements of the asteroid belt, and cycles of solar activity, as well as all the planetary orbits in the solar system, including comets. He has also found that Phi governs the stock market and population growth, and by applying the same Phi harmonics to the 13-baktun cycle, he has found a Phi spiral that seems to spiral in on itself on December 21st 2012 - a kind of time implosion, or "point of bifurcation", reminiscent of Peter Russell's White
Whats New page 3
Hole in Time (now called Waking Up In Time - see item 18). I read through the 64-page, equation-drenched pdf file, and found that the authors had based their theory on a start-date of August 6 3113 BC, as given by Jose Arguelles in The Mayan Factor, when it was actually August 11 3114 BC, as we now know. I contacted Sergey Smelyakov, wondering whether or not the theory would survive the news, and was relieved when he replied telling me that "several numerical conclusions might be slightly changed", but that the theory was not seriously damaged by the modification. Following further correspondence, he agreed to write a short summary of the latest version of his theory, exclusively for 2012: Dire Gnosis, while we wait for the modified version of the full paper. Sergey Smelyakov's summary is available here:
Astrological Roots and Forecasting of Some Acute World Trends for the Current Epoch
67. Laurence Lucas Part 5 : The Astrology of 2012

Part 5 : The Astrology of 2012
31/7/2002
In the 5th and final part in his series, Laurence talks about "a revolutionary new astrological map that reveals the true meaning of 22-12-2012, and that serves as a 21st century Book of the Dead, bringing together elements of the Mayan, Tibetan and Egyptian books of liberation".
68. Franklin Timewave = Zyzygyz' Brainwave
31/7/2002
Magic squares are grids of numbers which are arranged in rows and columns in a square in such a way that all columns and rows add to the same number. Traditionally, there is a magic square associated with each planet - a 3 x 3 square is associated with Saturn; a 4 x 4 square with Jupiter; 5 x 5 with Mars; 6 x 6 with the Sun; 7 x 7 with Venus; 8 x 8 with Mercury; and 9 x 9 with the Moon (ref. The View Over Atlantis by John Michell, 1969). Ben Franklin*, one of the Founding Fathers of the American constitution, devised a different arrangement of the Mercurial magic square (an 8 x 8 square, consisting of the numbers from 1 to 64). However, the numbers in the Franklin square add to the same number in so many ways that the square has become a mathematical legend! (See an animation here)**. When you take into account the fact that the numbers in the 8 x 8 Mercurial square add to 260 - the number of days in the Mayan sacred calendar, or Tzolkin, and also, the number of Katuns in the "macroscopic Tzolkin" of the 13-Baktun Long Count cycle (that terminates in 2012) - then we have the suggestion of a link between the Franklin 8 x 8 square, the I Ching (an 8 x 8 square of 64 hexagrams), and the Mayan calendars.
Whats New page 3
This connection was discovered and published by Jose Arguelles in his "Earth Ascending" in 1984, before he knew that Terence McKenna had used the I Ching to arrive at 2012 as the year in which the "concrescence" (evolutionary omega point) of the universe would be achieved (McKenna arrived at his conclusion before knowing about the 2012-termination point of the 13-Baktun cycle - see item 17 ). Enter Zyzygyz, who runs the the Time Wave Zero 2012 discussion group, founded to discuss the implications of Time Wave Zero. Zyzygyz had been corresponding with Peter Meyer, the man who produced the software for McKenna's Time Wave Zero, and they had both been intrigued by the dip into Novelty produced by the Timewave at the time of the September 11th Twin Towers tragedy in 2001. However, this dip appeared on the "Huang Ti" version of the wave that Peter Meyer developed as an alternative to the original King Wen sequence-based wave, following a rumour that the Huang Ti sequence was earlier than the King Wen. Zyzygyz realized that the earliest sequence of all was called the Fu Hsi, in which the hexagram sequence develops in a very logical way, and he persevered until he (and Peter Meyer) had converted the sequence into a wave, but unfortunately, it turned out not to be a true Timewave. *** Then Zyzygyz had his Brainwave! If the numbers in the Franklin 8 x 8 square were each replaced with the hexagram of that number, (in the King Wen sequence) then the Franklin 8 x 8 square could be converted into a Timewave! When Peter had generated the 384 number-set from Zyzygyz' 64 Franklin-hexagram numbers, they found that a true Timewave had resulted. The largest level of the wave could then be mapped against time, and Zyzygyz noted the following correlations to events in the solar system, with peaks and troughs on the Franklin wave: 1. The biggest major 'hump' or radical descent into novelty corresponds to ~3.6 billion years ago, which is the generally agreed-upon date when life first appeared on earth (the Archean Period). 2. The second major drop corresponds to ~1.6 billion years ago, when the major forms of multicellular life diverged into animals, plants, and fungi (the beginning of the Mesoproterozoic). 3. The third major peak occurs at ~550 million years ago, which corresponds nicely with the 'Cambrian Explosion' which gave rise to most of the major animal groups living on earth today. Another peak is seen in this Timewave about 5.5 billion years ago, which arguably could correspond to the beginnings of the formation of the solar system (estimates vary), since it troughs out around 4.5 bya. If Peter Meyer adds the Franklin wave number set to his computer programme, then the wave's fractal novelty-mapping properties could be seen in more detail. Until then, you can follow the thread of the discussion from message 1722, seeing particularly message 1763 and message 1793 (from which I have quoted Zyzygyz above). In the FILES section of Time Wave Zero 2012, you will find illustrations of many of the sequences and timewaves discussed here (you must be a member to access the Files page, but membership is free, so... no problem!) To sum up, "8x8 magic Square = Mercury = Hermes = Thoth = calendrical change = game of draughts = 8x8 square = 260 = Tzolkin = Harmonic module = 20 x 13 = 260 - katun cycle = termination point 2012!!"
* As a Founding Father, Ben Franklin was almost certainly a Mason and so may have been privy to Mayan calendrical information - see item
Whats New page 3
44 ** Thanks to Zyzygyz for this great link *** It does not achieve "closure", ie approach the zero point, since the last 2 of the 384 numbers (that form the generated number-set that is the basis of the wave), are not zeros.
69. "Sacred Geometry, the Earth, & the Mayan Calendar 'End-Date' of 2012" 31/7/2002
Keith Hunter has recently added another essay to the one already posted online, ( Earth Pole Shift 2012 13.0.0.0.0. UNAVAILABLE (author's theory changed) ... - which is already listed on the 2012 Links page). The new article is called Sacred Geometry, the Earth, & the Mayan Calendar 'End-Date' of 2012 (now re-written). In the former article, Keith Hunter theorised that a pole shift is coming that will restore the earth's 360-day rotation period, and eventually restore it to its original spherical state, raising the consciousness of mankind. Keith wrote to ask for my opinion on his new article, which he summed up as follows,
The End-date of the Mayan Calendar will coincide with the earth possessing an Obliquity of the Ecliptic of 1406.25 minutes of Arc (23.4375 degrees), and that this will occur in 2012, upon the Winter Solstice of 21st December. At present the earth's axis is 1406.333345 minutes of arc (2003AD), but it is decreasing by approximately 0.4704'' seconds of arc each year, and in 2012 it will be 1406.25.
Sounds pretty amazing, doesn't it? Well, I read the new article, and wrote back to Keith, agreeing with some of the points he had made. However, I also found a couple of faults that effectively demolish the whole theory! ( You probably think I'm getting pretty good at theory demolition, what with Giza-Genesis and The Orion Prophecy and then Auric Time Scale Mach 1, but...oh well...) Anyway, my reply failed to prompt any further correspondence, (UPDATE: he has just contacted me, 14 months later; see below) so here are the relevant excerpts from it, so you can tell me if you disagree.
...you say that when the the earth was a perfect sphere, with a circular orbit & a 360-day year, it must have CEASED ALL ROTATION ON ITS AXIS. If it had ceased all rotation on its axis, then how could it have had a 360day year, since it is the very rotation of the planet that governs days and nights? There would have been NO days or nights - half the Earth would have remained facing the sun, while the other half remained in darkness, so how could 360 days have been calculated? The second point is that if the earth's equatorial diameter, when divided by the polar diameter will equal 1.0040625; and if in 2012 the obliquity of the ecliptic will be 1406.25 minutes of arc, that still doesn't mean there is a relationship between these numbers because moving the decimal place does not turn one of these numbers into the other - i.e. they are not harmonics of each other. 1.0040625 and 100406.25 have a harmonic relationship, as do 1406.25 and 0.00140625, but inserting 2 zeros between whole numbers destroys that harmonic.
Click on the links above to read Keith's essays, but feel free to tell me if you disagree with me...
Whats New page 3
UPDATE: Keith has now re-written the essay, including changes to the first paragraph I mentioned. He admits that the numbers do not have a harmonic relationship, but says, "it is not important that they are not harmonics. They are obviously related." However, he is currently re-working the theory, "... the reason I wish to thank you is that, due to your letter, I have just this very night made a critical breakthrough in my work..." to be continued...
70. Damaeus, Salvia & 2012
31/7/2002
Following on from Charlie Sabatino's letter concerning Salvia divinorum, (see Whats New 46), a person by the web-name of Damaeus replied, with Salvia-inspired precognitive insights about 2012, posting his reply at the 2012-Theories discussion group. Here is Damaeus' reply (posted 12 May 2002): Concerning salvia divinorum and 2012, I gather from my experiences with salvia that none of us will ever see the destruction of the earth. We will hear the calling before it ever happens and our consciousness/spirit/soul will simply float away, leaving our physical bodies to be destroyed with the worldwide earthquakes or whatever other disasters nature has in store. This awakening process will indeed feel like a "waking up process". One might wonder why we can't do it now, permanently, even with the use of psychoactive or psychedelic herbs. I think it's because these alignments aren't right yet. We can't ascend because it just isn't time yet. I think when the time comes, we will awaken and all will seem so easy and natural that we won't even care that we were unable to do it before. All we can really do now is know these things intellectually, and somewhat in practice through the use of salvia divinorum. Luckily I have enough to last me through the next ten years, should it ever become illegal. Salvia is not an herb I'm driven to use on a daily basis. In fact, I haven't used any of it in at least a couple of months. But I still have 110 grams of it. Anyway, I get the impression that all the preparation we're going through is all for naught. I think the beer drinking, womanizing party animals are going to awaken just like everyone else, though I do suppose that if one has some background study in these issues, when the event happens it might make a little more sense, or the transition might be a little smoother. I figure the calling might intensify between now and 2012, so that by the time 2012 arrives, the world will be at peace and people will be expecting it. My roommate has always been fond of saying that when we finally have world peace, it will be the end of the world. Plus, I think I've seen Biblical references to the idea that those who have eyes to see and ears to hear will be able to sense the "coming of the Lord". The only wrench in the gears is the part that says nobody knows the hour or the day, but then who says the Bible is in fallible? I certainly don't. I would have posted this sooner, but Damaeus closed with a comment; "I wonder if a rapture or Jesus fits into the Mayan 2012 timeline", which inspired the research for Whats New 61 and 62.
Thanks to Damaeus
Whats New page 3
71. Reminder: Judgment Day September 22 2002 ? 31/8/02

In Whats New item 21, Weidner and Bridges found, in their book, A Monument to the End of Time, that Autumn (Fall) Equinox 2002 would be the Day of Judgment, according to the Cyclic Cross at Hendaye in France. The Cross is is covered in alchemically coded inscriptions that indicate that September 22 2002 may bring the first half of a "double catastrophe". The authors noted the similarity to Paul La Violette's Galactic Superwave theory (item 48), which also predicted a double-catastrophe, the first of whose effects would be "electromagnetic shifts...crustal torque, pole shifts, tidal waves and high winds". The inference of both theories is that the second catastrophe would be in 2012. On page 172, the authors say, The Cross at Hendaye, a true monument to the end of time, demonstrates how to calculate the traditional date of the Day of Judgment. It points to a very specific date, September 22, 2002 and a specific place, the paws of the Sphinx on the Giza plateau. Interestingly enough, the Great Pyramid, another mysterious monument at Giza, is thought to contain a prophetic design in its passages and Grand Gallery that ends on September 17 2001. This is exactly one year and 5 days before the Hendaye date, the time period required to prepare for the transition from Pharaoh to a living star in Orion according to the Pyramid texts". By amazing "coincidence", Paul Wright has today brought my attention to a post on Robert Bauval's website - posted today (August 27th 2002), that brings attention to the fact that the National Geographic Channel are planning a LIVE worldwide broadcast on September 17th 2002 from inside the Great Pyramid, with Zahi Hawass, called "Secret Chambers Revealed", exploring the shaft that leads to the sealed room on the "Sirius shaft". This is exactly 1 year after the pyramid prophecy ends, and 5 days before the Hendaye prophecy. Rush Allen has prepared a special essay on the subject for 2012: Dire Gnosis, which finds astrological and mythological confirmation: Click here to read it. NEWS FLASH (19th September 2002): NEW ARTICLE by WEIDNER & BRIDGES
Fulcanellis Final Revelation: Raising the Djed at the End of Time

For more info, see this article at cyberspaceorbit
72. 2012 and Crop Formations
31/8/02
This is a new page using crop formations to illustrate various aspects of the 2012 phenomenon (if you think crop circles are all man-made, check out BLT Research's website which is now online at last!) It links to all previous articles on 2012: Dire Gnosis that connect 2012 with crop formations. CLICK HERE to go to 2012 and Crop Formations
Whats New page 3
73. Galactic Alignment: The book is available!
31/8/02
Galactic Alignment: John Major Jenkins' follow-up book to his Maya Cosmogenesis 2012 has just been published. The book is called Galactic Alignment - The Transformation of consciousness According to Mayan, Egyptian & Vedic Traditions, and I'm halfway through it & very much recommend it. More next month...meanwhile, why not read Willard Van de Bogart's review.
74. Islam and 2012
31/8/02
NB: I do not subscribe to any Islamic beliefs or sympathise with any fanatical or tyrannical attitudes.
Like Judaism and Christianity, Islam also expects "the last days" and a Day of Judgment. They have mala'ika (angels) including Mikail (Michael) and Jibril (Gabriel). There is also an evil jiin called Shaytan. At death, the ruh, or spirit, leaves the body and waits in barzakh (purgatory), and returns to the body on Yawm al- Ba'th, the day of Rising from the grave. The destination is then Jinnah (the Garden) - for Muslims only or Nar - (the Fire). They also expect an "antichrist" figure, called Dajjal, which means deceiver, and before the Last Day, Jesus (who is seen as a prophet), will re-appear and kill the Dajjal. Most Muslim sources regard prediction and prophecy as a bad idea, (like the Bible, the Qur'an gives signs, but says only God (Allah) knows sa' "the Hour"). However, some have stuck their necks out. According to John Whalen, who is quoted all over the net; ...several Sufi sects have already declared 2076 as the Year of the Haj (end day) because it will coincide with the year 1500 in the Islamic Calendar. An article by Abdal Hakim Murad, "Islam and the New Millennium," confirmed this, quoting Imam al-Suyuti, the greatest scholar of medieval Egypt. At first, al-Suyuti believed the end of the world would occur in the year 1000 of the Islamic Calendar. He later changed his prediction to 1500 of the Islamic Calendar. However, at islaam.com, author of The Day of Wrath, Safar Ibn `Abd Al-Rahman Al-Hawali says that he agrees with the Christian date interpretation, that I have already quoted above, at Whats New item 61 Christianity/The Rapture and 2012. Speaking of Jerusalem, he says; When Daniel specified the period between its distress and relief, between the era of anguish and the era of blessing, he put it as forty-five years! We have already seen that he specified the time of the establishment of the abomination of desolation as the year 1967, which is what in fact occurred. Therefore, the end or the beginning of the end- will be 1967 + 45 = 2012, or in lunar years 1387 + 45 = 1433. Click here for the rest of the article
Whats New page 3
75. The Masonic Calendar
30/9/02
I recently bought some Masonic documents at a boot sale, and discovered that they were dated in a Masonic calendar of "Anno Lucis", or "Year of Light". Anno Lucis 5950, the year in which one of the documents was produced, is also given as the Gregorian date, AD 1950. Thus, the Gregorian year AD 2000 would equate to AL 6000 in the Masonic calendar. So, the Masonic calendar equates to the "corrected" version of the Hebrew calendar, (see Whats New item 62). The capping of the Great Pyramid, that was planned for New Years Eve 1999, (but was cancelled by the Egyptian authorities), can now be seen as a symbol of the completion of Man the microcosm, or as the descent of the New Jerusalem; the expected end of the Sixth Day of Creation, and the start of the Seventh Day, or Golden Age (see The Eye in The Pyramid). Further investigation showed that not all Masonic Brotherhoods use the Anno Lucis system. The Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite, for example, use "Anno Mundi", or the "Year of the World", which equates to the current Hebrew calendar, and is 240 years behind ours. The Jewish Encyclopedia agrees on that this discrepancy is due to an error, and their year 6000 should coincide with our year 2000 (2000 AD + 4000 BC = 6000) (see torahvoice). This still leaves the 12-year discrepancy between the Transition of Ages marked by the Judaeo-Christian calendar and that marked by the Mayan Long Count calendar. For calculation of Masonic dates of various brotherhoods, click here.
76. The Ethiopian Calendar
30/9/02
The Ethiopian calendar, which originated from the Coptic Egyptian calendar, puts the Creation date at 5500 BC. However, they put the birth of Christ in the Gregorian year 7 AD. Since the Ethiopian calendar (like the Gregorian), uses the birth of Christ as a base line, this means that the Ethiopian year 2000 will start on the Gregorian date, September 12th 2007 AD (this is the start of Coptic year 1724). Thus, although the Creation date is linked to Egyptian ideas, the Age-Transition point signified by the 2000th year after the birth of Christ, is over 7 years closer to the Mayan "end-point" than that of the Gregorian calendar. Exodus 2006 has a new page with more information. The Ethiopian year starts on September 11th, except during leap years, (which occur when the Ethiopian year number is the same as any Gregorian leap-year number), when it starts on September 12th. So, September 11th 2012 will be the start of Ethiopian year 2005. The first month in the Coptic year, which also starts on September 11th, is called Tout - the Egyptian god Thoth, god of calendrical cycles, whose sacred number was 52.
77. The Seneca Indians
30/9/02
Grandmother Twylah Nitsch is a Seneca Elder of the Wolf Clan, and is author of the book Creature Teachers, and Entering Into The Silence, The Seneca Way. Many decades ago, Grandmother was designated to preserve the Wolf Clan teachings by her maternal grandfather, Moses Shongo, the last of the traditional Seneca medicine men. Seneca society's Wolf Clan
Whats New page 3
Teaching Lodge teaches the wisdom, prophecy, and philosophy of earth history, Grandmother Twylah Nitsch is also the co-author of Other Council Fires Were Here Before Ours: A Native American Creation Story as Retold by a Seneca Elder and Her Granddaughter. Concerning Grandfather Moses: The Seneca Grandfather Moses Shongo (died ca. 1925) foresaw a 25-year period of purification, lasting until the year 2012 or so, during which the Earth will purge itself. So, here we have a native prophecy concerning not only 2012, but a 25-year period of purification preceding 2012, and that means that the year 1987 was flagged long before the late Tony Shearer, (in 1969 / 1970) told Jose Arguelles that August 16-17 1987 would be the end of the Ninth Hell cycle (in the "prophecy of Thirteen Heavens and Nine Hells"). This is the time that Arguelles called "Harmonic Convergence". This also has a bearing on the Kalachakra prophecy (see Whats New item 28). I hope to have more on this next month...
78. Cherokee Calendar Wheels
30/9/02
Dan Troxell, who is of Chickamauga Cherokee blood, has a new website called Mysteries of Trox. On the site, he tells of the Cherokee Calendar, and how it was inspired by the 52 scales around the mouth of the rattlesnake, and measures "TIME UNTIME". He describes a system of interlocking wheels, and says sometimes the wheels were made from stone, and sometimes the wheels were formed on the ground, using pebbles. These are often mistaken for Medicine Wheels. They represent the movement of "the stars, the heavens and the universe". On the rings are "glyphs and colors", the alignments of which give various meanings. There are 6 rings - 3 visible (representing heavens) and 3 invisible (representing universe). There is a page still to come, in the series, so we cannot reconstruct the device yet, (UPDATE: it will may look a bit like this animation) but one of the 3 visible wheels has 22 sections, each representing 52 years. The 22 sections are divided into 2 parts; the first 13 are years of Light and the following 9 are years of Darkness. The whole cycle is thus 1144 years, and is called a "World", consisting of 676 years of Light (13 x 52) and 468 years of Darkness (9 x 52). There is a transitional period from Light to Darkness and vice versa, called a "Crossing". These Crossing points vary from 0 to 25 years, and are a collective struggle comparable to the birth and death transitions of the individual. Here again, we have confirmation of a 25-year transitional period starting in 1987, since Dan says that "the Cherokee calendar ends in 2012". Incredibly, Dan says the Cherokee name for the Great Spirit Creator is Yahowah! This seems to back up the claim of the Mormons, that one of the Lost 10 Tribes of Israel once lived in America. In fact, Tony Shearer (mentioned in the item above) thought that the 22 golden plates found by Joseph Smith, the founder of
Whats New page 3
Mormonism, had come from Palenque, and that Mormon was Lord Pacal of Palenque! According to Shearer,
(Lord of the Dawn 1971), Quetzalcoatl left the prophecy of the 13 Heavens & 9 Hells when he departed. He would return at the end of the 13 Heavens, then the 9 hells would start. The Aztecs welcomed Cortez as Quetzalcoatl (also bearded & white-skinned), when he arrived in ships bearing the sign of Quetzalcoatl - the Cross of 4 directions. That was 1519, and 9 Hells of 52 years later, gave 16/17 August 1987, according to Shearer, but Jenkins points out that this was an error of over 100 days. See special page on Shearer's calculation.
This item also supports my contention that the original Aztec Sunstone was a massive chronometer with moving parts ( read the full story here ). To see an instrument that connects the cross, pyramids, Aztecs, calendars, see Crichton Miller's Celtic Cross (and here). It even measures the precession of the equinoxes! Now see this picture of the Ancient Greek Antikythera clockwork computer from 87 BC and spot the similarity. See an amazing reconstruction of the Antikythera computer!!... and an animation of part of the device (keep finger on mouse to animate).
79. More on Galactic Alignment
30/9/02
I have finished reading John Major Jenkins' latest book, Galactic Alignment, and found it very thoughtprovoking, to say the least. Anyone who has read Hamlet's Mill, knows that knowledge of the precession of the equinoxes goes back into the mists of time, and has been encoded into mythology worldwide. Jenkins shows that, more than this, the ancients knew that there are certain times during the cycle of precession, when the earth-sun-galaxy relationship allows the influx of some kind of energy that triggers a transformational leap in mankind. There are 2 crossing points of the Galactic meridian, (centre-line of the Milky Way), and the ecliptic (path of sun and planets across the sky), or equally, the zodiac which lies behind the ecliptic. These crossing-points were known as "Gates" by the ancients. These celestial gates were described by Macrobius as the gates of Capricorn and Cancer, and were seen as doorways through which the soul descends to be reborn on earth and ascends following physical death. In Joscelyn Godwin's book, Mystery Religions, the gate of reincarnation is called the Silver Gate, while the gate of ascension is called the Golden Gate, but he says that the Silver Gate is the way of reincarnation, while the Golden Gate is the Way of the Gods and leads "beyond the circle of Necessity, ie to release from the round of birth and death. These are the two routes from which the soul can exit from the world at death, and the Capricorn gate is the one through which the gods descend to earth." It is clear from both Hamlet's Mill and from Jenkins' Galactic Alignment, that these gates don't actually lie in Cancer and Capricorn, but the neighbouring constellations of Gemini and Sagittarius. The Golden Gate lies at Galactic Center in Sagittarius, and the Silver Gate lies at Galactic Anti-Center in Gemini (see items 47 and 48). Following the work of Oliver Reiser, Jenkins makes a convincing case that the alignment of the Solstice Sun with the Galactic meridian, (close to Galactic center) which is flagged by the end of the 13-Baktun Cycle in 2012, marks the time-window when the divine influences descend;
Whats New page 3
"Precession changes our angular orientation to the larger magnetic field of the galaxy in which we are embedded. during regularly occurring eras in the precessional cycle, as indicated by the solstice-galaxy alignments (probably the equinox-galaxy alignments, too), the earth's protective magnetic shield becomes unstable and oscillates. Without a complete field reversal being required, this oscillation allows greater amounts of mutational rays to strike the surface of the earth. While this may result in mutations and a greater chance for "evolution", of greater significance is the possible transformative effect on human consciousness during alignment eras, when human beings are exposed to higher doses of high-frequency radiation." Jenkins refers to Swami Sri Yukteswar's study of the Vedic Yuga system, (that may have originated as long ago as 7000 BC), and shows how that system is also flagging the galactic alignment. He concludes that there is a Galactic Chakra system, with the base chakra at Galactic Center, and the crown chakra in the direction of the Galactic Anti-center. Earth is at the level of the fifth (throat) chakra, evolving towards the sixth (ajna or third eye): "The as yet unspoken message in this survey is that the galactic alignment opens a channel for the kundalini shakti to flow through the earth, cleanse (it) us, and excite it (us) into a higher level of being." Like Hamlet's Mill, Galactic Alignment will probably inspire other researchers to dig further into the shadows illuminated by the book. This book has started connecting up many of the threads mentioned on this site, and has brought into sharp focus, the "underground stream" of knowledge encoded into virtually every religion you can think of...
They were all preparing us for the opening of the Golden Gate!
New at JMJ's Alignment 2012 website: Galactic Alignment 2 -a massive web resource on Galactic Alignment - includes related essays,
reviews, excised chapters and more... Hear John Major Jenkins interviewed on the Laura Lee show (19th & 20th September 2002) Galactic Alignment Among the Ancients Part 1 (19th September 2002) Galactic Alignment Among the Ancients Part 2 (20th September 2002) More on Galactic Alignment at the 2012 Books page. If you haven't read it, read Willard Van de Bogart's review.
Whats New page 3
Whats New page 4
What's New?
80. Zulu Prophecy: The Return of Mu-sho-sho-no-no 81. Pueblo Indians: Fifth World in 2012 82. Purification Period & World Ages 83. The Dresden Codex: Did it Predict the 1991 Eclipse? 84. Electro-Magnetic Pulse Wave (EMP Wave) 85. Guatemalan Priest Says That 1987 Was the End of the 9 Hells 86. Kali Yuga and 2012 87. More on Aquarius and 2012 88. The Chinese, Tibetan and Tamil Calendars 89. Tracking Down the Kalachakra Prophecy 90. 9/11 Resonation With WWII on Time Wave Zero 91. Venus-Pleiades Conjunction 92. Near-Death Experience and 2012 93. More on the Bible Code 94. Cosmic Locusts
Whats New page 4
95. Amnesia and the Echo Circle 96. 83-Year Cycles 97. OOBEs (OBEs) and 2012 98. Behemoth and Leviathan 99. Smelyakov Update 100. Will Hart's Venus Transit Theory 101. Tzolkin & Tzolkin 2 items 102+...
80. Zulu Prophecy: The Return of Mu-sho-sho-no-no

31/10/02
Credo Mutwa, an 80-year old Zulu Sanusi (shaman) and elder from South Africa, and author of Song of the Stars: The Lore of a Zulu Shaman, gave a talk at the Living Lakes Conference, in California on October 2 1999, which included the following:
Let me tell you two last things please. One, it is this, that I am told by the great storytellers of our tribes, that fresh water is not native to our earth. That at one time, many thousands of years ago a terrible star, or the kind called Mu-sho-sho-no-no, the star with a very long tail, descended very close upon our skies. It came so close that the earth turned upside down and what had become the sky became down, and what was the heavens became up. The whole world was turned upside down. The sun rose in the south and set in the north. Then came drops of burning black stuff, like molten tar, which burned every living thing on earth that could not escape. After that came a terrible deluge of water accompanied by winds so great that they blew whole mountaintops away. And after that came huge chunks of ice bigger than any mountain and the whole world was covered with ice for many generations. After that the surviving people saw an amazing sight. They saw rivers and streams of water that they could drink, and they saw that some of the fishes that escaped from the sea were now living in these rivers. That is the great story of our forefathers. And we are told that this thing is going to happen again very soon. Because the great star, which is the lava of our sun, is going to return on the day of the year of the red bull, which is the year 2012.
See the whole article here or, slightly modified, here. There is a stone circle in South Africa, called Timbavati, which means, "the falling down of a star" in Zulu language. It still has an equinox
Whats New page 4
alignment intact. In 1997, a stone circle in the Southern Egyptian desert was found to have an alignment to the summer solstice sunrise, and at 6,000 BC is the "oldest astronomically aligned structure yet discovered anywhere on the planet". There is also a stone observatory at Nomoratunga in Kenya, connected with the "Borana Calendar", based on rising stars and lunar phases. There are also stone circles in The Gambia , Senegal, Morocco, & Togo. The Long Count has been traced to Izapa; Izapa has Olmec connections; the Olmec carved mysterious giant stone heads with African features. Could there be a connection?
81. Pueblo Indians: Fifth World in 2012
31/10/02
The Hopi Indians of Arizona believe that we are living in the fourth of five eras - the Fourth World, and there will be a Great Purification just before the start of the Fifth World. They have a series of nine prophecies, starting with the coming of white men with guns, (which came true in the sixteenth century). The eighth prophecy is the hippie era, which was manifested in the nineteen sixties. The only remaining prophecy to be fulfilled is the appearance of a new star that they call Blue Star Kachina. Speaking Wind, a Pueblo Indian from Northern New Mexico, has said that the Fifth World will start in December 2012. This conforms to Hopi Indian prophecies, even though some have put the transition at 2011.
As I said, the final cleansing of Earth, began in June, 1998. In September, 1998, the five brothers, (planets), aligned themselves to usher in the cleansing energies of Earth. The chaos everyone has been anticipating, or the tearing away of the illusion, and the lie, will begin between January, and April, 1999, and will continue to escalate until the nine brothers, (planets) align themselves on the 5th of May, 2000. From that date, until the last day of the fourth world, December 22, 2012, a date taken from our star calendars, everything living, will undergo a purge. If mankind will not willingly let go of the illusion, and the lie, it will be stripped away. And, we have only begun to feel the effect, since June, 1998. The 23rd day of December, 2012, is the first day of the fifth world.
82. Purification Period & World Ages

Purification variations
31/10/02
Although most agree that the 4th/5th World transition will come in 2012, there are several variations on the date of Purification:
Whats New page 4
1. 1998-2000 - Pueblo Indians, item 81 above. 2. 1987, in the Shearer/Arguelles/Kalachakra/Seneca/Cherokee calendar wheels versions. See also the new article on Ajq'ij - Mayan priest/historian/investigator/anthropologist-Carlos Barrios by Steven McFadden at Whats New 85 below. 3. July 1991; in Quetza-Sha's version, it began in with the solar eclipse over Mexico City (see next item) 4. 1992 in many sources, that mistakenly think the last Katun began in 1992 (it was actually April 5 1993) Robert Gilson's Period of Justification also started in 1992 & ends in 2012. However, since the long count fell into disuse, and the 52-haab Calendar Round then was used to measure precession, a 20-haab period may be seen as a placebo for the final katun of the Great Cycle (a haab = 365 days). 5. August 1990 - August 1993, in the Q'ero Indian version. 6. Year 2000 according to the Q'ero that Alberto Villoldo spoke to.
World/Sun variations
Some tribes say we are in the Fourth World, approaching the Fifth; some say we are in Fifth Sun, approaching the Sixth...
1. The 5th sun ended in 1519; 6th sun starts in 2012 according to some contemporary Aztecs
2. Some New Age sources also think we are "between worlds"; The Mayan fifth world finished in
1987. The sixth world starts in 2012. 3. We are in 5th sun, approaching 6th, say the Aztecs, Toltecs & Incas; we are in 4th world, approaching 5 say the Maya ( Judith Bluestone Polich ) 4. We are in the 4th Sun, and will reach the 5th Sun in 2012, say the Q'ero Incas according to Alberto Villoldo 5. The Q'ero that Joan Parisi Wilcox spoke to, said there are 3 ages, and we start the crossing in 1990-1993 and complete it in 2012, (they have combined their myth with a Christian myth of 3 ages).
th
Whats New page 4
6. The Hopi Indians, according to Frank Waters and some other sources, say we are living in the 4th world, approaching the 5th. 7. The Zuni Indians, neighbors of the Hopi, say we are living in the 5th world, according to Dennis Tedlock. 8.The Navajo Indians also have a total of 5 worlds, according to Gordon Brotherston. 9. Some Navajo medecine men say there are 7 worlds and we are in the 5th. Of the 2 "above us", the first is the World of the Spirits of Living Things, the second is the Place of Melting into One. 10. John Major Jenkins points out (In Appendix 2 to Maya Cosmogenesis 2012), that in the Mayan Popol Vuh epic, a total of 4 ages are laid out, of which the first 3 have ended in destruction (so we are in the 4th age).
For further discussion, see the Book of the Fourth World by Professor Gordon Brotherston
Variations in duration of World Ages

1. Multiples of the 52-year Calendar Round: (from Leyenda de los soles) 1st Sun: 676 years (52 x 13); 2nd Sun: 364 years (52 x7); 3rd Sun: 312 years (52 x 6); 4th Sun: 676 years (52 x 13) NB This must be the origin of the idea that there were 13 Heavens that ended in 1519, and which were followed by 9 Hells ending in 1987, so we can extrapolate: 5th Sun: 468 years (52 x 9) 1b (UPDATE) According to Jose Arguelles in The Transformative Vision (1975), p. 14, the fifth age consists of the 13 heavens plus the 9 hells; 676 + 468 = 1144 years. This conforms to the Cherokee Calendar (see Whats New item 78) 2. From the Vaticano-Latin Codex: 1st Sun: 4008 years; 2nd Sun: 4010 years; 3rd Sun: 4081 years;
Whats New page 4
4th Sun: 5026 years The implication here is that the 5th Sun is over 5,000 years in length. 3. There is evidence that the Aztec Sunstone shows 1 Sun = 5,200 years; 5 Suns total 26,000 years. (Brotherston p.299) 4. Sioux Indians (Brotherston p.301): 1st Sun: 6,000 years; 2nd Sun: 11,900 years; 3rd Sun: 3,000 years; 4th Sun: 1,100 years; 5th Sun: 1,900 years TOTAL: 23,900 years 5. Madrid Codex (Brotherston p.302): Mega-Sun: 208,000 years = 8 x 26,000 years.
Thus, we have a hierarchy of Suns within Suns. The Mayan word for "day" is kin, and means "Sun" - apparently reborn every morning. The second level is the year, when the Sun is reborn at the morning of Winter Solstice, and a new year begins. The third level is the Calendar Round and New Fire ceremony - 52 years. The fourth level is the Heaven & Hell cycles - 22 Calendar Rounds = 1144 years. The fifth level is the Great Cycle, or 13-baktun cycle of 5,200 tuns - a fifth of the cycle of precession (level 6) The sixth level is the cycle of precession - 26,000 tuns - The morning Solstice Sun is reborn aligned to the centre of the galaxy. The seventh level is multiple precession cycles. As we have seen, there are so many conflicting versions, that a unified theory is still out of reach. There are many differing Calendar Round beginning-dates across Mesoamerica, and anyway, the Calendar Round won't divide into the 13-baktun cycle, or the 26,000-tun cycle, so the hierarchy above just shows various concepts of large cycles. Since Jenkins has shown that the Calendar Round is also a way of measuring precession (by zenith cosmology), we can say that the Suns (Worlds) measure precessional movement. However, there is a Calendar Round that ends in 1987 (Teotitlan - 1st March 1987) and one that ends in 2012 (Tikal - 2nd April 2012).
Whats New page 4
83. The Dresden Codex: Did it Predict the 1991 Eclipse?
31/10/02
During the July 11th 1991 solar eclipse, a UFO appeared over Mexico City and sparked off a series of UFO waves over Mexico that still continue today (see Beyond 2012 item 9). At the time of the eclipse, 17 different people caught the UFO on their video cameras, and these were collected with later footage taken during the various Mexican waves and were released as 3 videos; Messengers of Destiny 1991-1992 footage (50 + clips); Master of the Stars 1992-1993 footage (55+ clips); and Voyagers of the Sixth Sun 1993-1996 footage (90 + clips), by Genesis 111. The original July 1991 footage was later denounced as Venus, (and here), appearing during the darkness of the eclipse, but that doesn't alter the fact that there has been a massive wave of UFOs in Mexico since 1991, as shown in the rest of the videos, and on Mexican TV, and these were disappearing behind buildings; flying in groups; buzzing commercial & military aircraft, etc. In the 3 videos, and in the UFO magazines reviewing them, it was stated that the 1991 eclipse had been predicted in the Dresden Codex (one of only 3 surviving codices, or books written by the Maya - the others are the Paris Codex and the Madrid Codex). The editors of the video - Lee and Britt Elders, and Jaime Maussan (the Mexican TV commentator covering UFOs), had concluded that the 1991 eclipse was the start of the Sixth Sun - the event that is usually associated with 2012. While looking into this question, I came across a site called Whitecrow Borderland, on which the Dresden Codex has been used to predict eclipses between 1975 and 2008. The site's author, B. Martin, had used a correlation of JD 563334, which meant that the last day of the 13-baktun cycle 13.0.0.0.0 equated to a day in 1955 AD, and the eclipse calculations had been carried forward into the next 13-baktun cycle. I emailed Mr. Martin and he told me that the correlation had only been in use since 1996, so the implication is that it was a different correlation used, to arrive at the July 1999 eclipse using the Dresden Codex. Then I came across a fascinating site, called The Real Maya Prophecies: Astronomy in the Inscriptions and Codices, which includes detailed information on the Dresden Codex. The site is run by Mike Finley, and supports the GMT correlations ( there are 3 of these - 2 of which are the most popular correlations - 584285 & 584283 - that may sound more familiar by their termination points: 23rd December 2012 and 21st December 2012, though Thompson revised the former 1930 correlation #584285, and in 1950 replaced it with the latter #584283. Floyd Lounsbury later revived Thompson's earlier correlation). On the site, Mike explains that, in order to use the Dresden Codex for eclipse prediction, the periods must be "recycled", or extrapolated into the future. In other words, it may be possible to find the 1991 eclipse date by extrapolation, but the actual (Maya equivalent of July 1991) date is not recorded in the Dresden Codex. So, this is one point on which the video editors have made misleading statements. Another point made by Mike is that the accuracy of the charts fails after a few recyclings, due to
Whats New page 4
accumulated error, and so a correction factor must be used over the 38 recyclings necessary to bring the eclipse table forward to cover 1991. I wrote to ask Mike if he thought the 1991 eclipse could have been predicted using the GMT correlations. For those of you interested in the Dresden Codex, here is Mike's reply: I too seem to come across something about prediction of a 1991 eclipse -- but don't remember where. You made me curious enough to try a calculation--- I'll set out the steps so you can check it if you want (I didn't double check anything, so I can't guarantee that I didn't make an arithmetic error). But before the calculation, these observations. First, because of cumulative error when the table is "recycled", it's unlikely that it would correctly predict an eclipse that occurred many cycles through the table after the 755 AD base date given in the Codex --- but it might, because the error is cyclical. Teeple showed back in about 1930 that the lunar node recedes about 1.61 days in each cycle through the table --- every 600 years or so, the node recedes all the way through the lunar month, and the table's accuracy is "restored". The calculation below shows that the 1991 eclipse would have occurred in the 38th cycle of the table after 755 AD, a cycle beginning in about 1967 AD, which is 1212 years since 755 AD. The node receded about 2 full lunar months in this time. This very rough calculation suggested that it would be worthwhile checking to see if the 1991 eclipse is actually predicted in the 38th cycle of the table. Second, there have been methods for correcting the error when the table is recycled --- the most ambitious was proposed by the Harvey and Victoria Bricker of Tulane University --- but these are all rather speculative, and I don't think any pretend to work for 37 cycles of the table. Third, it has been proposed that the "practical" entry date into the table was later than 755 AD. A number of dates have been suggested. I doubt any of them will do much better, since they were chosen to give eclipse predictions in the 13th or 14th century (by finding an entry date near an orbital node at that time), not the 20th. I guess some "practical" entry date or adjustment in the base date of the long count might be contrived so that the moon would be near the node at new moon in July 1991, but that would be an entirely arbitrary exercise --- or more correctly, circular reasoning since it presumes that the table must be able to predict the 1991 eclipse and adjusts things accordingly. So anyway, here's my calculation: . 1. Assume that the base for solar eclipse prediction is 12 Nov 755 AD in the Gregorian calendar (= 8 Nov 755 Julian).(I'm using the '85 version of the GMT correlation, but the choice between '83 and '85 won't make much didfference here). 2. Days between base date and eclipse of 11 July 1991 (from a perpetual calendar program) = 451316 3. The length of the eclipse table in the Codex is 11,960 days (11,959 tabulated + 1 day to restore the tzolk'in entry day). Thus the lapse of time between the dates is 37 full cycles through the table, with
Whats New page 4
8796 days left over. 4. Counting through the eclipse table, this count of days is reached on page 55b. The second column makes a prediction at 8748 days into the table, and the third column a prediction at 8925. (The count is 177 in each column, except those directly before each picture, which is 148, across the top halves of the pages from page 53 to page 58, and then across the bottom halves of the pages from page 51 .... In addition, 5 times before page 55b, the total recorded by the scribes adds 178 rather than 177 to correct the rounding error in taking 6 lunar months = 177 days. See the Codex on-line linked from my web page) 5. Thus the prediction at col. 2, page 55b would give an eclipse that is 48 days prior to July 11, 1991. The next prediction (col. 3) is 119 days after July 11, 1991. 6. There is presumably a secondary solar eclipse predicting entry date 30 days after 12 Nov 755. This one leads to eclipse predictions at each station 30 days later --- thus reducing the error in col. 2 to 18 days (but increasing the error in col. 3).
Conclusion: The table isn't even close to the mark!!! You mention a base date for the long count of JD 563334 (I'm not familiar with it --- I have a list of 50 proposed correlations, and it's not on it). This is 20951 days earlier than the GMT --- 1 cycle of the lunar table +8991days. Thus the "1991" eclipse would be reached according to this correlation 8991 days into the table. Once again, the closest prediction would be on page 55b. Col. 3 predicts an eclipse 8920 days into the table, with is 71 days too early (or 51 days too early if we consider the "secondary" predictions). The next prediction (col. 4) is 177 days from col. 3, so it doesn't work either. In other words, Britt and Lee Elders and Jaime Maussan were mistaken - the Dresden Codex eclipse tables cannot be used to locate the July 1991 eclipse!
84. Electro-Magnetic Pulse Wave (EMP Wave)
31/10/02
I recently discovered an online fictional work called Galactic Tsunami, in which it becomes apparent that the event that governed the timing of the 2012 termination point of the Mayan 13baktun cycle, was the arrival of an "EMP wave". In the story, this wave is said to be due every 500 years, and currently overdue by 200 years. Although this is fiction, it is based on the discoveries of astro-physicist, Paul LaViolette (see Beyond 2012 item 48 ). In item 48, the emphasis was on a Galactic Core explosion that happens at intervals of 13,000 and 26,000 years, and sends out a "galactic superwave" of cosmic waves that bring dust and cause solar activity to increase, while
Whats New page 4
blocking out the sunlight, and causing major geomagnetic variations. However, when I re-read pages 334-335 of LaViolette's book, Earth Under Fire, I found that he did say smaller EMP events happen on average every 500 years. See LaViolettes site (here prediction 11); or a more detailed article here, from which I have extracted the following: Galactic superwaves may also produce an intense electromagnetic pulse (EMP) whenever a cosmic ray front happens to strike the Earth's atmosphere. Galactic superwaves such as those that arrived during the last ice age could have generated pulses delivering tens of thousands of volts per meter in times as short as a billionth of a second, comparable to the early-time EMP signal from a high-altitude nuclear explosion. Galactic Center activity occurs frequently between major superwave events. Astronomical observation indicates that during the last 6,000 years, the Galactic center has expelled 14 clouds of ionized gas. These outbursts may have produced minor superwave emissions with EMP effects comparable to those of major superwaves. About 80% of these bursts took place within 500 hundred years of one another. With the most recent outburst occurring 700 years ago, there is a high probability of another one occurring in the near future. Nevertheless, the diagram in Earth Under Fire reveals that, although the average may be 500 years, there was a period of almost 2000 years without a wave, and the pattern certainly doesn't look predictable:
85 Guatemalan Priest says that 1987 Was the End of the 9 Hells 31/10/02
Steven McFadden's has written a new article (Steep Uphill Climb to 2012), on the talk by Guatemalan Ajq'ij, priest/anthropologist, Carlos Barrios, in Santa Fe in Autumn 2002. Barrios
Whats New page 4
says that the 25-year period between 1987 and 2012 is the period between the fourth and fifth worlds. See the special article on this at How Did Tony Shearer calculate Harmonic Convergence? (UPDATED)He also says 2012 will not be the end of the world, but it will be transformed. The Galactic "alignment with the heart of the galaxy in 2012 will open a channel for cosmic energy to flow through the earth, cleansing it and all that dwells upon it, raising all to a higher level of vibration."
86. Kali Yuga and 2012
30/11/02
In the Hindu system of time cycles, the longest cycles last trillions of years, but at the shorter end of the cycle spectrum, we have the four Yugas, which are: Krita Yuga (Golden Age): 1,728,000 years Treta Yuga (Silver Age): 1,296,000 years Dvapara Yuga (Copper/Bronze Age): 864,000 years Kali Yuga (Iron Age): 432,000 years Each Yuga is split into 3 parts; dawn; day; and dusk: Krita Yuga: dawn = 144,000; day = 1,440,000; dusk = 144,000 Treta Yuga: dawn: 108,000; day: 1,080,000; dusk: 108,000 Dvapara Yuga: dawn:72,000; day: 720,000; dusk: 72,000 Kali Yuga: dawn: 36,000; day: 360,000; dusk: 36,000 = 2,160 x 800 =2,160 x 600 =2,160 x 400 =2,160 x 200
If these numbers look familiar, that is because they are precessional numbers:
Platonic Year = 25,920 years (12 x 2,160) - 1 complete precession of the equinoxes (or solstices);
Whats New page 4
Platonic month = 2,160 years - precession of the equinox through one sign of the zodiac; Platonic day = 72 years - precession of the equinox through one degree; 2 Platonic months = 4,320 years; half a Platonic month = 1,080 years; 2 Platonic days = 144 years 360 x 72 = 25,920. Rene Guenon and others says we are now nearing the end of Kali Yuga, although some sources say it only started in 3,102 BC. John Major Jenkins' recent book, Galactic Alignment goes into the Vedic Yuga system in some detail, and he studies the work of Hindu saint, Sri Swami Yukteswar, (born 1855), who discovered an oversight in the Vedas, and went on to explain it. In one of the oldest Vedic writings, attributed to the god-man Manu, the 4 Yugas are said to add up to 24,000 years, but when they are enumerated, they only come to 12,000 years. The Satya Yuga (Golden Age) lasts 4,800 years; the Treta Yuga (Silver Age) lasts 3,600 years; the Dvapara Yuga (Bronze age) lasts 2,400 years, and the Kali Yuga (Iron Age) lasts 1,200 years.
Yukteswar explained the enigma in a diagram that equates the 12,000 years to a descending half of the 24,000-year cycle, and another 12,000 years to an ascending half. Jenkins Study of the Yukteswar analysis shows that Yukteswar was talking about the precession cycle, but basing it on a 24,000-year cycle, rather than the (approx) 25,700-year cycle recognised by astronomy. The descent into darkness started when the Summer (June) solstice sun was aligned with Galactic Centre, around 10,800 BC, and the ascent back to light starts when the Winter (December) solstice sun aligns with Galactic Centre circa 1998-2012
So, the Yuga system is about precession, as we have decoded from the classic cycle lengths above, and after looking at Jenkins' updates to Yukteswar's work, we can see that the end of Descending Kali Yuga corresponds to the Pisces - Aquarius transition of Western astrology, and to the solsticegalaxy alignment era AD 1998 - 2012. See an excellent summary by Jenkins here. See also Whats New item 41. Kali Yuga 2012 countdown clock Jenkins' diagram This (below) is Yukteswar's diagram Click here for
Click on picture to see larger version
Whats New page 4
87. More on Aquarius & 2012
30/11/02
Back at Whats New item 25 we discussed some ideas putting the start of the Age of Aquarius at 2012. In an excellent essay on the astronomical symbolism of the Book of Revelation, on the Calendarsign site, we find a quote from the Aquarian Age Network: While acknowledging the zero point of the zodiac to be defined as the point where the true galactic equator crosses the ecliptic between Taurus and Gemini, and recognizing the J2000 galactic equator defined by the galactic north pole of 12h 51.4m, 27 8' to be representative of the B1950 definition of the galactic coordinate system, by virtue of Sagittarius A* being recognized as the dynamical center of the galaxy with the true galactic equator passing through Sagittarius A*, and by virtue of the sun being at 90 00' 32" past the point of the crossing of the J2000 galactic equator and the ecliptic at the spring equinox of 20 March 2000, 0735 GMT, we declare the Age of Aquarius to have unequivocally arrived. Pax Aetatis Aquarii vobiscum! Then a translation: Expressed in more simple words, this declaration tells us that the point of the spring equinox (once being between the constellations Gemini and Taurus, on the galactic equator) already has moved more than 90 from this point on the galactic equator, which is opposite the center of our galaxy and supposed to be a black hole. The 90 relates to three constellations, each 30, and therefore the constellation Aquarius enters the spring equinox dawn and the new age arrives. From Testimony Magazine (html) or (pdf)
Whats New page 4
We now need to consider the concept of the meridian. This is an imaginary line running from the horizon due north of an observer through the heavens to the horizon due south of an observer. The meridian at the vernal equinox is called the zero meridian, and it runs through the constellation of Pisces in which the sun is situated. At the time of the birth of Jesus Christ the nearest visible star in Pisces to the zero meridian would have been that designated alpha. However, due to the slow movement of the sun through the Zodiac, mentioned above (the precession of the equinoxes), the nearest star in Pisces to the zero meridian, in fact the nearest of all the 1,800 brightest stars as listed in a star catalogue, is now that designated omega. It is calculated that it will be exactly on the zero meridian early in 2012.
88. The Chinese, Tibetan & Tamil Calendars
30/11/02
The Chinese calendar consists of 60-year cycles which in turn consist of five 12-year cycles.
Each year is named after one of 12 animals, and one of 5 elements, with 2 consecutive years being named after each element:
q q q q q q q q q q q q
Rat Ox Tiger Rabbit Dragon Snake Horse Sheep Monkey Rooster Dog Pig
The elements are:

q q q q q
Wood Fire Earth Metal Water
Some sources describe 10 Celestial Stems and 12 Terrestrial Branches, but this is clarified elsewhere; each element has a destructive manifestation followed by a constructive manifestation,
Whats New page 4
making the 10 Celestial Stems. The current Chinese 60-year cycle started on 2 February 1984 in the year Wood Rat, and almost halfway through it, on 23 January 2012, the year Water Dragon will begin (see Robert Bast's chapter: 2012: Year of the Dragon).
The Tibetan calendar is based on the Chinese system, and started in the year 1027, when the
Kalachakra teachings were introduced to Tibet. However, this was the year Fire Rabbit, 3 years after the start of the Chinese 60-year cycle, so the current Tibetan 60-year cycle started 3 years after the Chinese one, on February 28 1987. For more on this, see the next item. The 12 Tibetan animals vary slightly from the Chinese (and start with Rabbit, rather than Rat, due to the 3-year difference):
q q q q q q q q q q q q
Rabbit Dragon Snake Horse Sheep Monkey Bird Dog Pig Mouse Ox Tiger
The elements are consequently listed starting with Fire, rather than Wood;
q q q q q
Fire Earth Iron Water Wood
Note that the Mesoamerican calendars also incorporate animals into their systems, but as daysigns rather than year signs (alligator, lizard, serpent, deer, rabbit, dog, monkey, jaguar, eagle, vulture). There are ten animals amongst the Mesoamerican day-signs, and if you consider that a lizard is close to a dragon (nb. Kimono Dragon), and jaguar = tiger & eagle = bird, then seven of them are the same as the Tibetan animals. Snake follows dragon in both systems, and 2012 is the year of the Dragon in Chinese and Tibetan calendars.
Whats New page 4
In the 260-day Tzolkin of Mesoamerica, lizard is Kan and snake is Chicchan , but in some Mesoamerican languages, Kan means "snake". On "snake days" in 2012 there will occur several conspicuous events, including the following; Ascension day; Resurrection of Bruce Lee** (you may laugh), Rosh Hashanah (opening of gates of Heaven, Last Trump etc), descent of Kukulcan at Chichen Itza, etc. See 2012 Calendar page. **UPDATE: This is a joke - Bruce Lee starred in Enter the Dragon, The Way of the Dragon, Return of
the Dragon. However, I have now been told that a Korean film company is going to make a computergenerated Bruce Lee for a film, thus fulfilling my prophetic joke early, unless they get delayed.
The Tamil calendar of Southern India, also includes a 60-year cycle which, like the Tibetan
one, re-started in 1987, (but in mid-April, rather than February). It is "a derivative of the old Hindu solar calendar and is based on the sidereal year". The 60-year cycles may be connected to the 60-year Jupiter-Saturn conjunction cycle, but the last conjunction was in May 2000, not close to the end/start of any of above calendars. Each year has a name in the Tamil calendar, and 2012 is called Nandana which means "delight". Finally, John Major Jenkins has discovered (see Galactic Alignment p.74 - 85) that in Islamic and Indian astrology (and Tibetan), that the lunar nodes, which precess around the sky over 18.1 years, are represented as the head and tail of a dragon. The lunar nodes are the points where the sun and moon's orbits intersect, and when an eclipse occurs, the dragon was thought to be eating the sun or moon. According to an Islamic text, when the south lunar node (tail of the dragon), is at exactly three degrees Sagittarius, it is "exalted". This is the exact position of Galactic Centre, and Jenkins points out that although the precise alignment of the Galactic equator with the Solstice sun was in 1998, maybe eclipses could " represent the quicker "second hand" of the precessional clock". There will be a total lunar eclipse on Winter Solstice 2010. So, if Galactic Alignment involving the Sun at the Galactic equator, was the "hour hand" at Winter Solstice 1998, and the lunar eclipse on Winter Solstice 2010 is the "minute hand" when the moon becomes involved, then maybe the "second hand" involves alignment of another body to GC on the Winter Solstice. One degree of precession is 72 years; Winter Solstice 1926 heralded the year 1927, (see below) and was 72 years before Winter Solstice 1998; a sixth of that is 12 years (1998 to 2010); a sixth of that is 2 years (2010 to 2012). So the question is, what celestial body will appear in conjunction with GC on Winter Solstice 2012? Could it be asteroid 2002AU4 or 1999NW2, both due on that day; perhaps a comet or meteor shower, EMP wave appearing as a blue star from Galactic Centre; Nibiru; Planet X /Mercury/Venus; Mars; yet another super-nova in Sagittarius?
Whats New page 4
89. Tracking down the Kalachakra Prophecy
30/11/02
At Whats New item 28 - Kalachakra Prophecy, I had the impression, that Bernbaum's book, The Way to Shambhala had inspired Jose Arguelles to connect 1987 with the Tibetan calendar, revealed in his 1975 book, The Transformative Vision. However, when I got hold of Bernbaum's book, I saw that it was originally published in 1980, (summary at Whats New item 40), so this could not have been Arguelles' source. I finally tracked down a copy of The Transformative Vision , to see if I could see how the Kalachakra Prophecy fits in. As Arguelles recently pointed out in his tribute to the late Tony Shearer, Shearer told him as early as 1969 that the end of the ninth Hell cycle would be in 1987. Shearer's understanding of the "present major cycles of heavens and hells" developed from a conversation with a Mexican Artist called Covarrubias, who had got the information from "a sorceress in the jungle hotlands of Tehuantepec"(p.302). Shearer worked out how the cycles correlated to the Gregorian calendar, and that information is published in his 1971 book, Lord of the Dawn (see special page on this, and why the calculation was wrong). Arguelles simply deferred to Shearer's calculation, which then influenced the creation of the Dreamspell count. This is how the Tibetan Kalachakra connects, according to The Transformative Vision: 1. "In Yeats's chart of the historical cones, the last important date is 1927, which initiates a penultimate series..." (p.226). 2. 1927 was "a curious year, marked by the appearance of an erratic comet, Jungs dream, the invention of radio-television, Buckminster Fullers synergistic revelation, and the publication of Evans-Wentzs popular edition of the seemingly obscure Tibetan Book of the Dead, the Bardo Thodol". (p.226) 3. " There is one other point about the year 1927: it was the first year of the current and last sixtyyear cycle of the Tibetan calendarthe Kalachakra, or Wheel of Time. It seems more than a coincidence that the esoteric knowledge of The Tibetan Book of the Dead was made available to Westerners in the year that began the fateful cycle in which Tibet itself would be destroyed. Since the final Tibetan cycle and the ancient Mexican hell cycle both end in 1987, this year may be the date Yeats did not list in his Historical Cones,... ". (p.227) If the next few paragraphs are too heavy, skip to the next pink paragraph; As we have seen in Whats new item 88 above, Tibet uses the Chinese calendar system of 5 elements combined with 12 animals, to give a 60-year cycle, the Rab-byung, and in both Chinese and Tibetan systems, 1986 was the year of the Fire-Tiger. Most sources agree that the year Fire-Tiger
Whats New page 4
started on 9 February 1986 and ended on 28 January 1987 in China. In the Chinese version, the 60year cycle begins with a Wood Rat year, but the Tibetan calendar started in 1027, when the Kalachakra teachings were introduced to Tibet, and this was the 4th year of the Chinese 60-year cycle; the year Fire Rabbit (or Fire Hare). So the Tibetan 60-year cycle starts 3 years after the Chinese 60-year cycle. "Chinese and Tibetan new years, however, do not always coincide. This is because each of these calendar systems has its own mathematical formulas (formulae) for adding leap-months and for determining the start and length of each month" (The Berzin Archives). In 1986, the year Fire-Tiger started on 9 February in Tibetan AND Chinese systems, but the following year, Fire Rabbit began on 28th January 1987 in China and 28th February 1987 in Tibet. While the previous* 60-year Chinese cycle ended on February 1st 1984, and the current 27th (some say 78th) Chinese cycle began on 2 February 1984; in the Tibetan version, the 60-year cycle that ended in 1986/87 was the 16th 60-year cycle since the Tibetan calendar started in 1027, with the introduction of the Kalachakra teachings. So far, so good. However, Arguelles claimed that 1987 would mark not only the end of the 16th 60-year cycle, but that this was the "final Tibetan cycle". I can find no corroboration for this, other than on sites devoted to Arguelles' Dreamspell. On the contrary, the Tibetan New Year that began on February 28 1987 was the first year in the 17th 60-year Tibetan cycle. (*not the last since that could be misinterpreted as final ) To complicate matters further, there are 3 kinds of Tibetan New Year; the Losar; the Kalachakra and the Elemental, and some say the Kalachakra calendar concept described in the original teachings has not been followed properly, with the result that it has fallen away from the tropical year by 22-23 days. The dates above are all the official, or Losar new Year; the Kalachakra New Year starts on the 12th April (first point of Aries, using the sidereal zodiac). The Elemental new year is the first day of the new moon of the 11th lunar month of the previous year. The upshot of all this, when applied to the current discussion of a connection between the Tibetan and Mayan calendars is as follows: Four possible Tibetan New year dates for Fire Rabbit 1986/1987, and four possible Tibetan New Year dates for Water Dragon 2011/2012: Losar: Elemental: February 28 1987; December 1 1986 ; February 21 2012 December 24 2011
Whats New page 4
Kalachakra:
April 12 1987;
April 12 2012 March 20 2012
Corrected Kalachakra: March 20 1987;
On the special page about Tony Shearer's calculations for the end of the nine Hells, (called "Harmonic Convergence" by Arguelles), the study generated 10 dates in 1986/1987 and 11 dates in 2011/2012. Here are the other generated dates:
EVENT haabs Beginning of year 1 Reed Landing of Cortes (1) DATE (corr# 584283) 9 Calendar Rounds (Hells) later plus 25
25 January 1519 (JD) 13 March 1519 (JD)
13 October 1986 29 November 1986 20 December 1986
7 October 2011 23 November 2011 14 December
Landing of Cortes (2) (13 April Greg) 3 April 1519 (JD) 2011 Landing of Cortes (3) Teotitlan Calendar Round Tikal Calendar Round Cortes meets Montezuma (1) Cortes meets Montezuma (2) Cortes meets Montezuma (3) 2012 21 April 1519 (JD) 13 June 1519 (JD) 15 July 1544 (JD) 16 August 1519 (JD) 22 August 1519 (JD) 8 November 1519 (JD)
7 January 1987 1 March 1987 2 April 2012 4 May 1987 10 May 1987 27 July 1987
1 January 2012 23 February 2012
27 April 2012 3 May 2012 20 July
Cortes meets Montezuma (4) theoretical (28 November 1519) August 16/17 1987 2012 "Terminal day"of 1 Reed September 2012 19th January 1520 (JD) 27 September 1987
August 9/10
20
Whats New page 4
CONCLUSION
Out of all these dates, I note that the Tikal 52-year Calendar Round (2 April 2012), occurs only 10 days before the Kalachakra New Year above, and 13 days after the corrected Kalachakra New Year above. Perhaps more significant; the Teotitlan 52-year Calendar Round occurred in 1987, (1 March 1987), which is 9 Calendar Rounds (Hell cycles) after June 1519 - a date between the landing of Cortes and his meeting with Montezuma (Moctezuma). Exactly 25 haabs of 365 days later, (23 February 2012), the Teotitlan New Year occurs only 2 days after the Tibetan Losar New Year, which, although it is calculated by the Moon, happens to be EXACTLY 9125 days, or 25 haabs of 365 days, after the last day of the 16th Rab-byung, or Tibetan 60-year cycle, on 27 February 1987. Arguelles' Harmonic Convergence was based on Shearer's calculation, with a 117-day discrepancy (Harmonic Convergence should have been on 4 May 1987, based on a meeting with Montezuma on August 22 1519), or a 221-day discrepancy based on a 21 April 1519 landing date, as implied in The Transformative Vision, (p.11-12):
"...Good Friday, April 21, 1519, corresponded in the Mexican calendar to the day Ce Acatl (One Reed), dedicated to the principal god/hero of the ancient Mexicans, Quetzalcoatl. Furthermore, the ancient Mexican seers had prophesied that this particular day would mark the end of a heaven period consisting of thirteen 52-year cycles and the beginning of a major hell period consisting of nine 52-year cycles, or 468 years".
See special page about Tony Shearer's calculations for explanation
However, since Shearer's information originated in Tehuantepec, and the Tehuantepec river is just South of Oaxaca, and the Teotitlan area is just North of Oaxaca, we could re-state the facts as follows;
The landing of Cortes at Veracruz occurred in the spring of 1519, which corresponded to the year Ce Acatl (One Reed), dedicated to the principal god/hero of the ancient Mexicans, Quetzalcoatl. Furthermore, the ancient Mexican seers had prophesied that this particular year would mark the end of a heaven period consisting of thirteen 52-year cycles and the beginning of a major hell period consisting of nine 52-year cycles, or 468 years. However, various districts of Mexico followed different variations of the 52-year cycle, and there is only one that ended in 1519. This is known as the Teotitlan Calendar Round, and the day 2 Reed, (2 Acatl / 2 Ben) June 13th (JD) 1519, marked the beginning of nine 52-year cycles that would terminate on 1 March 1987 (GD), the end of 9 Teotitlan "hells". On this day, a 25-haab cycle of Purification would begin, ending on February 23rd 2012, which is just 2 days after the Tibetan Losar New Year. The Tibetan calendar started in 1027 with the arrival of the Kalachakra teachings, and the sixteenth sixty-year Rab-byung cycle of the calendar ended on February 28th, 1987 - just 2 days before the end of the nine Teotitlan "hell" cycles. Amazingly, although the Losar New Year is governed by the lunar cycle, if we add twenty-five
Whats New page 4
365-day haabs to the end of the sixteenth 60-year Rab-byung cycle in 1987, we arrive at the Losar New Year in 2012, which occurs on 21st February 2012, two days before the end of the Teotitlan-timed Purification period.
There is actually another significant fact about 1927 that Arguelles missed: The "21st king" of Shambhala assumed power in 1927, but some lamas believe this is actually the 25th (=32nd overall) and last king who is ruling now ( 32 x 100 years after Buddha's death). This last King will be the 10th and final incarnation of Vishnu who will return to vanquish Evil, put an end to the Age of Discord, and inaugurate the Golden Age. The Hindu name for this king is Kalki, while the Tibetan name is Rudra Cakrin, and in the Golden Age, which will last at least 1000 years, there will be no more work or fighting, and our lifespan will increase to 800 years (see Whats New item 40).
90. 9/11 resonation with WWII on Time Wave Zero

30/11/02
Time Wave Zero, the time wave generated from the I Ching (see item 17) purports to show the ingression of novelty into spacetime, so Zyzygyz, the founder of the Time Wave Zero 2012 discussion group, looked for resonances on the wave, following the 9/11 tragedy, but found nothing particularly significant at first. Then, another member, Carthellea suggested he looked at the beginning of World War II. Using the Watkins number set*, he found that there was a visual resonance between the Nazi invasion of Poland on 1st September 1939, and the attack on the USA on 11th September 2001.
Peter Meyer, who developed the software for the wave, had calculated a fourth number set based on the I Ching arrangement of Huang Ti (*the original Time Wave was based on the Kelley set; following the Watkins Objection this was superceded by the Watkins set; then the wave was re-calculated as the Sheliak set - see item 17 ). He had become disillusioned with the Time Wave and introduced the Huang Ti wave as a means to test the theory. This Huang Ti number set was included on the final version of the software (version 7.10, 1999 - now withdrawn from sale). He reasoned that Huang Ti was an earlier emperor than King Wen, so his arrangement should be just as valid if not more so than that of King Wen. However, (as Zyzygyz discovered), some sources say Huang Ti predated King Wen and other sources say King Wen came first.
When Zyzygyz mentioned this to Peter Meyer, it got him interested again, and he took a look himself and pointed out that there was an exact resonance using the Huang Ti numbers and the 23rd December 2012** end date. The resonance is also exact using the 21st December 2012 end date, but both dates are on the bottom of a large novelty spike when the end-date is set for the 23rd.
Whats New page 4
In the time wave chart below, set for end-date 21 December 2012, you can see the small vertical line from graphed line to baseline, that shows the pattern of the wave for 11th September 2001. If the chart set for end-date 23 December 2012**, then the graph shape is identical, but September 11th aligns with the long spike that is touching the baseline (novelty increases the nearer the wave gets to the baseline).
In the chart below, also set for end date 21 December 2012, you can see the pattern of the wave for the invasion of Poland on 1st September 1939. As you can see, it is identical to the pattern for 9/11 above. As above, if the chart is set for end-date 23rd December 2012**, then 1st September 1939 aligns with the novelty spike.
Whats New page 4
** 23rd December 2012 is the second most popular end-point for the 13-baktun cycle, and is known as the Lounsbury correlation, the 584285 correlation, or the GMT3.
This resonance is brought further into focus by the forthcoming (2 December 2002) publication of the Michael Drosnin's new book, Bible Code II: The Countdown, which shows on the cover, the 9/11 code discovered in the Bible. In the Bible code (p.105), Drosnin had already found "1939"; "World War"; "A. Hitler"; and "Nazi" encoded in the same place, and the year 2012 was encoded with "comet", "earth annihilated" and "It will be crumbled, I will tear to pieces"- see item 10.
91. Venus-Pleiades Conjunction
30/11/02
At item 41, Raymond Mardycks had said "Venus returns to the same area of the sky every 8 years, and each time, is getting nearer and nearer to the Pleiades". He pointed out that in 1972, Venus was 1 degree from Alcyone, the central star of the Pleiades, but in 2012, Venus will be right next to Alcyone. Venus and the Pleiades were both very prominent in the Maya time-keeping systems, so I decided to investigate, using the free trial Cybersky software. The first thing I discovered was that Venus is very close to Alcyone in 2012 (3 April 2012 14:00:00):
Whats New page 4
Then I realized that this was connected to the retrograde loops of Venus, which are discussed in detail in the review of the Orion Prophecy. I went back 1199 years; the time it takes for the entire Venus pentagram to get back to its start point. This took me to the year 813 AD (13th March 813):
However, further research showed that the 1199-year cycle of Venus' proximity to the Pleiades runs from 837 AD to 2036 AD. Here is the position in 837 AD (15th March 837 AD 21:13: 14):
Whats New page 4
...and Venus moved further away from the Pleiades every 8 years, remaining closer to Alcyone than its 2012 position until the year 853 AD. Here is the position of Venus in 2036 AD (4th April 2036 AD):
The conclusion is that in 2012, although Venus will be closer to Alcyone than it has been since about 853 AD (1159 years), it continues to get closer to Alcyone until 2036 AD, so the conjunction does not seem to be overly significant in 2012 after all.
92. Near-Death Experience and 2012
31/12/02
I have recently discovered several apparently independent accounts in which people undergoing a near death experience or NDE, have been given access to information about 2012. The most detailed account I found is that of Cassandra Musgrave, of which a brief version can be found here (and duplicated here). A more detailed account can be found at this site, from which the following is quoted:
Whats New page 4
Cassandra Musgrave's NDE Revelations For Cassandra Musgrave, the odyssey into the hereafter began one bright summer day. She says, "I feel that my near-death experience was a real gift. I feel it was a real blessing. It really awakened me. I was water skiing in Northern California and when I fell down by some freak accident, the rope twisted around my left arm and dragged me behind the boat. And I found myself being pulled at a very rapid speed and unable to get any air. And my friends, who were goofing off, didnt stop the boat because they werent paying any attention." As she began to drown, Cassandra remembers entering into a kind of dream-like state she feels was the beginning of her near-death experience. "All of a sudden, I was out of my body watching myself being pulled along and thinking This is really incredible. This is really quite amazing. On an inner level, I was being pulled through a very dark tunnel. I didnt feel afraid at all. All of a sudden, found myself coming into a wide open space with stars all around like out in the universe." It was in this cosmic emptiness that Cassandra claims to have received prophecy. "Basically, I saw that there was a 20 year period from 1992 to 2012. Things will be greatly accelerated on earth. All these things will be manifest by great earth changes: earthquakes, floods, tidal waves, great winds. I also saw there were certain areas that would be particularly affected the areas of the east coast, which will be surprised regarding earthquakes. I remember very clearly Japan slipping into the ocean. I was shown there was going to be something akin to 3 days of darkness. I dont feel it is from a nuclear war. To me, it was more of a feeling of natural earth disasters with smoke from volcanoes that would block the sun. We are all going to be on a roller-coaster ride, and yet it is not forever. If we have darkness for 3 days, it will pass. We will always have the light."
A general summary of the visions of near-death-experiencers can be found at Near-Death.com, and includes Cassandra's vision as part of an overview. Dannion Brinkley's NDE Dannion Brinkley is a more famous case, since he had an NDE that lasted 28 minutes. This is the longest clinically documented NDE ever recorded. His experiences during these 28 minutes are related in great detail in his best seller, Saved by the Light, but briefly: On September 17, 1975, Dannion Brinkley was talking on the phone during a thunderstorm. A bolt of lightning hit the phone line, sending thousands of volts of electricity into his head and down his body. His heart stopped, and he died, but in the process, he had a near-death experience. When Brinkley revived in the morgue after twenty-eight minutes of death, he had an incredible story to tell.
Whats New page 4
At MikePettigrew.com, we can find details of Brinkley's story. Briefly, he found himself floating above his body, went down a spiralling tunnel into a bright light where he was approached by a bright silver being that radiated love. He then re-experienced his life (which had been one full of aggression, including a spell in the marines). He judged himself, feeling the pain he had caused others and also the positive affects he had caused. he was taken to a crystalline city of light. He saw a group of 13 beings representing the signs of the zodiac and a being that presided over the other 12. Dannion was approached by each one of these beings with what looked like a small box. Each time this happened the box opened up to reveal what looked like a small TV screen. Scenes showing events from the future appeared on the screen that would grow in size until Dannion found himself inside the scene. These were major world events that would take place in the future. There were over 300 of these scenes, 117 of these were Major world events that Dannion was told would take place in the future (1975 to 2012). Dannion was immersed in events ranging from the nuclear accident at Chernobyl, the break-up of the former Soviet Union, the Gulf War, changes to our Earth's climate, breakthroughs in technology and many other things. Now (in 2002) about 100 of these very specific global events have already occurred. After getting instructions for the building of special centres, Brinkley was sent back to his body which had already been issued with a death certificate, and was cold and covered in a sheet (and, in this version, just about to be taken to the morgue). Following alot of pain and paralysis, Dannion found he had telepathic and precognitive powers. His predictions are said to be coming to pass with astounding accuracy; 95 of the 117, according to one source. Regarding 2012, when asked by an interviewer, How bad will it get, Dannion? He replied; Or how good will it get? I think it will get really bad geographically, and topographically but
in spiritual consciousness it is going to grow in leaps and bounds. Oh, I wouldn't miss it for the world! This earth is changing as the entire universe is changing because between 2004 and 2014, more precisely between 2011 and 2012 , we will experience the return of an energy system that existed here a long time ago. You can call it a spiritually uplifting consciousness, the Second Coming, or the birth of the Aquarian Age.
On another page at the same site, he is also quoted as follows:

In closing, this is my hope rather than a prophetic prediction: as all the earth changes, both subtle and massive come to pass, one by one, and most especially with the occurrence of the electro-magnetic polar earth shift (between 2012-2014) I hope we all will seize the opportunities for growth which will undoubtedly present themselves to promote our inner development of spiritual virtues.
Phyllis Atwater's NDEs Phylis Atwater (also known as PMH Atwater), underwent three NDEs, and a kundalini experience. As a result, she became a researcher into near-death experiences (and author of 8 books ). In her research into child NDEs, she found that many of the children were reporting predictions of Earth
Whats New page 4
changes and she has correlated the timing of the culmination of these to December 2012, which she says will not only be the start of the Mayan Fifth World, but also the start of the "fifth root race". Jackie's NDE An Australian woman called Jackie, who experienced 2 NDEs in 1979, says that she received an important message from the angels, but couldnt quite remember what it was. Ever since, shes been looking for cues to jog her memory. While attending a Vancouver NDE conference, she got the cue she needed during a talk by PMH Atwater, following which she said, "Its all come back. It started yesterday in the experiencers session. Then this morning I already knew everything that woman said!" In her talk she informed us that NDErs are in effect Gods new chosen people. Theyre sent back to life with extraordinary powers to pave the way for the consciousness revolution that will transmute our planet beginning in 2012. Pam Reynolds' NDE Another source says that a woman called Pam Reynolds of Atlanta, Georgia, also had a near-death experience involving a vision of 2012: This happened about ten years ago when she was dying from a brain tumor...She saw future events like earth changes and a breakthrough in physics and a consciousness change near 2012. She didn't see the end of the world, just changes. Ken Kalb's NDE Finally, Ken Kalb's book, The Grand Catharsis, was based on a lucid vision gained during a near death experience in 1969. "It is a history of consciousness from 1987 to 2012 weaving together many bodies of knowledge to focus on the real issues for the new millennium".
93. More on the Bible Code
31/12/02
Michael Drosnin's best-seller, the Bible Code (see item 10), describes a computer program that was designed to generate a variety of skip codes and apply them to the original Hebrew version of the Torah. The code predicted the assassination of Israel's President Yitzhak Rabin, and the encoding was found, with the year of assassination, over a year before it actually happened. For
Whats New page 4
2012, the Bible code predicted the impact of a comet with the Earth, and that it would be "crumbled", which could mean Earth being showered with the pieces, or that they miss the Earth due to the disintegration. Further exploration of the Bible Code by Joseph Noah in his book Future Prospects of the World according to the Bible Code revealed that the 9/11 tragedy was also encoded in the book of Exodus, along with the name Bin Laden. He goes on to find an explanation for the symbolism of the book of Revelation, finding that the 7 seals are the 7 years from 2005 to 2012 ( Hebrew years start in September, so that means September 2005 to September 2012). He also finds that Mars' moon, Phobos* will be hit by an American missile in 2010, and break into seven pieces. The seven break up further into ten pieces - these are the seven heads and ten horns of the Book of Revelation.** Three of these ten collide with the USA in 2010. Three more hit Russia in 2011, and three more hit China in 2012. The final asteroid (Wormwood of St. John's Revelation) will hit the Gulf of Arabia in 2012, resulting in a world axis shift of 25 degrees, the submergence of Japan***, the Philippines and the West coast of the USA.
"Third and ending pole shift expected in 2012" - one of 5 slides featuring 2012
*Gordon Michael Scallion said in his book, Notes From the Cosmos (1997) that he had seen
Whats New page 4
Phobos loosened from its orbit (see item 30), and Glen Deen actually precicted its arrival in September 2012, on 18th September, (see Whats new item 4) which is Rosh Hashannah, or Judgement Day in the Hebrew calendar. However, Deen predicted this by working from a presumed "loosening" date of June 5 2000 - not 2010...and he has since said it was loosened in 2001, rather than 2000. Glen Deen now says Planet X could impact Mercury circa March 2,
2012 and Mercury could impact Venus circa June 6 2012, resulting in a rendezvous of Venus/Mercury with Earth on 11th December 2012.
**Elliot Rudisill, in his book E.Din sees the 7 heads as one celestial body - Leviathan - and the 10 heads as another - Behemoth - more on this soon... ***Note that Cassandra Musgrave also saw Japan slip into the sea in 2012, in her NDE revelation in Whats New item 92 above. I'm still reading Drosnin's follow-up, Bible Code II: The Countdown, which is an excellent read, but only goes up to 2006, since that is the predicted date for World War III.
94. Cosmic Locusts
31/12/02
There is an excellent new novel called Cosmic Locusts: The 2012 Convergence of Nostradamian, Mayan and Biblical Prophecy by Joel J. Keene, who wrote the book following a series of synchronicities. Joel's birth date is, astrologically, on the cusp of Scorpio and Sagittarius, which is the celestial position of Galactic Centre, and even more accurately, the Galactic equator. When he heard that the 13-baktun cycle of the Maya was designed to terminate at the point when the winter solstice sun converges on this very point, in 2012, and concurrently found that the Biblical book of Joel, (which is his name), seems to describe Earth's future passage through the tail of a comet, Joel became aware of a clustering of more synchronicities around himself. He started to write it all down in a fictional format, because it was all so incredible, but like Robert Anton Wilson, when he wrote the fact-based but fictional Illuminatus trilogy, Joel found that the synchronicities were continuing. For example, he had written of a 2012-convergence of a burst of energy from Galactic Centre, and the return of the shattered remains of a comet, only to find that astro-physicist Paul LaViolette had already said that we are overdue for a burst of energy from Galactic Centre, and connected it with the Mayan end-point (see item 48 and Whats New item 84), and that dendrochronologist, Mike Baillie has found evidence that an ancient shattered comet became associated with the mythology of the Birth of Venus, (Quetzalcoatl) which is also associated with the start of the 13-Baktun cycle (see Whats New item 23). Then he found in Ray Stanford's book, The Fatima Prophecy, that the famous series of prophecies of the end-times given to the children at Fatima, spoke of the birth of the planet Venus being responsible for the ascension of mankind.
Whats New page 4
Joel knew nothing about 2012:Dire Gnosis until I brought his attention to it in an email, and he
said.. "..I slapped my head upon seeing and hearing your home page. I was stupefied by how many similar
topics there are to what is in my book".
If you like 2012:Dire Gnosis, check out Cosmic Locusts - more info. at the the 2012 Books page.
95. Amnesia & the Echo Circle
31/12/02
I have recently read Nick Armstrong's booklet, Gods in Amnesia (Nick runs the 2012 Unlimited site, based in Australia). It (the site and the booklet) is a mix of the theories of Jose Arguelles, Greg Braden, David Icke, Drunvalo Melchizedek and other New Age characters. There are a few typos in the book, e.g. "Earth's 356 day calendar" (p.4), and the Mayan day-sign "Akbak" instead of Akbal (p.9), precession is called procession, (p.30) and as you might expect, Arguelles' Dreamspell is taken to be the genuine calendar of the Maya. It actually gets more irritating than this, as other New age views are said to be Mayan prophecies, for example; "The Mayans say that by 2012 we will have moved beyond time and money and will no longer need a calendar." (p.30) "The Mayan calendar prophecy says we are going beyond time and technology." (p.53) "The Mayan calendar and prophecies say we are approaching galactic synchronisation..." (p.57) "The Mayans say the Fifth World finished in 1987 with the Harmonic Convergence..." (p.71) Most of these statements should read, "Jose Arguelles says...", or "Drunvalo says...". The same sort of misinformation is being spread by the followers of Carl Calleman, who are now saying things like this; "Information now being released by the Maya indicates that 2012 may not
be quite right. According to these teachings, the end of the Mayan Calendar is actually October 28, 2011." Here, where it says Maya it should say Calleman.
The cover of the booklet shows a replica of the Aztec Sunstone (to see the original, click here), and on the first page, (p.4) Nick declares that "the front cover features the famous Mayan/Aztec Tzolkin calendar wheel". This is wrong. The wheel depicts the 20 day signs of the Aztecs, and they are closely related to the 20 day-signs of the Maya. The signs can be seen in a ring surrounding the
Whats New page 4
central panel. However, the Tzolkin consists of 13 numbers combined with the 20 signs, to make a 260-day sacred calendar. While this may arguably be depicted on the Sunstone, (promised article coming sometime); to say that the Sunstone is the Tzolkin is very misleading. The Sunstone shows many other cycles, the most famous of which are the 5 Suns in the centre. On p. 14 we are told that "the Mayan calendar finishes at 2012" ..."on December 22nd 2012", but on p. 30 we are told that the "Procession of the Equinoxes" completes "on December 23rd 2012". We are also told on p. 30 that "The last cycle started in 3113 BC", but this is also an error, because the start year was actually 3114 BC, or in astronomer's notation, the year -3113. These might seem like negligible errors to some people, but they lead to much confusion later on, when the calendrical systems are studied in detail. This 3113 BC error is one made by Arguelles in the Mayan Factor, and still being quoted everywhere, so if you're computing dates, they could end up being 1 year out. On p. 30, Nick tells us; "My understanding is that on December 23rd 2012 the ecliptic or plain of our solar system will line up with the Hunab Ku or centre of the galaxy, the Milky Way." On p. 57, Nick says more definitely that "synchronisation will be achieved by the year 2012 when the solar system lines up with the centre of the Milky Way galaxy." Unfortunately, this is not quite right either, since it is the winter solstice meridian that is aligning with the galactic equator or plane, and this alignment was most accurate in 1998, according to astronomers (the celestial area where we observe this is the point where the ecliptic crosses the galactic equator). However, since the sun is half a degree wide, it will continue to align with the galactic equator on winter solstice until about 2018. The crossing-point of the ecliptic and galactic equator is very close to galactic centre, and is exactly where we thought GC was, before advanced instruments told us it is actually a little below the ecliptic. We now know that, astronomically, the winter solstice sun will be slightly closer to GC in 200 years time (see Jenkins' MC2012 p.113), but the time when the winter solstice meridian crosses the galactic equator is an event that includes the year 2012 (see Jenkins' The True Alignment Zone for more). He also speaks of the "Procession of the Equinoxes around the central sun, Alcyone" (p.32), and this is obviously a misunderstanding, since Alcyone is the central star of the Pleiades, which are in the constellation of Taurus, and Taurus is one of the 12 zodiac signs that lie on the ecliptic, through which the Sun's equinox meridian precesses over approximately 26,000 years. So Alcyone can't be at the centre of the circle and also on the perimeter. Having taken all this into account, it was quite a surprise to find, in Nick's biography at the end of the book, that he has produced a documentary called "Understanding the Mayan calendar". Misunderstanding would be better. Anyway, Gods In Amnesia has got an interesting section, about an "Echo Wheel" which sounds very similar to the Cherokee Calendar wheel described by Dan Troxell (see Whats New item 78).
Whats New page 4
Click on the picture to read the Echo wheel article. The whole article is reproduced on Nick's site, and you can read it by clicking on this picture. The general gist is that the 13 Heaven & 9 Hell cycles of 52 years each, that we have discussed alot recently, are arranged in a circle, or cycle, adding to 22 x 52 = 1144 years. The idea is that there is a kind of resonance formed across the wheel, at durations of 572 years. However, I didn't find it very convincing. For example, there is said to be resonance between 1207 AD and 1779 AD because in 1207, "the Confederacy of Mayapan was crystallised", and in 1779: " Declaration of Independence day on fourth of July. (May require slight adjustment to 1776)." Say no more. Nick relates this wheel to the Sunstone, with absolutely no explanation apart from saying that the triangular pointer (above the head of the central deity, Tonatiuh), "represents 1935, when Hitler marched into Poland." Wrong again! Hitler invaded Poland 4 years after this, on September 1st 1939. The reason this is interesting is not because I think Nick Armstrong is onto something, but because I'm wondering if Dan Troxell got his idea for the Cherokee calendar wheel from 2012 Unlimited (see Whats New item 78). The second page on Cherokee Calendar wheels was nowhere to be found, when I looked at the site in September, so I emailed Dan Troxell, who told me on September 16th that it would be online within a week. The second enquiry, in October, produced no response. It is still absent.
Whats New page 4
96. 83-year cycles
(pink = update)
31/1/03
In a book called Riding the Wild Orb, Roger L. Jewell describes how, in his work as a professional forester, he started to investigate the recurrence of serious forest fires and found that they seemed to recur approximately every 20 years, and were more extreme every 60 years. Jupiter and Saturn conjunctions occur every 19.85 years, says Jewell, and form a triangle in the sky over 60 years, returning close to their position 60 years earlier. Thus, every 60 years, when the Saturn/ Jupiter conjunction combines with summer in the northern hemisphere, drought conditions prevail, and fires become more prevalent. Jewell calls this Jupiter/Saturn/drought situation "Reality A". Another planetary cycle, the synodic period of Venus (between successive retrograde loops, or when Earth "overtakes" Venus), averages out at around 584 days, and 8 of these are exactly 5 haabs (365-day years), forming a pentagram in the sky. Jewell points out that 13 of these synodic periods of Venus equals 20.75 years (he actually uses 583 days), and this period contains 20 lunations per period, or 13 x 20 = 260 altogether! Thus, the 20.75-year period can be mapped on a Mayan Tzolkin (which usually represents 20 day signs with 13 number variations, to give the 260day sacred calendar, but has also been used to map the 13 baktuns of 20 katuns each that make up the 13-baktun cycle). After 4 of these 20.75-year periods, or a total of 52 synodic Venus cycles, exactly 83 years has passed. Jewell says that during the Venus retrograde loops, (or "Venus conjunctions"), the atmospheric temperature of Earth rises. Jewell calls this Venus loop/high temperature situation "Reality B". Next, Jewell realized that "To our amazement, Jupiter also appears to be in the same place in the sky every 20.75 years" (p.45), and after exactly 83 years, it reappears in the same part of the sky, on the same day of the year; (see here for independent corroboration). So, if the Venus/Jupiter conjunction occurred on a summer solstice, the next one would be on a spring equinox 20.75 years later, and the following one on winter solstice after another 20.75 years, and then the autumn equinox, and finally, after 83 years, it would recur again on summer solstice. Jewell calls this Venus/Jupiter conjunction/summer solstice situation "Reality B and A together". On summer solstice, June 21 1991, Jewell witnessed a conjunction of "the new sliver of a moon, Venus, and Jupiter". Exactly 20.75 years later, he says, is spring equinox, "March 21st, 2012" (p.6). Spring equinox 2012 will actually be on 20th March, but anyway, he is very vague about exactly what this all means for 2012. Jewell says, after John White's book, Pole Shift, that a forthcoming magnetic pole shift may be triggered by Earth passing out of a band of magneticallycharged space, into a "null zone", and " this would act much as a solenoid does in electrical switches", (p.107), to cause a geomagnetic reversal. This is a kind of reversed version of Dmitriev's Plasma band (see What New item 128). He also quotes (p.85) from a paper called Sunspot cycles, are they caused by Venus, Earth and Jupiter Syzygies? by Jean-Pierre Desmoulins, which recognises that the 83-year cycle is related to sunspot cycle maximums, and as we know, the next solar max is
Whats New page 4
now due in 2012. We are left to wonder how the March 21st 2012 date fits in, except that possibly the coincidence of the sunspot maximum in 2012 with the 20.75-year (83-year) Venus/Jupiter conjunction ("Reality B and A combined"), may cause a serious drought. However, Jewell predicted this for autumn equinox 2010 (p.60). Roger Jewell has e-mailed me to say that my original impression from "the confusion evident in pages 103-108" was wrong (i.e. my impression that the solenoid-type trigger to a pole shift in 2012 would be a magnetic field variation caused by the combined positions of Venus and Jupiter). Anyway, when we take a closer look, and use the more exact figure for synodic Venus cycles 583.96 days, multiply it by 52, to arrive at the 83-year period, we actually get a period of 83 years plus 50 days! The author realizes that it doesn't really work out, and so it all gets a bit vague and he starts channeling "Mr B.", who tells us, almost at the end of the book, that the 8-year Venus pentagram is an exact pentagram, and that the "error" is caused by human perception. In other words, after the 8-year (2920-day) period, when Venus repeats its loop against the same area of sky where it happened 8 years previously, the approximate 2.4 degree difference in position is down to all humanity being cross-eyed! (See diagrams in Orion Prophecy review for clarification). A quick look at astronomical software ( Cybersky ) reveals that while Venus and Jupiter were close on summer solstice June 21st 1991, the "sliver of a moon" was nowhere near them! In fact, the Moon was past the half-moon stage on the solstice, and Mars was in conjunction with Venus and Jupiter. The first slither of the new Moon had appeared on the 13th, and met up with Mars, Venus and Jupiter on the 15th. On spring equinox March 20th 2012, Venus will be near Jupiter, but closest around the 13th. So, while the book raises some interesting points, it is also liberally splattered with codswallop. In his email reply to this review, Roger Jewell says he didn't predict the magnetic reversal for 2012. Despite the section of the book called "The Mayan Clock" where he mentions March 21st 2012 and conjunctions of Venus and Jupiter, (p.6-7), and the section called "Rhythms of the Sky, the Mayan Calendar", (p.42-49), in which he plays with Mayan numbers and the Tzolkin, and the cycles of Venus and Jupiter, all he actually predicts for 2012 is: " In 2012, we can expect a very dry spring in the grain belt of the USA. Rain may come in late June to save the season, but the real drought will just be beginning. It will reach its maximum with an extremely hot dry year in 2020."
See Roger Jewell's comments on this review (before pink additions)
97. OOBEs (OBEs) and 2012

31/1/03
Whats New page 4
Christopher Bache "is a professor of philosophy at Arizona State University, and does research in self-inducted "Out of Body" (OBE) experiences. In one of his OBEs he was told, by a number of points of light (he assumed they were spirits), that around 2012 the world would go through a global crisis unparalleled in human history (Apocalypse?). They did not tell him what would happen. Because he is a scientific thinker he began look for what this crisis could be". (Click here for the whole article). He has now concluded that it will be an environmental disaster caused by humanity. Coincidentally (or not) 2012 is the target date for the world to get its greenhouse gases under control. This is known as the Kyoto Protocol. Prof. Brache has written 2 books, Dark Night, Early Dawn: Steps to a Deep Ecology of Mind, and Lifecycles: Reincarnation & the Web of Life. If you like the sound of a University degree in Transformation, called Philosophy, Cosmology, and Consciousness, Christopher Bache is on the team, along with Stanislas Grof and David Ulansey, at C.I.I.S. California, USA.
Navajo Indian J. Reuben Silverbird , born blind, up to age 5, learned to travel out of body; At age seven, "just two years after my wonderful miracle of sight, I had another, most horrifying
vision that will remain with me until the day the Creator decides I am ready to go to the
mountain and join my dear parents, Sun Bear and Thomas Banyanca. The experience conceived the year 2012 and my death and bringing back to life by a spiritual, almost Holy
Stranger. This story and the one about my blindness is too long and will be a part of my book "Spiritual Healing Words of Wisdom".
Click here for the whole article
98. Behemoth and Leviathan
31/1/03
E.Din Land of Righteousness is a massive work by El a.k.a. Elliott Rudisill, with over 350 pages of very small print. The author has used not only the Bible, but the Dead Sea Scrolls, the Book of Enoch, the Book of Jubilees, and other apocryphal works, combined with the works of Zecharia Sitchin, to form his interpretation of human history. He also lists the Popol Vuh, Bhagavad Gita, Ramayana, Talmud, Upanishads, Kabbalah and Koran in his list, as well as some of the most influential books on 2012: John Major Jenkins' Maya Cosmogenesis 2012; Arguelles' The Mayan Factor; Gilbert & Cotterell's The Mayan Prophecies; LaViolette's Earth Under Fire; and Ambilac's Giza-Genesis (!). The planet Nibiru is said by the author to have passed through the solar system around 5100 BC,
Whats New page 4
(no reference is given), and is predicted to return around 2012 AD, possibly as the "New Jerusalem" (p.210). The book of Job is analysed in detail, since Job was shown how to survive after his family were killed by a meteor, and it becomes apparent that the 2 "monsters of the deep" Behemoth and Leviathan, mentioned in the book, are actually huge asteroids swimming in the sea of space. Daniel, Psalms, and Enoch all mention these monsters too, and, when crossreferenced with St. John's Revelation, their consistency and route can be surmised. END-TIME SCENARIO By combining the Great Pyramid timeline, the "Enochian Jubilee Calendar", and the 13-baktun cycle of the Maya, the author comes up with a "Galactic Calendar" at the root of them all, (p.282286), and is able to plot an unfolding scenario. That scenario is as follows: Between autumn 2004 and spring 2005, an asteroid/comet will impact the Earth and penetrate the crust (p.344). Then a star will appear in Pisces. This is Leviathan, and its apparent route will be via Cygnus ; Andromeda, Cassiopeia and Perseus; Auriga; Gemini; and Orion (p.267). Around the same time that Leviathan appears in Pisces, Behemoth will travel from the "Southern Constellations" of Hydras; Mensa (Table Mountain); Bird of Paradise, Chameleon, Flying fish, Toucan, Phoenix; Eridanus (The River); Reticulum (The Net); Fornax (The Furnace), up to the end of Eridanus, where it meets Orion (p.268). Since Behemoth is "the one that hides", it may remain hidden until it gets to Orion. Behemoth has "ten horns" and Leviathan has "seven heads", but when they meet in Orion, "somewhere in the middle of 2008 CE" (CE = AD), they combine to become the "seven headed ten horned "Red Dragon" " of the book of Revelation. The Red Dragon is "cast into the pit" around summer solstice 2008 (p.329); or the Leviathan part is, while the Behemoth component by-passes Earth, but returns in 2012 due to being thrown off orbit by the galactic superwave that Paul LaViolette has predicted. Mercury (Archangel Michael) collides with the Red Dragon (Leviathan), and Venus and Jupiter may also be hit, but the Moon will take a severe hammering, and may blow apart, with the pieces hitting Earth along with Leviathan (p.328). Three and a half years later (42 months or 1260 days), Behemoth will return, becoming Osiris reborn, or the reborn First Father of the Maya, (p.329). The galactic superwave will come into view in Sagittarius, where Galactic Centre is located, appearing as a blue star, or the eye of God, "shortly before the winter of 2012 CE" (p.344), and will arrive at the same time as Behemoth and as Nibiru, which will be the "descent of the New Jerusalem"(p.333). THE "GALACTIC CALENDAR" So what is this "Galactic Calendar? The author wanted to find a Hebrew source that supplied independent confirmation of a 2012 "end-point", to connect the Maya 13-baktun cycle end-point with the Judaeo-Christian "Judgement Day" scenario. The "Jubilee calendar" of the Hebrews is certainly ancient, and was thus examined for a possible connection. The Jubilee was originally
Whats New page 4
simply 7 periods of 7 years, making a total of 49, then adding the Jubilee year to make 50, when years were still reckoned by the Moon (354 days long). Later, when solar years were used, the Jubilee period was 49 solar years. See this site for more details. The author - Elliot Rudisill - found a common denominator in the number 5,096, which can be divided by 49 (years in a Jubilee cycle) and 52 (years in a Mayan Calendar Round) as well as 104 (years in a Mayan Venus Round). Thus, the 5,096-year period represents 98 Calendar rounds and 104 Jubilee cycles. Since this 5,096-year period is 29 years shorter than the 5,125-year Mayan 13-baktun cycle, then if it began 29 years after the start of the Mayan cycle, it would terminate in 2012 too (p.284). To check this presumption, Rudisill brings in the "Egyptian calendar built into the Great Pyramid of Giza", by which he must mean the great pyramid timeline, where measurements of "pyramid inches" represent years. Charles Berlitz said that the timeline ended on 17 September 2001 but Peter LeMesurier found prophecies continuing to 3989 AD. Rudisill takes a period of 10 Jubilee cycles - 490 years - and adds it to the date the great pyramid was supposedly built, although he says it wasn't, but "there was an alignment between the stars and the "Great Pyramid" in the year 2623 BCE" (p.284; no reference given) to arrive at 3113 BC (=3114 BC). Then, taking another star alignment date of the pyramid "the last "Pole Star Draconis" and the descending shaft"- 2141 BCE (no ref.) - and counts 482 years between these alignment dates, and continuing on to a full 490-year period (10 Jubilee cycles) leads to the year 2133 BCE. Since God said the Jubilee periods had been neglected (during the sojourn of the Israelites in Egypt), and would not be restored until the Exodus, and some have dated the Exodus at 1437 BCE, and this is 696 years after 2133 BCE, and 696 years is "only 4 years" short of 700 years, which is 100 periods of 7 years, Rudisill says "This calculated "error" I will call it, of 4 years is so close to "exact" we may be seeing the year 1433 BCE as the "actual" year the "Jubilee Calendar" was "re-started". This equates to a time period of 1,680 years from 3113 BCE and 3,445 years to the year 2012 CE." (p.285). In other words, with enough determination, you can make any theory sound plausible, by being sufficiently long-winded and confusing; providing no references, (apart from a bibliography), and no index. In this way, it is very difficult for anyone to check up on your claims, and cause the whole house of cards to come crashing down. ERRORS: Three and a half years (3.5 x 360, or 1260) days after summer solstice 2008 is 3 December 2011, not winter solstice 2012 (p.329), and it seems to have been this timing that led to the placing of 2008 as the impact of Leviathan, working back from 2012; working back from the winter solstice of 2012, would put the impact at 10 July 2009. This kind of error is not acceptable, when your diagrams show (after Ambilac) the timing of the winter solstice event down to a second (12/21/2012 10:18:13) p.278-9; 299-307.
Whats New page 4
Another 40 year error is explained as follows; "This equates to only .004 hundreds in error, closer than the error factor of the "Great Pyramid's" representation of Earth's circumference! " (p.286). When it is calculated, this error (40 years out of 10,290) comes out as 0.38%, which is either ten times less, or a hundred times less than ".004 hundreds", depending on what that means (.004 = 4 thousandths). In a similar way, Ambilac also shot themselves in the foot trying to say how much more accurate they were than the pyramid-builders; see item 39. On p.295 we are told, " Revelation tells us we have a 2.5 million-man army that will conduct a fight here on Earth". However, the only army numbered in Revelation is a 200 million-strong army (Rev.9 v.16). that is 80 times larger, or an error of 800%, and although it doesn't seem to make much difference, since the army is identified as a swarm of meteors, it would be if you'd just survived a storm of 2.5 million meteors, only to be told that it would be the same every day for the next 80 days! On p.307 it says that on one side of the world, Mesoamerica connects to the Galactic centre on the Milky Way, while on the other side of world, Cairo, connects to the point on the Milky Way opposite to Galactic Centre (they connect via astronomy encoded into myth). Okay, but then it continues to say that there is a twelve hour difference between them, so that at 10:18:13 AM in Mexico, while Mexico looks up at the solstice sun, it will be 10:18:13 PM in Egypt, as people there look up at an array of planets in the night sky. We are told, "Both are "exactly" 180 degrees apart from each other", meaning both the Galactic center and Galactic Anticentre; and Cairo and Mexico. While it is true of the celestial locations, it is not true of the terrestrial - Cairo is on 32 degrees longitude, and Mexico city is at 99 degrees longitude - that's not 180 degrees apart, its 131 degrees - that's a 49 degree error! Also, 10:18:13 AM in Mexico equals 18:18:13 PM in Cairo, not 22:18:13 - an error of 4 hours, in which time the sky changes completely. CONCLUSION The theory of Leviathan and Behemoth as celestial bodies like asteroids or dead binary stars was an interesting idea, but there is too much waffle, too many huge errors and too little in the way of references. UPDATE: The author has commented on this review here; and the errors here; he has posted the review here.
99. Smelyakov update
31/1/03
In Whats new item 27, I mentioned David Wilcock's references to the work of Dr. Alexey Dmitriev, in his paper Planetophysical State of the Earth and Life which analyses the increasing
Whats New page 4
solar system changes, and concludes that the solar system is passing through a magnetised band of plasma. This Russian source of information has now been acknowledged by Professor James M. McCanney who has been working since the 1970s to find the scientific basis to Immanuel Velikovsky's theory ( see item 35). His Plasma Discharge Comet Model includes an analysis of the solar changes and changes to the planets, and finds that the approach of Planet X is responsible (Planet X is the astronomer's term for an as yet un-named planet, that has been sought beyond Pluto), but his description does sound like Nibiru (see item 35). McCanney is the first scientist to agree on the existence an incoming planet, and says it will appear some time in the next 10 years (i. e. by 2012-2013), but may arrive as early as May 2003. If so, it will be visible in February from New Zealand. Unbelievably, May 2003 is the time predicted for the arrival of Nibiru by the Zeta Talk site, who got the information by channeling Zeta reticulans, but McCanney distances himself from them ( I have already exposed some misinformation on the Zeta Talk site in Whats New item 64). However, there is now a third possible culprit that is causing these changes, according to a Russian professor. Sergey Smelyakov, who is a professor of mathematics at Kharkov University, (Ukraine, Russia), came up with an interesting theory called The Auric Time Scale and The Mayan Factor (see Whats New item 66) but based it on a start date given by Jose Arguelles which was over a year in error. He had to re-write the theory as a result, but wrote an exclusive summary (Astrological Roots and Forecasting of Some Acute World Trends for the Current Epoch) of the updated theory for 2012: Dire Gnosis. He has just completed the first 2 issues of a 5-part mega-theory that includes The Auric Time Scale, and in Issue 2 part 3 - paragraph 3.3), he mentions that the star
Eta Carinae shows all the signs of going "hypernova", which is hundreds of times more powerful than a supernova. This is predicted for July 2003. Paragraph 3.5 introduces The Auric Time Scale, but part 3 will present the revised theory in a chapter called THE GOLDEN SECTION OF TIME IN SPACE AND HISTORY. It will be posted here soon. The 5-Issue mega-theory contents page is here:
THE PREDICTED UNKNOWN - A DECADE OF VOLTEFACE
100. Will Hart's Venus Transit Theory
31/1/03
At item 41, it was mentioned that every 120 years, a Transit of Venus occurs (in a pair, 8 years apart), in which Venus passes across the sun, and that a pair of these transits are scheduled for 2004 and 2012. One researcher, Will Hart, remarks that since some sources say the current 13baktun cycle began on the "Birth of Venus", and as we know, it will end in 2012, which is the same year as one of these rare Venus transits, then it must have something to do with the meaning of the
Whats New page 4
forthcoming end-point. Will is the author of a forthcoming book called Children of the Sun, and he has written an introductory article, especially for 2012: Dire Gnosis, and you can read it here:
2012: End of the 5th Sun
101. Tzolkin and Tzolkin 2
31/1/03
I have been exploring John Major Jenkins' recently re-released CD-Rom version of Tzolkin: Visionary Perspectives and Calendar Studies, which was originally published in 1994. I often use the original edition to clear up confusion, since it was a ground-breaking piece of work based on a reading of practically all the reference material ever written on the subject, some of which is very hard to find. Jenkins also reconstructed the Mayan Venus calendar, and in the process, got into the headspace of the Maya to the extent that the reader can be totally confident of his integrity. On the new edition CD, John provides the whole original book (minus calendar pages, but these are not needed since we now have the excellent free Maya date calculator, Burden of Time, which he links to). But in addition, we also get Tzolkin 2, which is a collection of reviews, articles, correspondence, art; even an entire small book he wrote called 7 Wind: A Quiche Maya Calendar for 1993 that includes a section on calculating your Tzolkin birthday, plus a whole chapter from another early work, Journey to the Mayan Underworld (1989). There is an excellent essay called Following Dreamspell, which updates the situation regarding Jose Arguelles' Dreamspell (a New Age version of the Mayan calendar) and the recently released Time and the Technosphere that attempts to unify solar and lunar calendars. Jenkins combines amazing scholarship with an open-hearted honesty. He bares his soul in some of his personal anecdotes in a way that is moving; as if the reader is his best friend. Check out the contents of the CD & get more info. here: Tzolkin and Tzolkin 2 (but you will get even more than what's on the menu - I got 10 more items, plus his entire website!)
Whats New page 4
Whats New page 5
What's New?
102. Lucid Dreams and 2012 103. Steiner: Crossing The Threshold 104. Aztec Sunstones 105. Joel J Keene's Cosmic Coincidences 106. X-Files on British TV : Boylan Connection 107. Salvia Reply 108. Smelyakov: Issue 2 109. 8th March 2003: The Truth 110. Syrian Rue and the Dolphin/Mushroom/Human Collaboration 111. Clues from the Tzutujil Maya 112. Prophecies from Thailand 113. Masons, Venus, Megaliths and the Phaistos Disc 114. Reply to J.J.Keene 115. Temporal Lobe Epilepsy and 2012
Whats New page 5
116. Tomorrowlander and DXM 117. Joel Keene's Continuing Web of Synchronicity 118. St. Malachy & 2012 119. The 2012 Dream Project 120. Franklin Timewave Update 121. Orion Prophecy Update 122. The Discontinuity 123. Ananda, Internal Alchemy and The Vedas 124. The Pineal Project 125. Jumping on the 2003/2012 Bandwagon 126. Tolkien and 2012 127. The Sacrum Bone: Doorway to the Otherworld 128. Solar System Changes Update 129. Prophet's Manual 130. The Celestial Cow in 3114 BC items 131 +...
102. Lucid Dreams and 2012
1/3/03
When a dreamer becomes aware that they are dreaming, the whole dream becomes very realistic and the dreamer can then control the dream. It is widely accepted that lucid dreams are a form of
Whats New page 5
out-of-body experience (OOBE or OBE), and I have already established that there is a connection between OOBEs and 2012; (see the new essay available at Salvia Divinorum Magazine, called Salvia Divinorum: Key to the Paradigm Shift in 2012; to access it you will have to join Salvia Divinorum Alliance first, to get a user name and password). well, I have just found 2 accounts of lucid dreams that featured 2012; "Explora" had a lucid dream including the following: "Suddenly, my attention is drawn to a large object in the sky. Looking up, I am stunned to see the words 2012, it is their last superstar printed on a large banner. The banner is huge, but seems to be moving away. It is attached to an amazing space ship, a white and blue ship, with bright flashing lights, which are travelling away quite quickly. I am amazed by the reality of the ship and its message, and continue focusing on what the banner says. As I do this, the words change to 2012, it is their next superstar". Click here for the whole dream. At the Dream Images site, we find the following extract of a lucid dream that occurred on 11/28/98: "...A man comes up to my right and says he wants to ask a couple of questions -- about the electricity changes. There are identical redheaded triplet girls having a picnic on a blanket under a tree. A girl with long blond hair past her butt with some other women -- they tell her to stay visible but she becomes invisible and may have wings. She runs through me. At the top of the hill are evergreen trees, a dirt path, curb and a building like a utility. Voice, "there's usually water here" and suddenly I'm up to my butt in cold water -- shock. I go the other way. A path into a big room like a waiting station for travelers, I start up an escalator but a voice says, "no" and I push my way back down through the crowd on the escalator. There is an elevator in the corner with a metal label on it that says 2012-2025 -- it looks like a morgue drawer, but I hope it's a time machine. I look at the escalator again and ask if the problem is that I don't have any money -maybe I can pretend I'm with someone and voice says, "a couple of people can." I have to get a job, I try to learn about the place -- there are maps of various countries on a table, very detailed, New Zealand is my impression -- every little town. I wonder how I'll find my body again, and then I wake up". Click here for the whole dream. In a dream of Paul Vigay, dated "some time between 1998 and 2012", that "almost became a lucid dream", witnessed a decloaking of extra-dimensional UFOs in the East Kennett area (near Avebury, Wiltshire, UK).
Click here for the whole dream
Whats New page 5
Lucidity Institute (Stephen LaBerge's site) Keith Hearne
103. Steiner: Crossing The Threshold
1/3/03
A few months ago, I heard the philospher, Stanley Messenger give a talk about Rudolph Steiner's prediction of "mankind crossing the threshold at the end of the century". Stanley said that all the people who have completed a struggle towards enlightenment through the ages, have formed a critical mass, that will allow the mass of mankind to cross this threshold together; that this was foreseen by Steiner, and that the time is now. Stanley sees the event as reaching its climax by 2012, and sees a connection to the crop circle phenomenon. Although some feel it is unfair that the masses should reap the benefits of the sacrifices of a few, it would seem to be a natural process like the "100th monkey phenomenon", or Rupert Sheldrake's morpho-genetic fields. See especially Stanley's articles, Lucifer and Ahriman under the Bed and Crop Circles as a Path from Space into Time (2). Greg Joly, the man who built the amazing Aeolian wind harps featured on the alternative index page, has written an article on this very subject, exclusively for 2012: Dire Gnosis. Find it here:
Rudolph Steiner and The Crossing of the Threshold

Greg's CD, Wind Songs, features a track called 2012: A Space Harp Odyssey. Download sound-bites: here and here.
Whats New page 5
Click on album cover to contact Greg Joly.
104. Aztec Sunstones
1/3/03
This week, I visited the "Aztecs" exhibition at the Royal Academy of Arts in London, and was inspired to put up a page of Aztec Sunstone images, since there was a rare statue of the Sun-God Tonatiuh with 22 eagle feathers surrounding his solar orb (on loan from the Museum de Kulturen in Basel, Switzerland). Could this be a reference to the 22-year binary sunspot cycle? Like the full-size sunstone and a few others illustrated here, the central motif is the Ollin glyph, meaning "movement", or "earthquake". Sunstone animation coming soon, meanwhile, access Aztec sunstone page here:
Tonatiuh & The Sunstones
105. Joel J Keene's Cosmic Coincidences
1/4/03
When Joel Keene started planning his novel, Cosmic Locusts: The 2012 Convergence of Nostradamian, Mayan and Biblical Prophecy, coincidences started happening. The coincidences continued after the book was published, so I asked if he'd like to write an article about them for 2012: Dire Gnosis. Check out Joel's article here:
Cosmic Coincidences
Whats New page 5
106. X-Files on British TV : Boylan Connection
1/4/03
Awareness of the 2012 transition was increased in the UK this past month, since the final X-Files double-length episode was transmitted to British TV screens (on 16 March 2003). During this episode, the final secret is revealed, tying together a few of the past cases investigated by the XFiles team; alien colonization of Earth is scheduled for December 2012! See Whats New item 57. Dr. Richard Boylan has been saying just this for years, except it sounds much more pleasant than the X-Files version:
Dr. Richard Boylan, Ph.D. worked 25 years as a psychotherapist and clinical psychologist, author of four books, his most recent is Project Epiphany in which he claims that the Future is now! Dr. Boylan conveys that sources in the U.S. government have made it clear to him that we (the human race) do have relationships with extraterrestrials. A group of those that are enlightened by this contact have agreed upon a time table; within the next eighteen months, the truth of extraterrestrial existence will be undeniable. At this time it will be announced by the head of the U.N. Security Council that we will be exchanging ambassadors with the Extraterrestrial Federation of Planets. This federation is made up of beings of all types, from Whitley Streiber's greys to non-corporeal, thought essences. From gasbag beings to intelligent insect races. This federation is a non-monetary, non-violent, telepathic coalition of beings from numerous planets. The Federation has already greatly affected our physical and spiritual evolution throughout history and even before. Many great spiritual teachers and leaders, Boylan iterates, were actually alien in origin. They believe themselves intermediaries between the "God Force" and ourselves. They, soon after establishing open contact, will distribute their vast technology. They intend to give us the knowledge to build free energy machines, teleportation devices, food replicators and instant education machines that will be able to download a whole foreign language in a one hour session and much more. They will graciously (and speedily) give us the secrets to telepathic communication, ending disease and aging and enabling time travel. Dr. Boylan says the Mayans knew this would be taking place. By the end of the Mayan calendar, 2012, Earth and all of Humanity will be wholly integrated into this extraterrestrial federation.
Here is the whole article
107. Salvia Reply
1/4/03
There has been a reply to the article, Salvia Divinorum: Key to the Paradigm Shift in 2012 which I wrote for Salvia divinorum magazine (now online here http://www.salvia.us/magazine/ but you
will have to join the discussion group Salvia divinorum Alliance first, to get a user name and password: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/SalviaD_Alliance/)
Whats New page 5
A surfer called "Canul" includes the following comment about his first experience with Salvia: In my first experience I felt and saw things of this reality that made me think of 2012. I had a perception of reality that is commonly described in Salvia Divinorum literature: experiencing two different realities in parallel. One reality was the one that habit tells me, the other one was 2012 near by. I don't attribute this to the enthusiasm I have over 2012. It was authentic. I am reminded of the scene in the movie Artifical Intelligence where the boy runs away with the other A.I. models from the "robot gatherers." I have also found a thread from 1999 connecting December 21, 2012 with Salvia divinorum, in which "Shivasix" says Salvia divinorum is a powerful plant helper sent to ease our transition at the end of time, which he correlates with the end of the 13th Baktun in 2012.
108. Smelyakov: Issue 2
1/4/03
On 31/1/03 I posted Issue 2 part 3 of Russian professor Mathematics - Sergey Smelyakov's proposed 5-Issue series, THE PREDICTED UNKNOWN - A DECADE OF VOLTEFACE. Now the whole of Issue 1 and Issue 2 are available from the above menu. Issue 3 will be THE GOLDEN SECTION OF TIME IN SPACE AND HISTORY - the replacement for The Auric Time Scale and The Mayan Factor the phi-based time spiral that terminates in 2012 (see Whats New item 66), and will be added to the menu as soon as its out.
109. 8th March 2003: The Truth
1/May/03
On October 12th 2002, a notice was placed on the internet to the effect that the author of the notice had stumbled upon a broken camera while trekking in some mountains. The camera had some badly damaged film in it, showing scenes with catastrophic implications for Earth. While researching the subject on the internet, the author's computer made some strange noises and he realized someone was hacking into it, and then, that his phone was tapped. He had a narrow escape, minutes later, from the unknown occupants of a black van, and then went on the run. He promised to give updates from internet cafes, as he found out more about what was happening, and promised to post the pictures on the net on March 8th 2003. A disclaimer appeared on the site on November 9th, claiming that the site was a hoax...some sort of promotion for a forthcoming project. However, the discussion groups revealed that alot of people were convinced the site had been infiltrated, and the original story was true, as hinted at in the next post in mid-November.
Whats New page 5
March 8th 2003 finally came, and sure enough, the half-melted images were posted. They showed aerial photos of a massive runway in a wooded mountain range, leading to a tunnel with what seemed to be a giant submarine just visible, as if designed as a Noah's Ark Mach 2, to survive a colossal flood. In the next few weeks, another web-site appeared, showing similar photographs, apparently taken by the person whose camera had been found broken, telling the story of his discovery and the chase that followed. However, the photos were said to have been taken in Peru, while the original site said they were taken in Australia...but on the second page of this site (mountainsub.com), the pictures were said to be part of a promotion, and there was also an associated competition with a prize. The original site claimed the second was a hoax, and then linked to another site called Ancient Medallion about a newly discovered archaeological relic (13,000 years old), that seemed to be a calendrical device, revealing a forthcoming catastrophic trigger...but then there was another implied link with a mystery publicity event. Finally, updates at the medallion site revealed that more medallions had been found, but then linked back to a page at 8thmarch2003.com, where the whole event had been staged as publicity for a novel called Shift of The Ages by Norwegian-Australian, Jan Nemeyeth:
"It is December 2008. Erratic weather seasons have been occurring globally for years and continue to worsen. Scientists, politicians and religious leaders worldwide are theorizing and contradicting each other, offering varying explanations from global warming to the beginning of Armageddon. A mysterious crystal-domed medallion has been discovered at a secret military base in Antarctica. Five years previously, several identical medallions had been unearthed at unrelated ancient sites throughout the world. People were deeply affected by the symbols, stirred by a long lost collective memory of humanities distant past. It was claimed the medallions were over 13,000 years old and contained knowledge about celestial transits, indicating the ending of a 26,664-year galactic cycle that will conclude in the year 2012. Answers to this riddle are about to be revealed by Jake Wakeman, an enigmatic ex-military colonel, who becomes the reluctant emissary of a message left behind by the ancient medallion keepers - a message of hope that could transform humanity into a utopian civilization during this turbulent time. But there are dark forces at work that will do everything within their power to stop him..." 8thMarch2003.com MountainSub.com
AncientMedallion.com book
Shift of the Ages
Update: Some of the above links are no longer functional;

Whats New page 5
Order the book here or see 2012 Books page
110. Syrian Rue and the Dolphin/Mushroom/Human Collaboration 1/June/03

In the Google newsgroup, Alt.Drugs.Psychedelics, in a thread called 2012, Fractals and Quantum Physics, I found extracts from an account called "Diary of a Psychonaut"(archive). This account is no longer online at www.psychonaut.org but is available on web archives that are linked below. In the first extract, Time Stop - Magic Mushrooms (archive), Syrian Rue, which contains harmine, originally called Telepathine due to its telepathic effects, is combined with nitrous oxide (laughing gas), and psilocybin-containing mushrooms. This combination (apart from the nitrous) is chemically very similar to the combination taken by the McKenna brothers in the Amazon jungle - Caapi bark that was smoked, plus Stropharia cubensis mushrooms (same as Psilocybe cubensis contains 4-phosphoryloxy-DMT or psilocybin, and 4-hydroxy-DMT, or psilocin), which in turn, is a combination that is chemically similar to the Ayahuasca brew that combines harmala alkaloids and DMT (dimethyltryptamine).
"Around 10:10 PM (after a 24+ hour fast) I smoked an undetermined amount of rue. Enough to feel its relaxing, mild high. Immediately afterward I consumed what I hoped was 5 gm of powdered psilocybe cubensis. I may have overshot though, since this experience was far more intense than my previous 5 gm journeys ... ...This time, the nitrous served mainly to push the psilocybin effects along, as my vision exploded into multicolored flowers and spastic mandalas exploding and throwing sparks into the darkness before my eyes. ...My body seemed to be coming apart and reconfiguring itself in various configurations. By now, body image distortions are fairly familiar to me on mushrooms, since they tend to occur on every high dose journey I take. It seemed information was being transmitted to me (this feeling got stronger and stronger as the night progressed). Some of things I was "told" include: We (humanity) and the mushroom are two parts of the same thing. I was shown brain tissue and mushroom mycelium and informed "These are the same/very similar". They also seemed to be telling me a joke about getting monkeys into space, which I found incomprehensible...
Whats New page 5
...At this point I was very unclear as to who I was, where I was, and what the hell was going on. I was still receiving information from the voices in my head. I thought at the time they were telling me that someone was at the door (there wasn't), that the phone was ringing (it wasn't) and that I was in Minnesota (not), which was all very confusing. After reflection, I think the images and ideas I was having were highly metaphorical. They weren't trying to tell me there was someone at my door, they were trying to get an idea across to me, and using the image of someone knocking as a metaphor/ example. I returned to my room and began receiving instructions and pleas to pay attention to the voices and write down what they were saying. I sat down with a pen and paper and began writing with some difficulty. And what they were telling me... Let me add a little disclaimer here. I am not a follower of Terence McKenna's. I do not subscribe to his theories, although I have read both Food of the Gods and True Hallucinations, as well as much of the material online. His ideas are definitely entertaining, but I have a hard time lending much credence to them. Having said that, here is the message I received, reconstructed from my messy notes as best as possible: Time stops in 2012. Please be ready. The work must be finished. This is the moment all the great books of history have been written about. This is the birth of religion. There was a lot more (some of which contradicted itself), including the idea that I would be somehow involved in (or even responsible for) this event, that the universe was a four dimensional information encoding algortihm/puzzle, and that the universe was fractal/holographic in nature (that is, each part contains and reflects the whole).... For the complete account go to Time Stop (archive). In the next account, Mushroom Love (archive), following ingestion of 5 gms of Psilcybe cubensis; After returning to the bathroom, I decided I wasn't quite ready to get into the shower, so I sat on the floor to think. I had hopes that this trip would provide me with some insight on my previous mushroom trip, so I began thinking about that trip. Immediately, I felt almost as if I were back in that trip. I began receiving images and thoughts from that experience. Again I received the idea that something monumental was to happen in 2012. I was seeing images of McKenna, along with things like "2012, Are YOU ready?". I was told that we make our own reality, that no one needed to be unhappy. When I asked if the 2012 thing were real, I was told (the voice was now present) again "We make our own reality. It is as real as you want it to be". I knew suddenly that this could happen. I realized that 2012 is just a date and that I could transform my own consciousness by then if I wished to so so. I decided right there to do so, and to help as many others to do so as I could. It was a very religious feeling. For the complete account go to Mushroom Love (archive). In the third relevant account, Monkeys in Space (archive),
Whats New page 5
The buzzing noises ceased (or became secondary...) I entered a space that so far has been accessible to me only on deep mushroom trips. As in my previous two mushroom voyages I felt as if information was being transmitted to me, or at least had become suddenly accessible. This information concerned the very nature and structure of the universe, including my place in it. I had a vision of the universe, containing itself. I saw a series of calendars, clocks and other time measuring devices, the most perfect/accurate of which seemed to be the Mayan calendar. Again I experienced the "time stop" phenomena as well as the mushroom voice. Again it told me many strange and wonderful things. Here are a few of those things. The mushroom, mankind and several other species on this planet (including dolphins) are all collaborating on a colossal project, the ultimate nature of which was somewhat elusive to me. Most of humanity is completely unaware of their participation in this project, but the majority of the other players are fully aware of their own parts in it. This project will reach completion in the year 2012. It has something to do with time, consciousness, and perhaps leaving the planet or returning it to a pristine state. I experienced, as I have a few times before, other people's lives. I was told that other peoples perceptions were as valid as my own, even when they directly contradict mine. This experience of other peoples existence included protohumans, my friends, and at least one famous figure. It was like being granted access to THE library, the ultimate repository of knowledge. For the complete account go to Monkeys in Space (archive). Another independent source that confirms a some of these insights, was found at the 2_0_1_2 (Live Journal) discussion group (aka Destination Eschaton) in a post by "Tomorrowlander":
Then, around a year ago, my girlfriend and I had serendipitously began a dissociative-psychedelic binge, one which has effectively changed us both forever. Let it suffice to say that information was obtained via the hyperspacial other (or spirit-realm, akashic records, whatever you choose to call it), that in the year 2012, everything will change...
Unfortunately, the group is for invited members only, so my efforts to find out more detail have been unfruitful. Is anyone reading this a member who can ask Tomorrowlander for more info? Ananda has written a book called Somanetics, (part of his Somagenesis project), that proposes that the Gnostics and Alchemists used a combination of Syrian Rue and Acacia, as a kind of Western Ayahuaca - please let me know if you have a copy, as it's now unobtainable.
Whats New page 5
111. Clues from the Tzutujil Maya
1/June/03
In Whats New item 82 we saw that while the Aztec, Zuni and Navajo peoples say we are living in the fifth era, and approaching the sixth, the Q'iche Maya Popol Vuh myth (entire Popol Vuh online here) is usually only said to cover 4 eras, like the myths of the Hopi and some other tribes. Professor Gordon Brotherston's analysis, in The Book of The Fourth World, implies that the four worlds in the Popol Vuh are equivalent to the first four of the five Suns of the Aztecs, represented in the centre of the Sunsone by the four Suns surrounding the fifth, in the central quincunx, and this corresponds to the world of the Maize People in the Popol Vuh. However, since Brotherston concluded that the eras are connected to a 26,000-year cycle of precession, and John Major Jenkins' research supports and extends this, implying that each 13-baktun cycle is one of the five eras, and the current one is the fifth one, which ends in 2012, it would be good to find a supporting Maya source. In Martin Prechtel's book, Secrets of the Talking Jaguar, we find just such confirmation. Prechtel was apprenticed to a powerful shaman in Santiago Atitlan, and finally took on the job himself. On p. 104-108, he describes how the children born in the village had already... "been born into and passed through the other four layers of creation, one layer at a time. In each of these consecutive creations, the child received an essential layer of his/her own physical and spiritual composition. After having received and lived through these four layers of lives, the child was given form and born into this fifth layer of the Earth Fruit, the world of form, this world. In this way, all of us humans relived the history of the world and actually were diminutive earths walking around in the earth, with everything inside us in miniature that was visible to us on the outside." An evolutionary process is clearly described as the souls progress through the 5 worlds: "The first creation was stone and fire; in this layer you received what was hard and hot. Here you got your bones, your heart, and your gall bladder. Grandfather Fire lived in your bones, and the mother of Life lived in your heart. Your personal soul was housed in the gall bladder, and its tenant was called Q'aq'al, or Fire Soul. In the second layer you were given your flesh because this creation had all the food plants, flowers and trees. All Tzutujil people know that flesh comes from eating plants. In the third creation you acquired the layer of your blood and nerves and all the liquids of your body, because here was the land of water, rivers, rain, lakes, springs, cloud, mist and lightning. In the fourth, a layer of breath, vision, and movement was tied into you, this being the layer of wind and animals. Then you were born into the fifth layer, here to have form, becoming fruit on the branches of the Old Life Tree of the Village. On each layer, two Deities, an Old man and an Old Woman uttered magical phrases that "became the very things they described" and thus assembled the world. By the point of the fifth creation,
Whats New page 5
the words uttered by the Deities "take on physical form and function" , and "these counting prayers never ended, going from one layer to the next, being basically the Mayan calendar." Our lives should recapitulate the evolutionary stages we went through to get here. At our deaths, we should have "passed through all the layers of remembrance while alive in this fifth, Earth Fruit world. This process was the process of Mayan initiation. Each layer of creation one had passed through before birth would be passed through in this world again in a ritual way, only in reverse order. These layer look just like the stages of ones life. The first layer in life is the last layer in birth. This is the fifth world of movement. The first layer of remembrance is childhood, the time of movement, where you become a visible, moving part of nature and the village. The second layer is the crucial time of adolescence. This is the layer of visibility, vision and breath, the layer of the wind. This is the layer of emotions. The young men and women of the Tzutujil are like shining warriors and shimmering girls full of visibility. This time of life is a time when remembrance becomes a way of life through large public ceremonies of initiation. Next comes the sub-adult layer of creation: the creation of water is the layer where one began making life, the layer of baby-making and marrying, the making of blood and blood relations. This is the layer of abundance, crops, rains, middle life. Here one's initiation into the public hierarchy begins, and here initiation ceremonies differed a little from the adolescent, as they were done in small, more private settings. Then comes the layer of trees and plants, the land of being an adult or elder. A person became a full adult only at the stage of becoming an elder. We called the adult-elders Big Trees, Big Vines. These elder-trees provided the shade for the other layers to grow and develop. Finally, One gained the layer of stone and fire, the world of original memory, the world of roots. These very ancient people were dried by the heat of memory, which is why they were so slim. At some point after entering this stage of initiation, they began to remember everything, and they actually turned into memories themselves, memories that would echo through the layers of creations. These people were called Culba Vinaaq, Echo Persons. Four out of five of these obviously correspond to the names of Creations in various Aztec versions, though in a different order, and the food/plants level corresponds to starvation or being eaten; water/flood; wind; fire/rain of fire;
Whats New page 5
starvation/eaten by jaguars/eclipse; movement/earthquake The layers of initiation are represented by extra layers of ritual clothing, and "when people of great ripeness were buried, you you could hardly see them in the grave for all the layers of clothing they wore as they passed out of this layer into the sixth. To die, well-adorned in remembrance clothing, was seen as feeding the world for unborn generations." In summary, the Tzutujil myth confirms that we are in the fifth of a series of five eras, and also suggests an evolution through the eras, culminating in the "fruiting". In addition, it also suggests the need for a conscious evolution during this 5th-era lifetime to become the ripe fruits we are designed to be, and that there is a Creation beyond the fifth.
112.Prophecies From Thailand

I recently had an email from my friend Len, who is currently living in Thailand:
1/July/03
"Any chance you could tell me if you have any information on the following predicted phenomena or US plans: 1. Arab nations planning to ban the US dollar. 2. Predicted nuclear strike on Israel in 2005 3. US use of high-tech heat ray on an Asian nation killing much of the population 7 days later. 4. Post-2012 discovery of ancient city in northern Canada after ice melts? The reason I ask is I have been at a meditation retreat at a temple in Thailand. The man there (if you can still call him a man) is reputedly an arahant - a person who has managed to discard all concept of self and is therefore more like a force of nature than a man. His teacher lives near Mae Hon Son, Northern Thailand and three times has received information concerning the above phenomena culminating in a pole reversal in 2012 - the destruction of everyone who isn't at least partially enlightened or in the presence of an enlightened one. I really don't think these people are aware of the other prophecies regarding 2012." My reply: 1. Yes, here's a page that mentions Saddam's intentions to ban the US dollar, date of post: April 2003
Whats New page 5
2. In the Bible Code, year 5766 is encoded, for an atomic/nuclear world war, possibly following a nuclear strike on Israel. (Bible Code 2 p.169). 5766 starts on October 4th 2005 (see calendar converter page). However, a missile hitting New York is encoded for year 5764, which ends on September 15th 2004, and a biological weapon strike - smallpox - (14,700 casualties) is encoded for Israel in year 5765 (between Sept 15 2004 and Oct 3rd 2005). 3. Cant find anything, but it sounds a bit like HAARP (or here) 4. Can't find anything Thailand was once part of the Khmer kingdom, based at Angkor which is in Cambodia. In Graham Hancock's book Heaven's Mirror, he proposes that the temple of Angkor Wat in Cambodia, encodes the lengths of the Hindu ages, or Yugas. The Krita Yuga, or Golden Age was 1,728,000 years; the Treta Yuga was 1,296,000 years; the Dvpara Yuga was 864,000 years, and the final age of decadence, which we are now in, the Kali Yuga, lasts 432,000 years. Causeway lengths and other measurements at Angkor Wat have measurements of 1,728 hat, 1,296 hat, 864 hat and 432 hat. These are all precessional numbers, being multiples of 72 - the number of years it takes for the equinoxes (or solstices) to precess by one degree. There are also carved reliefs showing "the churning of the Milky Ocean", which also relates to precession of the equinoxes, as explained in the classic Sanillana & Von Dechend book, Hamlet's Mill. Hancok then points (p.150-153) out Coomarswamy put the start of the Kali Yuga in 3102 BC, near the start of the Mayan Long Count calendar; that 72 is an important number in the Mayan calendar, and that the Fifth Sun of Mesoamerica ends "in the tumult of global cataclysm - in AD 2012, on 23 December" (by the Lounsbury correlation). (See also Whats New item 86 : Kali Yuga and 2012 and Whats new item 40: Kalki - Critical Mass of Enlightened Ones by 2012 ) Willard Van de Bogart also lives in Thailand and has a series of articles at his Earth Portals site about Angkor Wat, precession and 2012: Stones in The Sky
113. Masons, Venus, Megaliths and the Phaistos Disc

1/July/03 Put aside your conspiracy theories for a few minutes; I have just finished reading The Book of Hiram, by Christopher Knight and Robert Lomas, which
Whats New page 5
is the fourth book in their series, attempting to trace the roots of the Masonic tradition. In their 1999 book, Uriel's Machine, they looked at the Book of Enoch (several Masonic degrees feature Enoch), and concluded that Enoch was taken by the angel Uriel to Stonehenge in England and the Newgrange "passage grave", in Ireland (Robin Heath published the Stonehenge -Uriel connection just the previous year - 1998 in his excellent book, Sun, Moon, Stonehenge). Knight & Lomas pointed out that if the shadow from a post or gnomon is marked at midday every day between solstices, and the dots are joined, the resulting figure is two spirals. Thus, a spiral represents a quarter of the year. There are many spirals at Newgrange, which is aligned so that the Winter Solstice sunrise illuminates the chamber each year. There is a conspicuous triple spiral in the inner chamber at Newgrange, and a triple spiral would represent three seasons; nine months, or the gestation period of humans. This is the period around which the Mayan Tzolkin of 260 days is based, and, as we know, the 13-baktun cycle that ends in 2012 is structured like a giant Tzolkin of 260 katuns, possibly representing a planetary gestation that precedes the birth of the next Sun (rebirth of One Hunahpu) on the Winter Solstice of 2012. Enoch lived "365 years" (Gen 5 v.23) and that must be a calendrical clue! He was warned about the forthcoming global flood, and passed the information down to his great grandson, Noah. Knight and Lomas found evidence that the "Grooved Ware" Neolithic people of Britain, who built the megalithic sites, survived a comet impact of 7640 BC and foresaw the next one of 3150 BC (Robin Heath says "sometime around 3300 BC"). They have traced back Masonic ceremonies to the Knights Templar (so convincingly that many previously incredulous Masons now concur), the original nine knights were direct descendants of Jewish Temple priests. The Templars excavated under the Temple of Jerusalem, and found the huge stash of treasure described in the Copper Scroll from Qumran, plus accompanying secret texts - contemporary writings to the Dead Sea Scrolls. These were then buried under Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland, which is a copy of Solomon's Temple, complete with nine vaults. The information in the scrolls was encoded into Cathedrals sponsored by the Templars - this is when the Masonic guilds started, who performed the stonework. The Grooved Ware people were trading in the Mediterranean area (e.g. tin for bronze production) and their beliefs were passed onto the Caananites and Phoenicians, who bequeathed them to the Israelites, when they arrived from Egypt. Like the Maya, the Grooved Ware people were obsessed with tracking Venus. In fact, the triple spiral at Newgrange is not fully illuminated at Winter Solstice, say Knight and Lomas, but every 8 years, Venus comes up just before the Sun, and directly illuminates it (Venus features in many Masonic degrees). Biblical and other connections show that the King rites were carried out in chambers aligned to the Shekinah or Venus light every 40 years (e.g. Saul, David & Solomon all reigned for 40 years), when the King can re-birth into a new body. They have found that certain Venus numbers are encoded into the Bible (see The Orion Prophecy review for an explanation of the movements of Venus) and these are a 40-year period, 480 years
Whats New page 5
and 1440 years. Venus "loops" every 584 days, and completes a pentagram of 5 loops every 8 years, but this is 2.4 degrees away from its previous position. After 40 years, or 5 pentagrams, the loop is 12 degrees away from its starting position. After 480 years or 60 pentagrams, it is 144 degrees away from its starting position. After 1440 years, it has moved 432 degrees which is 360 + 72 degrees. Have you noticed the precessional numbers here? 12; 72; 144; 432 & 18 x 1440 =25,920. Exact alignment should come after 5 periods of 1440 years, or 7200 years. Then I noticed that eight of these 1440-year periods is 11,520 years, which is the length of time between the catastrophes found by Slosman in the Egyptian Book of the Dead. In fact, in The Orion Prophecy review I said, regarding the period between the last catastrophe ("9792 BC") and the next one in 2012 ( a period of 11,803 years): "We are not told how Slosman got the year 9792 BC, so cannot speculate further... except, maybe it should be 11,520 years, since that is the period between the catastrophe in 21, 312 BC and 9792 BC; and 11,520 = 7200 x 584, or 7200 Venus cycles." According to Biblical chronology; Solomon's Temple was begun 1440 years after the Flood; Jesus was born 1,440 years after Moses led the Israelites through the Red Sea; and Rosslyn was begun 1,440 years after Christ's birth. Just after reading in the Book of Hiram how the Grooved Ware people had a calendar of 366 days, and the "Minoan Foot" is related to the Megalithic Yard, I took a look at a replica of the Phaistos Disc (from Minoan Crete) in my father's bookcase, while clearing it out. Then I looked for more on the Phaistos Disc and found a book called Atlantis Messages that connects the Aztec Sunstone, the Phaistos Disc, and an inlaid Mayan shield with the Dendera Zodiac, revealing information about the timing of the Great Flood! Further digging showed not only that the Minoans had a 366day calendar, but that several people had shown the "undecipherable" Phaistos Disc to be a calendrical device, as described in Alan Butler's book, The Bronze Age Computer Disc. Then I
found a German site that finds a 4,076 year cycle encoded in the Phaistos Disc, plus Venus cycles; English translation: The Multi-millennial Minoan Calendar. Then I took a look an ancient map of Ireland and found there was a county whose border was on the Boyne Valley called...Uriel...! See ancient map page on Mythical Ireland site. These connections require intense research! Volunteers please...? Here are some links to get you started...post your theory here when it's finished!
Whats New page 5
Phaistos Disc as Calendar Links:

366-day year Herman Wenzell
Pomerance and Franklin 4
Steve Whittet
Ole Hagen 1 2 3
Irish megalithic sites, including Newgrange:

The Sacred Island Mythical Ireland
Knight and Lomas' Masonic Research Resource: The Web of Hiram Venus links:
Cycles of the Heart: The Venus Passage

a great page showing animations of Venus cycles, also explaining a 10,708-year Venus cycle:
plus:
480 and 1440 in the Great Pyramid
Bruce Scofield's amazing article showing Clinton as Quetzalcoatl

- Venus qualities of Love/sex, rulership, and the descent of energies
Venus-Sunstone theory
The sky above, now

Venus transit applet Venus and the Maya Venus transits on a paper plate Cherokee Venus comment Venus:malefic Microbe attacks on photos after inferior Venus conjunctions
Whats New page 5
Flu outbreaks also after Venus inferior conjunctions X-rays from Venus
114. Reply to J.J.Keene
1/July/03
Joel J. Keene's article describing the coincidences surrounding the writing of his book, Cosmic Locusts (see Whats New item 105 above) has received a response. Ian R. Crane has sent an open letter making some interesting points:
Open Letter to J.J. Keene
115. Temporal Lobe Epilepsy and 2012
1/Aug/03
Steve Scott has Temporal Lobe Epilepsy and since childhood, has sensed the importance of 2012. A BBC TV Horizon programme, called God on the Brain on 17th April 2003 dealt with the connection between TLE and religious experiences. They covered the work of Dr Michael Persinger of Laurentian University in Canada, whose research indicates that people with TLE may be especially sensitive to magnetic fields. He has a specially- designed helmet that directs controlled magnetic fields to the temporal lobes, and has been able to trigger several types of religious experiences, including out-of-body sensations, and even feelings of alien abduction in some cases. Earth Mysteries researcher, Paul Devereux was director of the Dragon Project which started in 1977, which was an attempt to monitor energy anomalies at sacred sites. Many sites have been found to have magnetic anomalies, such as Carn Ingli, the "Peak of Angels" in Wales, which has areas of reversed magnetic field. It was here that St. Brynach, a sixth-century Irish holy man, lived as a hermit and communicated with "angels". Devereux says that " Persinger and colleagues have produced some exciting statistical evidence that suggests that there is a link between some forms of psi activity in humans and the activity of the geomagnetic field". ( Places of Power p.207) see also Earth Lights Revelation. Devereux, who has tried Persinger's magnetic helmet, notes that a stone shaped like a seat in the Gors Fawr stone circle in Wales, not only affects compass needles, but is also one of a pair of outliers that align to sunrise on the summer solstice. " The sitter's head leans back against exactly that part of the stone that most disturbs the compass: the cerebral cortex is in close proximity to the natural magnetic effect. The stone is also involved in a midsummer-sunrise alignment. Would the effect be somehow enhanced then? Or
Whats New page 5
does that clue tell us when the ritual was carried out at the magnetic "spirit" stone? Alas, we have much yet to learn in our fledgling study of geopsychedelics." Are magnetic effects at sacred sites enhanced at the solstices? Will the winter solstice in 2012 trigger an even more far-reaching effect? Should we be at such a sacred site for the Galactic Alignment event, or will the changes in the background geomagnetic field affect the weak magnetic field that surrounds all our heads? Perhaps being present at a sacred site might protect us from changes in the background geomagnetic status. Here is a translation of a Spanish page that explains how Russian cosmonauts exposed to a magnetic field of 0 gauss experienced
"confusion, aggression & madness", and how Earths magnetic field is dropping towards 0 gauss by 2012.
116. Tomorrowlander and DXM
1/Aug/03
In item 110 above, there was a brief reference to someone called Tomorrowlander, whose "dissociative- psychedelic binge", resulted in the reception of information about 2012, but I was unable to find out any more. Well, Tomorrowlander, founder-member of the Live Journal community 2_0_1_2 Destination Eschaton, has now kindly contacted me and
supplied the details.

First of all, Tomorrowlander points out that he had been "at least partially aware of the 2012 enigma" since 1998 when he saw the deoxy.org website (which includes
TerenceMcKennaLand).
Around the winter solstice of 2001, due to extraneous circumstances, Tomorrowlander found himself in possession of some dextromethorphan hydrobromide or dxm, with intent to severely alter his state of consciousness. He explains that dxm is "officially an antitussive whose properties are to suppress cough; but there is another property of this chemical: when taken at higher doses, it becomes quite the dissociative". This substance is very risky to the health, and one article on Erowid describes how a mother had to agree to the life-support machine to her son being cut off as a result of using dxm, so the following report should perhaps be regarded as a kind of near-death experience: Tomorrowlander and his girlfriend, "*", had both taken the dxm... Now at one point, near the peak, while listening to an ambient CD which we had made for this purpose as we found that louder or faster music was not favorable when under the dissociative influence- this CD had some classic Brian Eno stuff and specifically at that moment, we were listening to a track by the duo "Union Jack" which was called "There Will Be No Armageddon" and "*" and I were touching
Whats New page 5
our foreheads, right at the third eye, sitting lotus style, when something occurred. She began to speak to me. And the she I refer to was not my girlfriend. It was my girlfriend's voice, but it was not her at all. In short, we had discovered that channeling is a very ready potential with dissociatives. This being who channeled to me was unbelievably loving to me, and she appeared to me very much like an angel, descended from the greater reality. She said "she is right you know, there will be no Armageddon." and when I asked some questions pertaining to our personal lives, I then asked something like "what is it about 2012?" and her reply was one which has been permanently etched into my memory, (though I may at times forget the transformative profundity of this realization) she said: "In the year 2012, we will come...." This was the only piece of information 'she' has told me about pertaining to the 2012 enigma... but boy has that been enough! There was a time later on during this dxm binge (which lasted a full 2&1/2 months) when I felt that she was in fact extraterrestrial of origin, hence the 'we will come' part but have since been proven wrong on that particular theory as there was another occasion when my beautiful spirit guide had referred to her last life on earth as human. During one of those same very early trips (as a dex trip for us lasted 8+ hours) while listening to the song "Indian Chanting" by Enigma, we both just "KNEW" that we had lived at least a few former lives as native Americans, and why we had now incarnated in the descendents of those same whites who wiped out so many tribal peoples was because we both have some greater purposes in store in the near future, part of which (in my case) pertained to spreading information about 2012 and past lives. Thanks to Tomorrowlander for this.
117. Joel Keene's Continuing Web of Synchronicity 1/

Sep/03
Following his novel, (see Whats New item 94) Cosmic Locusts: The 2012 Convergence of Nostradamian, Mayan and Biblical Prophecy, Joel J. Keene wrote an article for 2012: Dire Gnosis about the coincidences that surrounded the writing of the book, (see it here: Cosmic Coincidences and Ian Crane's reply here)...the weird stuff is continuing, and Joel has written a new article for us, in which he discovers that not only has he got a duplicate nose of the Maya king Curl Nose, but other parts of his body are also re-capitulating those of the same Tikal-based king (too much information?). All this causes Joel to conclude that the event he wrote into his novel - i.e. a comet storm October 2012, plus EMP wave, and a comet colliding with the Moon in December 2012, is actually going to happen on schedule. Here is the new article :
Celestially Challenged
Whats New page 5
118. St. Malachy & 2012
2/Oct/03
Thanks to someone called Allen for asking me about St. Malachy. A search came up with this site which connects the prophecies of St. Malachy with 2012. In 1139 St. Malachy prophesied 112 future popes ending with Pope Peter II who will be pope when the "final persecution of the Holy Roman Church" comes about. We are currently on pope number 110 of the St. Malachy list, and with rumours this week of his failing health, reminds us that there are only 2 popes left to go. It is unclear how Ronald L. Conte Jr. came up with the dates, (article written in August-September 2002), but here they are: Summary of Dates:
s s
s s
John Paul II - dies most likely in 2003. Pope Benedict XVI, the Pope of Peace - elected most likely in 2003, dies before the end of the same decade (the first decade of the 21st century, 2001 to 2010), most likely in 2009. Peter the Roman (the second Pope after John Paul II) - elected in the latter part of the first decade of the 21st century, most likely in 2009. His Pontificate sees the beginning of the tribulation, including the beginning of the third World War. A small war - among the Arab nations - begins in 2009 or 2010 - unites the Arab nations as one. A large war (the third World War) - begins in 2010 or 2011 - the Arab nations attack and conquer Europe and large portions of Africa. In 2012, Peter the Roman will be captured by the Arabs and imprisoned in Iraq. He will die a martyr, blind and imprisoned. Rome and Vatican City will be destroyed in July of 2013.
see also this site.
119. The 2012 Dream Project
2/Oct/03
Explora, who had the lucid dream described at Whats New item 102 above, and who runs a site called Dreamspace has contacted 2012:Dire Gnosis. The site has a forum called Sea Life that is the hub of several dream projects:
As a group of what is currently 4 dream teams (about 30 dreamers) plus other individuals, we have a lot of potential to recover knowledge through dreaming. Our first serious group journey was on the
Whats New page 5
topic of 'Dreaming Our Way to 2012'. In conscious dreams, we traveled to the year 2012, to discover the role of dreaming, and other possible changes awaiting us.
See the results here.
120. Franklin Timewave Update
2/Oct/03
Zyzygyz, who devised the concept a Timewave based around the magic square of Ben Franklin, (see Whats new item 68) has made a breakthrough! He announced the breakthrough at the Timewavezero2012 discussion group in message number 3408;
I have finally found a way to quickly and easily chart the Franklin Time Wave in its fractal form as far back as 7 billion years through I guess what you might call reverse engineering...
and there has been some discussion following the announcement - see message 3438 (see the "dimension" thread from message 3518 or any after that with "Timewave" in the title). The Franklin Timewave can now be easily compared with any other sections of the wave of any duration between a maximum of 7 billion years and a minimum of 1 hour and 33 minutes, on any of the other 4 number sets (Kelley, Watkins, Sheliak - all based on the King Wen sequence of the I Ching, & Huang Ti, based on an alternative arrangement of the I Ching). Like the other waves, the Franklin wave shows a close resonance between the World War II years and the years between 2006 and 2012, (when novelty ingression reaches maximum by hitting the baseline). Zyzygyz makes a case for the Franklin wave having a particular significance to the Gulf War: The coincidence between Saddam's ascent to absolute power in Iraq, his attack on Kuwait and the entire Gulf War scenario compared with the Franklin Timewave (FTW) is just too strange to chalk up to coincidence. More in message 3582...
121. Orion Prophecy Update
2/Oct/03
In Whats New item 39 I summarized my detailed review of The Orion Prophecy, which is a book by Patrick Geryl and Gino Ratinckx proposing a catastrophe in 2012. The theory was largely based around the claimed correlation between a retrograde loop of the planet Venus, that is due in 2012, and one that the authors said happened in 9792 BC. When I reviewed the Orion prophecy,
Whats New page 5
the 3 astronomical software programs I used, (all freeware or shareware), would not go back as far as 9792 BC (one of them almost did it, but kept crashing the computer & giving nonsense readings). I recently tried the same thing on a program called Skyglobe. If that sounds familiar, that's because its the one used by Cotterell, Gilbert, Hancock and Bauval in their investigations of ancient Egyptian skies. Well, Skyglobe will reproduce any sky configuration visible from any from any of 120 cites on Earth, between 30,000 BC and 30,000 AD! Skyglobe shows the 2012 loop exactly as described by Geryl and Rattinckx, when set to show the sky from a Cairo vantage point between May 14th 2012 and June 26th 2012 (the 2 standstill points in the loop of Venus. However, the 9792 BC loop is not at all the same as that shown in the Orion Prophecy. Skyglobe shows the loop in the Orion Prophecy to be one that occurred 96 years later, in 9696 BC. In fact, the Venus retrograde loop of 9792 BC as shown on Skyglobe, has an exact match in the year 1609 AD! The exact match for the 2012 AD loop, actually happened in 9389 BC, (starting on 12 February), I found after much searching with Skyglobe. Check it for yourself if you dont believe me:
Download Skyglobe (shareware)
122. The "Discontinuity"
1/Nov/2003
In the Montauk section, (item 24) and in the Remote Viewing section (item 36) of this site, secondhand claims were reported about remote viewers being unable to get past 2012. There is also page on the Great dreams site that refers briefly to it, but this page gets the end-point of the 13-baktun cycle confused with the start date, saying that it ends on 12th August 2012 instead of the 21st December. I have now found a page where we can get it verbatim, straight from the horse's mouth. In a radio interview with Art Bell, (Jan 30th 1997) remote viewer Ed Dames answered a question on this topic, and the transcript of the interview is online here, and the relevant piece is just under halfway down the page. To save your time, I have quoted it below. Ed Dames was in charge of a U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency team of remote viewers. He became head of his own remote viewing company ( Psi Tech), claiming that his company's remote viewing findings were 100% accurate; he is now executive director of the Matrix Intelligence Agency. He
Whats New page 5
has been criticized for making predictions that don't come true. BELL: Now to Ed Dames and some very sobering, or to use this faxers words, spooky stuff. Alright, Ed, you are back on the air. This faxer goes on to say is it possible, the reason that remote viewers and time travelers hit a wall in the year 2012 and find no one after that date, is that we have all gone to another time or dimension via time travel or ETs or whatever? DAMES: Do you want me to answer that? BELL: Uh huh. DAMES: This deals with what, in house, we call the discontinuity. Weve used topical search terms like the rapture, the quickening, things like that but, I have mentioned this before, that remote viewers run up against a point where things change dramatically and globally. . . . and its all at once. I can give you my best guess about what that is. BELL: Alright. DAMES: We have explored it, its geophysical parameters, biophysical parameters, trying to discern what the heck is happening and we have a working hypothesis now and the working hypothesis, and its that only by the way. . . it may be something that is truly beyond our ken, is that time changes. That there is an event that is global, that something happens to the world that makes all the event timelines change. BELL: Thats the spiritual event, Ed? DAMES: Thats what it appears to be, that something happens on earth. . . in the past. . . . that affects the entire earth in the future. . . . all at once. . . . and that when you look around, everything is different. You appear to be somewhere else and, in fact, youve leapt onto a different event trajectory, a different time. . . . parallel time, if you will. That is the best that we can do at this juncture. We are having a very difficult time with this. We will continue to explore it but we are quickly being overcome by other events, as Ive mentioned.
123. Ananda, Internal Alchemy & The Vedas
2/Nov/2003
Ananda Bosman, who lives in Norway, had a bicycle accident at the age of 12 or 13, in the year 1985. The result was that his pineal gland was triggered into activity, and he started a 7-year process in which the Pineal Eye (pineal gland) was progressively opened. The natural hallucinogens, Pinoline, and DMT were being pumped into his blood stream especially at night,
Whats New page 5
when there was more melatonin available to be converted into the "spirit molecules" (see the Rick Strassman book review). He had an OOBE (out-of-body experience) in which he met a group of beings that were beyond extra-terrestrials - even beyond ultra-terrestrials. They called themselves collectively, Emmanuel, and told Ananda in 1989 about the significance of 2012. Over the next few years, Ananda worked with a variety of scientists and technicians, to develop a method by which people could create a hyperspatial vehicle or light body. The techniques included sound, mudras, Faraday cages and light isolation. The light isolation developed into a 14-day Dark Room Retreat, combined with a diet rich in tryptophan, the raw material out of which the pineal synthesises melatonin, from which it then makes the hallucinogens. The diet also avoids tyramine, which is present in many foods, such as dairy products and wine (this is because the beta-carbolines -harmine and family- made in the pineal, are mono-amino-oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) and MAO normally protects us from tyramine, rendering it harmless). One of the Emmanuel group that Ananda met early on, was called Salvana. While reading the ancient Vedas recently (2002), seventeen years after this contact, he was... "... thunder-struck in discovering the archaic manuscriptorial references that actually mention the "Salvana" of Emmanuel (one of my most intimate Emmanuel contacts), as being described in the Vedas as one of the central MANU's from the 7 Alpha-Omega MANU couples that overwatch and influence the species development"* He realized that the Vedas, (said by some to be up to 7,000 years old), encode the process that we are currently undergoing, that culminates in 2012. "What was of even further a quaking nature to our cognate geology was that Manu Salhvana/Savarna is also described as the Omega MANU of our cycle, into which our reality is emerging. The Veda's conveyed such an emergence to be astronomically marked by the precise alignments of our astrophysical backgarden that accurately took place in 1998 and those of 2012 - an emergence we are amidst. The Omega Manu, in hadron physics jargon acting as a kind of Macro Irreversible Coherent Noosphere of our Age."*
* From Ananda's Grailzine newsletter September 2003
Ananda has written a 432-page book called The Rig Veda, due to be released soon, which demonstrates the Rig Veda as the "Source of the Book of Revelation "Apocalypse" code". He has also written a 670-page (so far) book called The Soma Conspiracy that covers the material that was to be in the books, Somagenics and Somanetics, now combined, about alchemy, soma and pineal hallucinogens. The Unity Keys of Emmanuel, which I have personally been trying to get hold of for years, is being re-written and should be available soon in pdf format (without pictures, 540 pages)...to be announced on the 2012 books page. Other books soon to be released in hardcopy are Vajrhiratha: Diamond Body Manual, 2003, 672 A4 pages;
Whats New page 5
The Alien Presence: The Evidence for Government Contact With Alien Life Forms, 1993, 630 A4 pages; The Light Of Emmanuel: Exploraitons Into Oneness, 1992, 350 A4 pages; and perhaps other books like Sovereignty: The Emegency From Independence From the Global Slave Machine, 1993; and the book Ananda is currently working on, The Manu: An Omnidimensional Artifact At The Genesis of History, presently 500 A4 pages.
See 2012 Events page for an upcoming (Nov-Dc 2003) Dark Room Retreat in Switzerland with Ananda.
Ananda-Emmanuel Somanetics book
Somagenics page Somagenics 2 Somanetics page
Timegate 2003
124. The Pineal Project
2/Nov/2003
The Pineal Project is a research proposal by a Netherlands-based biologist called Saskia Bosman, Ph.D of Inclusive Science....yes she has the same surname as Ananda! The project will investigate the production of pineal hallucinogens during mystical experiences, prayer, and meditation, using multi-channel SQUID neuromagnetometers (plus MRI scanning) and PET scanning. If you check out other research projects you will find that they include heart and brain coherence as outlined by Itzhak Bentov, and Earthgate energy field research project, influence of sun and moon on crystallization and acupuncture and chakra points, and an invetigation of Earth energy, (not dissimilar to the Dragon Project) using an array of detection equipment that includes:
q q q q
q q
Geiger counter MagnetometerElectrostatic field meter Callahan Probe with spectral and septral analysis Measurement of the pulse, EKG and other human oscillators of subjects on and outside of Earth energy lines and vortices. Torsion field detector (in development) Microwave scanner (in development)
The Pineal Project will study the interaction of five pineal secretions; Serotonin, Melatonin, DMT, 5-meo-DMT and Pinoline, the last three of which are psychoactive. The scientists are also following some of the research of Dan Winter, who Ananda has worked with. Perhaps Saskia is
Whats New page 5
related to Ananda? Galactic core explosions Schumann resonance, lightballs - they all come in to these projects. McKenna's Invisible Landscape is also mentioned as a reference. Is this the first scientific investigation of the forthcoming 2012 event outside Russia?
125. Jumping on the 2003/2012 Bandwagon
1/Dec/2003
John Mirehiel, as you have probably heard, conceived the recent Harmonic Concordance event, when a rare planetary configuration combined with a lunar eclipse. For several months, he has been repeating the old "2003=2012" misconception on his site. This is a piece of disinformation which I tried to lay to rest back in June 2002, in an item called The Sylvia Brown 2003 Error, alerting the original perpetrators - Nancy Leider and ZetaTalk., but to no avail. The old Harmonic Convergence, we are assured, is the "spiritual ancestor" of the Harmonic Concordance. With all the excitement over the Harmonic Concordance, people started picking up on this again even Drunvalo Melchizedek, the purveyor of the Flower of Life and Merkaba concepts, wrote an article in his November issue of The Spirit of Maat in which he repeated it all, but added his own piece of "research". (The whole article is repeated on this page of 2012Unlimited). He also republished an article by Mirehiel in the same issue. I emailed both Mirehiel and Drunvalo (several attempts with various email addresses to the latter) but they have both declined to explain themselves. Here is a copy of the email I sent to John Mirehiel, quoting the one I sent to Drunvalo:
Dear John, Thanks for your recent promotion of the Concordance event, which I celebrated. However, you have got a few facts wrong, and these are being repeated and exaggerated all over the net. I enclose a copy of a letter sent to Drunvalo who has repeated this mistake. I told the Zeta-Talk site about it ages ago but they chose to ignore it because it did not suit their agenda. All the best Geoff Stray This may also be of interest: http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/harm.htm
Dear Drunvalo, You said recently, "In my research back in the mid-1980s, I discovered six places where, for political and religious reasons, the Catholic church changed the date of the year, holding it back. From my
Whats New page 5
understanding at that time, I could prove that according to the Mayan Calendar, our current Gregorian year of 2003 is really at least 2009. But others say that there were three other times when the year was held back." Would you mind giving me more information on this please, because the "growing body of researchers" who think 2003 is 2012 all seem to be basing their statements on hearsay and rumour that was originally encouraged by Nancy Leider on the Zetatalk site (it was quoted on the astrosite, which is connected with the whole harmonic Concordance phenomenon, which explains why it has just come up again). The whole story originates from a radio listener who heard an interview with Sylvia Browne, but it was taken out of context...see http://www. diagnosis2012.co.uk/new3.htm#2003 For you to promote this 2003/2012 subject further without supplying the evidence is very frustrating for those of us trying to get to clear up misinformation surrounding the Maya calendar. I hope you understand and will reply, since I shall be saying something about this in the next update to the website. Extract: So, the information originated in a 1996-97 radio interview with Sylvia Brown, who mentioned in passing, that 2000 AD took place 6 years previously. Sylvia didn't receive psychic information that the Mayan calendar was wrong, or even mention 2012 - the rest of the Zetatalk letter is supposition of a Zetatalk correspondent. What Sylvia probably meant, is that, since theologians and historians all argue about the actual year of Christ's birth, this means that our calendar's base-date is off by anything up to 10 years, and therefore, if any Christians were expecting the Second Coming to occur two thousand years after Christ's birth, their estimate would be off by a similar amount. One of the most popular current years for the birthdate is 6 BC, but some authorities say 9 BC or even 10 BC. If Jesus had been born in 9 BC, then the 2000-year anniversary would have been in 1991. If this turned out to be true, and the year we now call 2012 should really be called 2003, that just would just mean that the Gregorian year that correlates to 13.0.0.0.0 in the Long Count should also be called 2003, though it would still be the same year! Likewise, the year favoured by Zetatalk for Nibiru's return, would no longer be called 2003, but 1994. (More refs: 9 BC; 10 BC; 10 BC) The point is, no matter how much anybody changes the Gregorian calendar, it does not make any difference to the Maya calendar. The Gregorian calendar started in 1582 due to an accumulated difference of ten days between the Julian calendar and the solar year. This caused a near riot, when people protested at the calendar jumping ten days, as if they were having ten days stolen out of their lives. Yet we are supposed to believe that in the following 400 years, the calendar jumped back nine years? If we suppose that there were nine one-year action replays, that would just be in the Gregorian calendar, while the Maya continued on with their day-count, and the end-point of the 13-baktun cycle would then be in the New Gregorian year "2021" Yes if it's 2012 now, then the end-point is in 2021. The start and finish of the 13-baktun cycle can also be worked out in the Julian calendar and in
Whats New page 5
that case, the start-date is 6th September 3114 BC (JD) and the end-date is 8th December 2012. So, saying that 2003 is really 2012 is a bit like a movement that suddenly announced that today is really the week before last. Mirehiel says in his article in the Spirit of Maat newsletter, "But noted Psychic Silvia Browne has said the 2012 date itself is erroneous; that confusion arising over western calendar systems has led to our belief that 2012 represents the last noted year of the Mayan Great Calendar when, according to her guides, 2003 is the correct corresponding Gregorian year." If you look at the place where this Chinese whisper started: Zetatalk, you will see that the very short sentence concerning the "noted" psychic has been spiced up! There is nothing there about her guides telling her this. I am wondering why this has been so persistently spread around. Obviously, Zetatalk wanted to bolster up their case that Nibiru would return in May 2003, and that is why they refused to take the page down, or correct it. Does this mean that Mr. Mirehiel was trying to bolster up the significance of the Harmonic Concordance? That really wasn't necessary - anybody can see the significance of that planetary combination...Perhaps he wanted the cult status that Arguelles enjoyed after the Harmonic Convergence? Perhaps we should not be surprised if, like Mr. Perona and Mr. Arguelles, Mr. Mirehiel suddenly announces himself to be dead and reborn as a Hebrew priest-king or Maya king... I would suggest a combination such as Solomon Pengragon...or Dagobert Atahualpa (oops have I overdone it?)
126. Tolkien and 2012

Happy New Year to all Dire Gnosis surfers (Dire Gnostics)
1/1/2004
Whats New page 5
Thanks to Steve Alexander at Temporary Temples for Crop Circle image
These gold hats are around 3,000 years old from the late Bronze Age and covered with Sun and Moon symbols. They are a kind of logarithmic table, on which the 19-year Metonic cycle could be calculated five to seven hundred years before Meton was born. They show the 1735 days in 57 lunations, which is a quarter of the 235 lunations of the Metonic cycle, so the Bronze Age calendar priests could make longterm predictions. The hats were found in France, Switzerland & Germany, with rumours of several found by peat-diggers in Ireland, that have since gone missing. Prof. Gerloff has also suggested that the Gold Cape of Mold, found in Wales in 1831, was another part of the ceremonial dress of the priestkings. So our Halloween fancy-dress outfits of Merlin, with his Sun, Moon and star-covered cape and hat are actually based on the calendrically-encoded ceremonial dress of Bronze Age king-priests who would have been revered at Lords of Time.
Whats New page 5
The hats were recently displayed together at Nuremburg museum and they demonstrate that our ancestors were far more aware of calendrical cycles than mainstream archaeology would like to admit, and that the archaeoastronomers' calendrical interpretations of megalithic sites should be taken seriously. See Whats New item 113 for Megalithic calendars and possible 2012 connections. Merlin of course, shares an archetype with Gandalf, Tolkien's White Magician. In January 2003, Vincent Bridges posted a message at the 2012 Theories discussion group in which he pointed out that Tolkien's Lord of the Rings ends at the junction between the Third and Fourth Ages of Middle Earth: "LOTR takes place at the end of the 3rd age, which is roughly 5200 years long, the same harmonic of the Great Year as the Mayan. The 4th age began with the passing of the ring, and ushers in the age of men as the elves and dwarves fade away (hobbits would remain of course and become Englishmen). We are therefore living in the 4th age, also just as the Mayan say." Tolkien also implied that a similar battle between good and evil occurs at each junction between the ages, and that we are now approaching the end of the fourth age. Vincent's co-author of the book A Monument to the End of Time, Jay Weidner, has just produced an extended article on this subject, called Tolkien at the End of Time; Alchemical Secrets of The Lord of the Rings, in which he goes into Tolkien's mythology of the first three ages, showing how it
Whats New page 5
connects to the doctrine of alchemy and the secrets of the ages encoded into the Cross at Hendaye (see Whats New item 21 for a review of Weidner and Bridges' book about the Cross at Hendaye). In the context of the end of the current, Fourth Age, the Ring represents The Machine - or our tendency to become entranced or seduced by technology - something that Terence McKenna referred to as "thing-fetishism" (to those with a world-view structured around Abrahamic religions, this would be called "worship of graven images"). Weidner and Bridges have totally re-worked their book A Monument to the End of Time, including 80,000 words of new material, and it is now available as
The Mysteries of the Great Cross of Hendaye: Alchemy and the End of Time
See 2012 Books page for more info.
127. The Sacrum Bone: Doorway to the Otherworld

1/1/2004 We know about the 33 vertebrae and their connection to the 33 Masonic degrees, but have you ever wondered about the Sacrum or Holy Bone at one end of the spine, and the Temples at the other end? Brian Stross (University of Texas) has written an article; The Sacrum Bone: Doorway to the Otherworld showing that the Maya saw the spine as a microcosm of the World Tree or axis, and that it has a portal at each end. Not only does this shamanic concept of the Maya have parallels to the Hindu concept of the Kundalini serpent, but it is also relevant to the Galactic Alignment of 2012, since the skull and sacrum were seen to correlate to the galactic portals where the ecliptic crosses the Milky Way. The Galactic Sacrum was at the Place of creation in Orion (the Turtle Shell) and the Galactic Temples were therefore at the Dark Rift, where the 2012 Alignment will occur, when the World Tree aligns with the Galactic Tree. This all seems to add weight to Jenkins' conclusion (Galactic Alignment p.268) that the Galactic Alignment will involve Kundalini flowing through the Earth and through us. The Egyptian Djed column is related to this, being the backbone of Osiris, and also the World Tree; Osiris being represented in the sky by Orion. See Weidner & Bridges' essay, Fulcanelli's Final Revelation: of Raising the Djed at the End of Time.
128. Solar System Changes Update
1/1/2004
In David Wilcock's Divine Cosmos, he goes into some detail regarding the work of Dr. Aleskey Dmitriev and particularly Dmitriev's essay, Planetophysical State of the Earth and Life. Dmitriev
Whats New page 5
analyses Earth changes, Solar changes, and (less well-known), changes to other planets in the solar system, to conclude that the solar system is moving into a new energetic area. This area, says Dmitriev, is a magnetised plasma band. In a recent essay, The Ascension: Is It Real? If So, Am I Gonna Make It? , Wilcock has added more recent statistics to Dmitriev's information, showing that the planetary changes are continuing; here is an excerpt:
"SUN: The Suns magnetic field is over 230 percent stronger now than it was at the beginning of the 1900s, and its overall energetic activity has sizably increased, creating a frenzy of activity that continues to embarrass NASAs official predictions. VENUS: Venus is now glowing in the dark, as is Jupiters moon Io. EARTH: In the last 30 years, Earths icecaps have thinned out by as much as 40 percent. Quite inexplicably, just since 1997 the structure of the Earth has shifted from being slightly more egg-shaped, or elongated at the poles, to more pumpkin-shaped, or flattened at the poles. No one at NASA has even bothered to try to explain this yet. MARS: The icecaps of Mars noticeably melted just within one year, causing 50-percent changes in surface features. Atmospheric density had risen by 200 percent above previous observations as of 1997. JUPITER: Jupiter has become so highly energized that it is now surrounded by a visibly glowing donut tube of energy in the path of the moon Io. The size of Jupiters magnetic field has more than doubled since 1992. SATURN: Saturns polar regions have been noticeably brightening, and its magnetic field strength increasing. URANUS: According to NASAs Voyager II space probe, Uranus and Neptune both appear to have had recent magnetic pole shifts 60 degrees for Uranus and 50 for Neptune . NEPTUNE : Neptune has become 40 percent brighter in infrared since 1996, and is fully 100percent brighter in certain areas. Also, Neptune s moon Triton has had a very large percentage increase in atmospheric pressure and temperature, comparable to a 22-degree Fahrenheit increase on Earth. PLUTO: As of September 2002, Pluto has experienced a 300-percent increase in its atmospheric pressure in the last 14 years, while also becoming noticeably darker in color. " For more info, see WhatsNew item 27 The Shift of the Ages and Whats new item 65; Converegence 3 & Divine Cosmos.
Whats New page 5
129. Prophet's Manual
1/1/2004
The recent book by Daniel Srsa, Prophet's manual : (Fractal Supersymmetry of Double Helix) is over 450 pages of fairly small print. The cover claims that the book connects the Egyptian concept of Zep Tepi (the First Time of Osiris) with apocalyptic texts from ancient civilisations, and the end of the 13-baktun cycle of the Maya, explaining the physics behind the forthcoming quantum leap. The result of its publication is predicted to be a recognition that it is the "...long awaited revelation of Holy Grail of knowledge with unprecedented consequences that are bound to shake the world from its foundations." Daniel Srsa is from Croatia, so this explains why the explanations on his website, and in posts he has made to discussion groups are in a rather awkward kind of English. However, I expected the book to be a different matter. In fact, it reads like the scribbled notes of someone writing a shorthand account of a conversation between Albert Einstein and John Nash. Here is an example - the first half of the first paragraph in Chapter One (words in red are words that should be there but aren't): "In a 3D context, a constant is a derivative of two equal and opposite variables . Constancy is a changeless pattern between two interfering variables (C=d/t=const). Constancy is singular, while variability is its equal and opposite infinity. The Difference between a constant and its equal and opposite variability is infinite, because the difference is exponential. An Exponential difference is a fractal dimensional difference. One constant is an infinity of fractal variables, just as a 3D cube is an infinity of 2D surfaces. 3D is always double the fractal difference - it is two equal and opposite infinities (variabilities) of a singularity (constant)." I am told by a language-teacher friend of mine, that the Croatian language is structured like this, but this text should really have been checked by someone who speaks fluent English. However, even when the missing words are inserted, this excerpt is still hard to understand for nonphysicists. There is a glossary that includes explanations of the terms constant, fractality, variable, infinity and singularity, but these definitions tend to use other terms that have to be looked up in the glossary, and so do they, and so on. Since this is from the start of chapter one, the above excerpt is actually easier to understand than most of the text. I have read A Brief History of Time by Professor Stephen Hawking, who is generally recognised as "the Greatest mind in physics since Albert Einstein" and it was an absolute doddle compared to this. If Professor Hawking can make his ideas understandable to the non-specialist, then surely it is possible that the concepts being explained by Daniel Srsa (an engineer) could be phrased in a way that could be understood by people who are not Croatian scientists. I sadly don't have time to get my head round this book, so if anyone out there has read and understood it, and speaks and writes fluent English, then how about writing a synopsis for 2012: Dire Gnosis?
Whats New page 5
130. The Celestial Cow in 3114 BC
1/Feb/2004
In Whats New item 16 we saw how Egyptologist David Rohl placed the flood of Noah (or Utnapishtim in the earlier Sumerian version) at "3113 BC", when the Long Count started. In Whats New item 23 we saw how David Furlong found evidence for a comet impact at this time, and Timo Niroma suggested that although comet Encke was in an Earth-crossing position about 5000 years ago, he thought a likelier scenario would have been another comet that broke into three pieces. Now, Ed Grondine reasons that the ancient Egyptian myth of The Celestial Cow, in which Ra punishes Mankind by sending out his eye in the form of Sekhmet/Hathor (see item 40) originated in the first dynasty and refers to the encounter between comet Encke and the Earth. Grondine also quotes from a recent report on the findings of Ohio State University scientists, from Peruvian icecores, that "Something happened 5,200 years ago that was abrupt and very large-scale..."
Grondine summarises the article: "The Ohio State University team works under Dr Lonnie
Thompson, with financial support coming from the United States' National Science Foundation and the Comer Foundation. Dr Thompson's teams' new ice cores from Quelcoro, Peru agree well with their earlier ice cores from Mount Kilmanjaro, Tanzania in showing a climate collapse ca. 3200 BCE, with dating determined by radio carbon dating techniques. Given this accuracy, these radio carbon dates agree well with the absolute dates given by the Maya." Another relevant page from Grondine is here. (Thanks to Joel Keene for this)
Whats New page 5
Whats New page six
What's New?
131. 2012: a Space Odyssey 132. Stela for 13.0.0.0.0 133. The Romanek Mystery and the Cube of Space 134. 2012 Search at Amazon 135. 2012 and Meditation 136. Nordic Alien Transmits 2012 Telepathically 137. Psychic Children - First Fruits of the Galactic Alignment? 138. Earth Quarantined Ready for 2012. 139. HAARP and Ancient Prophecies 140. "Dreaming Our Way to 2012" Project 141. Past-Life Recall and Doomsday 2012 142. Hypnotic Progression (Future Life Recall) 143. Venus Transit 2004 & 2012 144. 2012 Tattoo 145. August Noble Goes for the Jugular
Whats New page six
146. 2012 and the Group Mind Feedback Project 147. Feedback Project: Results 148. Berber Eclipse Cycle 149. Mayan Ayahuasca 150. The Real Maya Prophecies 151. The "Doomsday Crop Circle" 152. Auric Time Scale Update 153. Another Fungal Message 154. Summary of the Road to 2012 Arizona Conference 155. Jenkins Counter-Critique 156. Galactic Centre Found to Affect Intuition items 157 +...
131. 2012: A Space Odyssey
1/Feb/2004
Jay Weidner's updated version of his essay, Alchemical Kubrick 2001: the Great Work on Film, shows that his own interpretation of the message of alchemy, encoded in cathedrals and writings and paintings, is the same meaning that is encoded into Kubrick's enigmatic film, 2001: A Space Odyssey. Weidner suggests that this is the only film that has succeeded in encoding the Great Work, with the monolith representing the Philosopher's stone and Bowman suggesting the constellation Sagittarius, that points towards Galactic Centre, (close to the Galactic equator, where the Galactic Alignment event is happening through 2012).
Check out this amazing streamed audio & video explanation of 2001: A Space Odyssey
Whats New page six
Here is something else I noticed myself, when the film was shown on TV (in the UK) a few weeks ago, that might connect the film with 2012: 1. At the climax of the film, the space ship goes down some kind of wormhole near Jupiter and the surviving crew-member becomes the first of a new species. 2. When Terence & Dennis McKenna were in The Amazon rainforest, where they received the raw information for the Timewave that terminates in 2012, one of them had a " Manichaean perception" of the "solar system as a huge light pump, wherein the light of souls is pumped from planet to planet until it finally leaves the solar system altogether and is transmitted to the galactic center", and "...late twentieth-century history was experienced as a frantic effort to build an object which he called "the lens", to allow life to escape to Jupiter on the heels of an impending global catastrophe". (Invisible Landscape p.110). 3. Aleister Crowley, who was the self-styled "Beast 666" of the book of Revelation, (some of whose followers think the Aeons of Maat and Horus will fuse in 2012 - see Whats New item 10) wrote of his "Paris Working", that "this working produced a message from Jupiter in Enochian to the effect that the gods wished to regain their dominion on Earth..." 4. Two of Jupiter's moons have a rotation period of 260 days, (Tzolkin p.98) which is the period of the sacred Tzolkin calendar, and 260 is also the number of katuns in the 13-baktun cycle that terminates in 2012. Jay Weidner was interviewed by Network X in January 2004 and you can now read the transcript, at his Sacred Mysteries site, titled "Fulcanelli, Alchemy, The Great Cross at Hendaye and the Mystery of the Cathedrals".
132. Stela for 13.0.0.0.0
1/Feb/2004
This is the stela for the "zero day" Long Count: 13.0.0.0.0; Tzolkin: 4 Ahau; Haab: 3 Kankin; Night Lord: 9 See Maya Links page for the Mayan Horoscope software.
Whats New page six
133. The Romanek Mystery and the Cube of Space
1/ Feb/2004
Following recent discussions on the 2012 Theories discussion group, concerning Jeff Rense's page on Stan Romanek's Mystery equations, (equations and diagrams from an apparently extraterrestrial source), I noticed that the diagram shows a hypercube exactly like that in Vincent Bridges' Gnosis Gnomon article and Millennium Workings article, (see Whats New item 5). In Romanek's diagram, there is a spiral connecting one of the stars in Orion's Belt on the outer cube, (surprisingly, it is Mintaka, * which corresponds to the smallest pyramid Menkaure, not Al Nitak, otherwise known as Zeta Orionis, which corresponds to the Great Pyramid of Khufu, and is also targeted by the Southern shaft of the Kings Chamber), to the Earth on the inner cube, and Richard Hoagland suggests that 2012 is an encoded date for the event depicted, so I posted a message asking Vincent his thoughts. Vincent posted a reply saying that he was actually working on an article about this, and about 2 weeks later, he posted the article in 5 parts, but it is also available at Alternative Approaches. * UPDATE: Joe Mason of the Great Dreams site has noticed that the dots and triangular shape shown above the belt of Orion in Romanek's diagram seems to be the sword of Orion, known as the Trapezium, which is usually below the belt. This means that Orion, or more probably, the whole diagram is shown upside down, and the spiral "wormhole" therefore does go from Al Nitak
Whats New page six
to Earth, after all. (email 30/3/04)
134. 2012 Search at Amazon
2/Mar/04
2012 News recently announced the fact that you can now search inside books at amazon.com (not at amazon.co.uk). A 2012 search recently came up with 2338 results, and for your amusement I have searched the lot! It took a few weeks, and huge bulging red eyes, but it had to be done! There were alot of plain numbers and references that were irrelevant to the year 2012, but a few interesting things came up...predictions of one billion transistors on a chip by 2012, predictions of presidential walk-ins, alien invasion, information doubling every second, a collision with asteroid Eros...the usual stuff. There is also a variant on the Nine Hells cycle, in which Maya Elders say they ended in 1985, two years before Harmonic Convergence. Here's an odd one: There is a book called Titanic 2012, published in 1999, which is not included on the 2012 Books page, since the fact that the Titanic is raised in 2012 seems to have no relationship to the Maya calendar or other prophecies, predictions, or Galactic Alignment. However, the 2012 search revealed that Arthur C. Clarke wrote a story over a decade ago called Ghost From the Grand Banks about the raising of the Titanic in 2012! You can see all the pages mentioning 2012 here. It is now published with another story from 1957 called Deep Range. Coincidence? Over sixty books have been filtered out of over 2000, and short summaries of the 2012 references have been given.
Click here to see the 2012 Book Search

Here are the most interesting finds:
135. 2012 and Meditation
2/Mar/04
Gloria Karpinski received an insight about 2012 during a meditation about 25 years ago, as you may remember from a link posted recently on the 2012 Links page. Her book, Barefoot on Holy Ground gives more details:
"The first few times that I received the number 2012 in a meditation as a significant date, I took it with a big dose of cosmic salt. Like the contents of Pandoras box, the prophecy pot has been overturned and the contents have poured out into the collective for anybody to pick up and interpret. I asked myself: Is this a truth I have been shown or have I simply picked up on an arbitrary date because so many people have energized it that it is accepted as truth? But I realized that this date had been showing up in meditations before I knew that anyone else was getting it. Then as I read various prophecies, learned the unusual astrological lineups of that year and talked to others around the world who had received the same information, I realized that if I was off, then lots of us were off at the same time."
Whats New page six
It is important to be clear about that date. I dont think for a minute that the world will stop. Nor do I think Pisces will come to a screeching halt and Aquarius will be ushered in with a fanfare. I do suspect that we have been given this date from so many quarters as a kind of grace period
Look inside the book
136. Nordic Alien Transmits 2012 Telepathically 2/Mar/04

In Unsolved Mysteries William and Birnes reveal that Pam Hamilton's experiences signify that some environmental change may be the trigger to "switch on" their implants near 2012, causing them to take charge of groups of people: "Pam Hamiltons experiences started with greys before she could walk (in her crib). As she got older, she says she met a new companion, a tall creature with very pale skin and fair hair that, like the grays, communicated with her telepathically. The Nordics at first a male and then a female became constant companions, sometimes even materializing when she was with other people. The female still shows up, Pam says, and even after all these years has shown no signs of aging. In one of the first memories of contact with the Nordics, Pam recalls looking up from the alphabet blocks she was playing with and seeing a strange creature who communicated to her that she had nothing to fear. In subsequent contacts, the creature imparted specific dates into her mind along with images associated with those dates. For example, she remembers him telling her that, 2012 would be very important to me. I would be leading people through the mountains. What mountains? I have no idea. He said as I grew I would know certain things. Yet, in her conversations with other abductees, shes learned that her experiences are not unique. There is a sense among people whove been abducted that they have something inside of them that will switch on at some point.
Look inside the book
137. Psychic Children: First Fruits of the Galactic 2/Apr/04 Alignment?

Hugh Newman's website PsychicChildren.co.uk and (and forthcoming book see 2012 Books page), suggest that the psychic children that are appearing worldwide, are connected with the December 2012 Galactic Alignment. The first wave of children were called Indigo Children because psychics could detect an indigo-coloured tint to their aura. This is traditionally the colour associated with the Ajna chakra or Third Eye, says Newman, and indeed, many of these children are clairvoyant. The children are often mis-diagnosed as suffering from Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) or
Whats New page six
Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). Around the same time that the Indigo children appeared, there was also a wave of "Super-Psychic" children in China, whose abilities were even more paranormal. A third type of children, are known as the Blue-Ray Children, who were also first noticed around the "early eighties", and they seem to be a transition between the Indigos and the next type, the so-called Crystal Children, who have only been incarnating since 1996, and are "incredibly telepathic", but are often mis-diagnosed as autistic. The children say that it is important that people connect to the Planetary Grid. Bruce Cathie plotted a grid on the Earth's surface, after tracking UFO flight paths, and the result was a cube and octahedron inside a sphere. Ivan P. Sanderson plotted the locations of areas of unexplained phenomena (eg the Bermuda Triangle), and discovered an icosahedron (12 vertices) within the sphere of the Earth. The next development was by a Russian team, who mapped undersea volcanic ridges and ancient sacred sites, and found that a dodecahedron was also evident in the grid. The grid was developed further by Becker and Hagans, and the subject is covered in detail by David Wilcock in Divine Cosmos chapter 5. The blue and indigo colours may be related to the seven ages of Man as described by Blavatsky and Cayce, who speak of seven Root Races, and our current transition from the Fifth to the Sixth. Like the Aztec tradition, these transitions are usually attended by cataclysms, and the Aztecs also put us in the Fifth Sun, preparing for transition to Sixth Sun, just as the colours in spectral order have blue and indigo at position five and six. Modern theosophists all seem to disagree about these ages and colours, but the Greeks and Hebrews also encoded these five ages . The Greek writer Hesiod described an age of Gold, then Silver, then Bronze...then an age of demi-gods, then an age of iron. The Hebrew prophet Daniel describes Nebuchadnezzar's dream of Gold, Silver, Bronze, Iron, then Iron and clay (the Roman empire continuing in the guise of the Roman church, perhaps). Vedic myth describes the same order of four metallic eras. The implication is that the next transition is back to Gold. Newman says that after 1980, about 80% of babies showed the indigo aura. 1980 was also the start of the 36-year process of Galactic Alignment, (in which the Winter Solstice Sun crosses the Galactic equator), which ends in 2016, and which the Maya flagged at 2012. There is a part of the Gnostic Gospel of Thomas that also encodes the metallic eras - The Hymn of the Soul, in an allegorical form that is like Joseph's coat of many colours...the Joseph and his 11 brothers - who fathered the 12 tribes of Israel, could be symbolic of the 12 signs of the zodiac. A clue as to the meaning of the allegory can be found here, and the rest of the story is here. What is the pearl of great price?
138. Earth Quarantined ready for 2012

2/Apr/04
Whats New page six
In 2003, Peruvian contactee Sixto Paz Wells gave a lecture in Sao Paolo, Brazil, in which he stated that extraterrestrials had put planet Earth into some kind of "quarantine". He said we had been put into a kind of alternate dimension in order to protect us from a massive catastrophe that was destined to occur, and would already have done so, if the ETs had not taken action. It seems that the quarantine period, which he calls "forty days" will be lifted in December 2012, when Humanity will experience the biggest transformation ever to happen on Earth. In 1974, during a telepathy experiment, Wells produced some automatic writing apparently originated by an ET called Oxalc from a base on Ganimede (a moon of Jupiter), and then started his "Rama Mission" movement. Wells, whose father was ufologist Carlos Paz Garcia, has written several books, including one that is available in English called The Invitation, about events of 1974, when "group
of teenage Peruvians became part of a fascinating journey through the remote mystical places of Peru. " Which involves "one of the most complex cases of ET contact ever documented". It is
unclear whether he was one of the people involved, or whether there is any mention of the 2012 prophecy in the book. For more, see these sites about the lecture: Verdesmares (Portuguese) translation) UFO Genesis (Portuguese) translation) Or this site, where Wells is interviewed: English Verdesmares (English
UFO Genesis (English
UFO Genesis interview (Portuguese)
Interview in
139. HAARP and Ancient Prophecies
2/Apr/04
I recently stumbled upon the excellent Viewzone website where there is a riveting story - Viewzone Confidential, that reads like great fiction, but is said to be all true. The site was set up in 1996 and ran articles on paranormal and unexplained mysteries. In 1998, one of the staff, Dan Eden, was contacted by an ex-Navy employee in Alaska, saying that they would send him a return air ticket so he could go up and witness something "both important and terrible". To Eden's surprise, the ticket arrived, so he flew to Fairbanks, Alaska and was shown a secret Navy installation, designed (and operated by the Raytheon Corp.) to send billions of watts of energy into the ionosphere, causing it to heat up and expand. It turned out that this was not the innocuous communication installation that was known about by the media -the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program - that was a cover for the real installation that was designed as a weapons system (see Eden's factual report). Together with other secret military installations all over the world, it could
Whats New page six
deliver an instant death ray to any point on the globe, by distorting the ionosphere into a lens. He was shown local Innuit children who had been deformed terribly when the unit had been tested. Eden got caught up in a situation where he was pressured into not publishing everything he knew, and his informants were hunted down. Meanwhile, he pursued what seemed like a totally unrelated subject, investigating some ancient petroglyphs in Colorado. However, when the writing was decoded, it turned out to be a kind of proto-Hebrew that spoke of the God El, and warned of "the burning sky". A trip to Yemen revealed that the same script was engraved in the temple of the Queen of Sheba (who had a dalliance with Solomon) and again warned of the burning sky. Eden continued on to Australia, where again, the same script was found. It turned out that all these sites were nodal points on a "vortex map" that relates directly to the 12 icosahedron points in Ivan P. Sanderson's grid mentioned above (What's New item 137). The petroglyphs seemed to be referring to the places where they were found as "safe zones", and they were invariably close to military installations with a "phased array". Eden eventually had to leave the country & live abroad after publishing the story. J.J. Hurtak (author of the Keys of Enoch) got involved in the story, but I'll leave you to read it for yourselves. It is 53 pages long, so may take a few hours... Viewzone Confidential...or check out the book, Evil Fire Made to Burn. The 2012 connection is that the Hendaye Prophecy (Whats New item 21) predicted Fire from the Sky around the time that the Earth Cube aligns with the Heaven Cube during Galactic Alignment. A cube has 12 edges, the New Jerusalem will have 12 Gates, connected with the 12 tribes of Israel and the 12 apostles (Rev 21, 12-14). The main nodal points on the icosohedron part of the grid, are 12 in number. Weidner and Bridges also decoded the Cuzco and Urcos area of Peru as the "safe zone", and sure enough, Eden says, "Another point on the vortex map was Southern Peru. It didn't take long to learn that Raytheon was there also. Maps showed the familiar "off limits" zone and other records showed the installation of more antenna farms, satellite hookups and a U.S. military presence". See Viewzone vortex map. Compare with Sanderson's vortices (10 plus the two poles = 12).
140. "Dreaming Our Way to 2012" Project
1/May/04
In Whats New item 119, we linked to the results of the first SeaLife 2012 Dream Project. Well now they have just completed their Dreaming Our way to 2012 Project . For the full six pages of replies, see the Dreaming our Way to 2012 Forum, where dreamers describe experiences that include falling into a vortex, telepathic ducks and "contaminated trousers". The May/June project will be a trip to Galactic Centre.
Whats New page six
141. Past-Life Recall and "Doomsday 2012"
1/May/04
Randolph Weldon's book, Doomsday 2012: A Survival Manual was released in March 2004. It is written in an unusual but entertaining style, that I would label as "punk-colonial". Weldon refers to himself in the third person, (ie "the author thinks..."etc) and this is how he sums up the book in one sentence: "Having researched this subject for over a quarter-century and occupying a very high position in the celestial realm, the author presents this volume in a bid to help the untutored know and prepare for what will butcher us all within a disturbingly short span of time and supply basic information for how to reside in rosier ambience thereafter." Weldon's quest began when he visited a regression hypnotist and experienced past life memories, including those of an Egyptian potter who lived through the disasters that occurred at the time that Moses led his people out of Egypt. The scene exactly matched that described by Immanuel Velikovsky (see Item 35) as the "Birth of Venus" that Velikovsky dated at 1500 BC. Weldon later found that in Barbara Hand Clow's book, Eye of the Centaur, she describes a past life as a Minoan priestess (in Knossos on Crete), called Aspasia, who received a warning that a massive comet was coming that would cause Thera (the huge volcano - the remains of which is now the island of Sanrorini in the Mediterranean Sea) to erupt. Aspasia was also informed that the comet returns every 3,500 years. Clow later recalled the experience of the passage of the comet and the resulting earthquake in which her life as Aspasia ended. Weldon's hypnotist (Gregory Paxon - also Clow's) reported that another client of his also "recounted life as a young seer-priestess on that island, and died in the same apocalyptic disaster". In Item 35 we mentioned that Graham Phillips connected the events of the Exodus to the explosion of Thera, and also that Nigel Appleby connected the giant planet Nibiru (usually said to be on an approximate 3,600-year orbit) to the same event, and predicted its return in 2012 (3,500 years later). Amazingly, Weldon seems not to have read Zecharia Sitchen's The Twelfth Planet, but refers to another book called The Genius of the Few by Christain O'Brien (Turnstone, 1985), that comes to many of the same conclusions as Sitchen, but Weldon says that O'Brien "retranslated the cylinders and tablets and was astonished that they told the story of creation, of Adam and Eve, who brought them into existence, and how". So Weldon concludes, using Barbara Hand Clow's figure of a 3,500-year-comet cycle, added to Velikovsky's date for the Venus incident, to conclude that a "Death Star" that contributed the matter that became the embryonic Venus - pulled out by Jupiter, (rather than coming from Jupiter as Velikovsky argued), is due to return around the turn of the millennium. It would be red in colour, to fit in with the past-life memories, and would therefore be either a red dwarf star or an infrared dwarf or possibly a smaller Jupiter-like planet.
Whats New page six
It couldn't be a red giant as that would be the size of the Earth's orbit. The minimum size of a red/ infrared dwarf is between a tenth and twelfth the size of the Sun, according to Weldon, but another possibility is a proto-sun like Jupiter but with a minimum size of 2 times the size of Jupiter (600 times the size of Earth). On p.173, Weldon says that the IRAS satellite (Infra-Red Astronomical Satellite) should have detected any infrared dwarf out there, when it scanned the entire sky in 1983, but it failed to pick anything up. He obviously didn't know about this announcement in the Washington Post (30/12/83).
See below Weldon spends some time knocking down uniformitarianism and Darwinian evolution and refers to various books on cosmology and cataclysms to support his case, but there is no reference section, bibliography or index to help with verification or summarising. As an aside, it is pretty ironic that Weldon used a past-life memory of Barbara Hand Clow to make his case for an imminent 2012 cataclysm, since Clow has since written a book called Catastrophobia, that argues the current obsession with imminent catastrophe is a kind of mental block in the unconscious mind of the species caused by a racial memory of a catastrophe in 9,500 BC (as posited by Allan & Delair in When the Earth Nearly Died or USA edn.: Cataclysm! - see Whats New Item 11). She says 2012 will be a leap in consciousness. The predictions of seers including Cayce and Nostradamus, of cataclysmic events around the turn of the millennium served to add fuel to Weldon's fire, but the fact that they have not yet come true led to the conclusion that the Maya and Hopis must have got it right at 2012, and the other predictions are all 11 or 12 years out. Weldon says that the difference between the coming event and the previous visits of the Death Star is that this time we have over 500 nuclear installations, millions of gallons of radioactive waste and thousands of nuclear bombs that will all be unleashed in the mayhem, leading to a double catastrophe - the second one will be the smattering of survivors all dying of radiation poisoning.... but that's only the first half of the book! The second half of the book aims to show that life will continue in the astral planes and that it is
Whats New page six
up to us to use our remaining time to try and clear our karmic debts, otherwise we will end up on the lower astral, in the "House of Hopelessness" or the slightly better "Plane of Illusion", both of which the author claims to have visited during his nocturnal projections with his guides. We should actually seek out adversity for ourselves in order to help balance up for any nasty behaviour in this life or any previous ones. The book will ruffle a few feathers with its non-PC terminology and slightly patronising tone, but it certainly makes a change from the run-of-the-mill New Age material. A massive red planet called Hercolubus has also been predicted by Samael Aun Weor (though this is not mentioned by Weldon), who is the man behind the Gnostic Shamanism of Light (see Gnostic2012 Resources page for online articles) and specifically: "The Gnosis Link" Hercolubus or Red Planet site about a book by V. M. Rabolu
Hercolubus planet: Is the Earth in danger? Translated from Spanish
142. Hypnotic Progression (Future Life Recall)
1/May/04
In September 2003, the Hindustan times reported that "an eminent film and TV personality Smita Jaykar" underwent "future progression" under the guidance of Dr. Kondaveti Newton and reported that only one fourth of the world's population would survive to see 2012. ""I could see the earth enveloped in a golden light. Everything was in absolute peace and though the world was sparsely populated, all the inhabitants looked like highly enlightened beings," says Smita while describing life on earth, as it would be by the year 2012. The Marathi actress was talking about her belief in the concept of past and future lifetimes. So, what would it be - earthquakes, volcanoes, floods or the Third World War? "Natural calamities yes but the major part of destruction would be caused by a war no doubt," she says empathically. "It was quite a few years back that Dr Newton had carried me to the future and I couldn't quite believe what all I saw but now I can see signs of it all coming true," Smita adds." Well, 25% is certainly an improvement on Weldon's zero%.
Whats New page six
143. Venus Transit 8th June 2004 & June 6th 2012 2/
Jun/04 As mentioned back in Item 41, Carl Calleman has been promoting the forthcoming Venus transits as important spiritual events. The web page Gaia 2012 has been online since at least 1998 (the web archive first records it in 1998). In that article, it mentions that Calleman first started up an annual celebration on every June 6th, back in 1995, as a kind of repeat practice-run to prepare for the Venus Transits that will occur on 8th June 2004 and 6th June 2012. Back in those days, Calleman's theory that he propounds in his 2001 book, Solving The Greatest Mystery of our Time: The Mayan Calendar (see Jenkins Calleman debate accessible from the index page) did not necessitate any alteration to the end of the 13-baktun cycle in 2012, so the second Venus transit in 2012 would have seemed very relevant to his theory. The Gaia 2012 index page still retains the comment on the transits, that "The first of these may be seen as the Great Rehearsal, whereas the second marks the completion of Creation and the arrival of an era of peace and harmony, the Millennium." However, Calleman subsequently realized that the theory would be more compelling if the 13-baktun cycle had ended on a 13 Ahau day (True Count), and deduced that the Maya must have been a little inaccurate with their end-point, and that it should have been on October 28th 2011. Thus his book says that "Creation is going toward its completion on October 28, 2011"(p.235). Since this site hosted the Jenkins-Calleman debate, I refrained from doing a review of Calleman's book at the time, (having read it in 2001), in order to keep it impartial. However, I posted my comments at the page for reader responses following the debate, which is on John Major Jenkins' Alignment2012.com site (GS). In January 2002, Carl Calleman went to India to meet Kalki who intends to enlighten a critical number of 60,000* people by 2012 (see Whats New item 40). * Kiara Windrider says it is 64,000. Apparently, Kalki's birthday was (though unknown to him), on a 13-Ahau day, which Calleman saw as significant to his theory. Upon his return, Calleman told me (email 13/Feb/02), that Kalki was still emphasising the year 2012 rather than 2011: "He does not base these ideas on physical cycles but on light radiations from the center of the universe that he refers to as Mu-Lam, meaning that I feel there is no contradiction between his and my own view although the terminology differs. He emphasizes the year 2012 rather than 2011, but I am also open to the possibility that changes will take place after Oct 28, 2011, but then more like if things are adapting to and settling down as an effect of the non-dualist consciousness of the Universal Cycle (Enlightenment) that is finally established at that date than as a continued wave movement of energies such as those that will rule until then" Since Calleman's meeting with Kalki, they have joined forces to promote an annual festival in India called The Experience Festival, which now has its own website, based in Sweden and run by Jonas Lindquist and Parlan Fritz. The website has a page called Planetary Ascension Year 2012 claiming to be "a wisdom archive on 2012" with at least 34 articles on 2012 listed. The first
Whats New page six
chapters of Kiara Windrider's online book, Enlightenment 2012 have been posted there (currently the introduction plus the first 3 chapters - see below). However, the "wisdom archive" includes John Mirehiel's article promoting his Harmonic Concordance event as the end of the Maya calendar (see Whats New item 125), and another article on 2003 by "Steve and the group". Then there is one by Kiara Windrider, who thankfully points out that Drunvalo and Mirehiel are wrong, and the end-date is 2012 in our current calendar. Then there is Carl Calleman's article that the end-point is not 2003, but 2011, and another Calleman article saying that the end-date is not 2012, but 2011 and a further 5 articles by Calleman on the page, supporting a 2011 end-date. The 2012 wisdom archive thus has a hidden agenda: 2011. Having said all that, the Venus transit is a worthy subject, regardless of the subliminal 2011 connection. A quick summary of the most interesting observations raised in the Venus transit articles would be in order. These are the dates of the most recent Venus transits: 1518 & 1526; 1631 & 1639; 1761 & 1769; 1874 & 1882; 2004 & 2012 There are 243 years between alternate pairs of transits (e.g. 1631 & 1874;1761 & 2004) Venus rotates on it axis (one Venus-day) in 243 Earth-days; Earth orbits the Sun in just over 365 Earth-days, but in the 243 Earth-years between alternate transits of Venus, 365 Venus-days will have passed. Adapted from Gaia 2012 Venus orbits the Sun 13 times in 8 Earth-years. According to Will Hart: 1518-1526: Cortez (taken as Quetzalcoatl, who was associated with Venus), landed and wiped out the Aztecs. 1631-1639: Start of a 70-year cessation of sunspot cycles 1761-1769: Birth of the American Revolution
Whats New page six
All the 8-year periods above coincide with Turkish wars. The period between each of the Venus transits in a pair is exactly 8 Maya haabs (365-day years), during which time, its retrograde loops form a pentagram in the sky. 1518 was when the first circumnavigation of the globe by Magellan/del Cano was launched (they set sail in 1519 The next pair of Venus transits approximately coincided with the emergence of the first national mail services (Denmark, 1624; Sweden, 1636) In the Venus transit of 1761... had long been prepared for by astronomers, who were planning to use their observations as a means of measuring the distance to the sun. This goal could however only be accomplished if observations were made all around the world, and for this to happen astronomers in different countries needed to collaborate. The Venus transit in 1874 coincided with...the founding of the World Post Union, and the completion of the Atlantic telegraph cable in the same year, which both marked fundamental steps in the development of global communications. In 1874, moreover, Bell had his first idea of a telephone, which was patented two years later. From Experience Festival Calleman sees the transits as triggers for jumps in global communications in a move towards a global brain in which we all become human neurons communicating telepathically. This is an idea put forward by Peter Russell, adapted from Pierre Teilhard de Chardin (see Item 18). The Oneness Celebration is a globally synchronised event scheduled every year between 2004 and 2012, from 6-8 June in which we can all help in the "birthing of a new field of telepathic communication". Its a great idea, but we don't have to jump on the 2011 bus to participate. In fact, most of the Global Oneness events are being organised by the Planet Art Network, who follow Jose Arguelles' Dreamspell, and they still support the 2012 13-baktun end-point.
Oneness Celebration UK will be running an event at Bude in Cornwall, UK from 3-8 June 2004 See also the Oneness Celebration Swedish site LATE UPDATE: See Dr. Strange's very interesting aticle connecting the Venus transit & 2012: A Once in a Lifetime Event: Time, Mythology and
Paradigm Shifts
Whats New page six
144. 2012 Tattoo
2/Jun/04
Ryan was surfing Diagnosis2012 when he came across the Stela for 13.0.0.0.0 at Whats New item 132 (further up this page). He decided to have it permanently embossed onto his body...
ZERO DAY: Long Count: 13.0.0.0.0; Tzolkin: 4 Ahau; Haab: 3 Kankin; Night Lord: 9
Whats New page six
Gregorian date: 21st December 2012 AD
145. August Noble Goes for the Jugular (with false teeth) 1/
July/2004 A review of August Noble's book, 2012: The Myth of the Mayan Calendar August Noble's book is a 105-page work of fiction. It has only one chapter and consists solely of a conversation between a college lecturer called Alpha Omega whose speciality is Bible studies, and a dim-witted celebrity called Diva Diamond. The first half of the book - up to page 59 - is an attempt to ridicule, denigrate and dismiss the concept of the 2012 "end-point". The second half of the book describes the author's (or his alter-ego - Alpha Omega's) philosophy of discovering your life mission by noticing synchronicties and "healing the planetary consciousness" using meditation and non-selfish acts of compassion. The author observes that the concept of "self-fulfilling prophecies" has in the past caused starvation following expectations of Judgement Day in the year 1000 AD, when nobody bothered to plant crops because they thought the world was ending, and again in 1666, which is 1000 plus the diabolical number 666, when the mass expectation of doom manifested as the Great Fire of London and the bubonic plague (Black Death). He also blames 9/11 and the terrorist attacks on the whole Y2K/ Millennium Bug phobia. Since Noble has obviously interpreted the end of the Maya 13-baktun cycle in 2012 as another endof-the world prediction, he decided to nip it in the bud by using every weapon he could find to attack it, but decided to thinly disguise it as fiction so that he would not have to give any references or have any need to defend himself. He spends a large part of the first half of the book in character assassination of Joseph Goodman and Eric Thompson, since these two Mayanists are largely responsible for the correlation that fixes the start of the 13-baktun cycle in 3114 BC and the end in 2012. This is the GMT correlation, that comes in 3 versions (that fix the end-point at 21st, 22nd or 23rd December 2012). It is all made out to be some kind of 2012 conspiracy. Fortunately, Mike Finley* who runs the Real Maya Prophecies site, realized that none of the arguments supporting the GMT correlation could be found on the Internet, while there were arguments for at least eight alternative correlations. For this reason, he put up an excellent page that explains why the GMT correlation is still by far the most popular amongst Mayanists, even after the death of Thompson, who had (as Noble pointed out) stifled all attempts to revise it. Click
Whats New page six
here for Mike Finley's Correlation page. * Mike Finley may sound familiar, since he made the superb The Burden of Time calculator (see Maya Links page) and also answered the question of whether the 1991 eclipse was predicted on the Dresden Codex (see Whats New item 83). Mike Finley's page answers most of Noble's points, and he also has a page on the correlation that Noble himself plugs. This is Antoon Volemaere's correlation, that puts the end-point at 2532 AD sufficently far away that Noble won't have to worry about any doom in his lifetime - and Finley points out that Volemaere's correlation is on "the remotest fringes of scholarship". Click here for Mike Finley's page on Volemaere. Noble had argued that since Harvey and Victoria Bricker had done a carbon-14 dating on the Dresden Codex and dated it to around 1230 AD plus or minus 130 years, then Thompson's use of the Dresden Codex as part of the proof of his correlation (in which the first Dresden entry must be dated at around 755 AD) was thus invalidated, even though Thompson explained that it must have been a copy of an earlier document - a reasonable argument to most people. Finley points out that it was the Brickers who actually made a case for the Dresden Codex supporting the GMT correlation since "all 77 solar eclipses (including many not visible in the Yucatan) in the 33 year run of the table from 755 AD occurred close to warning stations". Noble says that upon Thompson's death, Mayanist Michael Coe said that Thompson had "singlehandedly set back Mayan scholarship by fifty years", but Noble fails to point out that Coe and nearly all other Mayanists continued to use the GMT correlation following Thompson's death, because it fits all criteria better than the alternatives. Noble is so desperate to discredit the 2012 end-date that he uses arguments that cancel each other out. He argues on p.48 that it is illogical for the Long Count to start on a calendar round date of 4 Ahau 8 Cumku and it should have been 1 Ahau 0 Cumku, so that the 4 Ahau 3 Kankin end-point must be wrong too. Yet on p.55 he says that Volemaere had it right with the end point in the year 2532, which is exactly ten calendar rounds (520 haabs) after the 2012 end-point. He says that the GMT supporters "had the right day and month but they were exactly ten calendar rounds off the mark". In other words, the GMT correlation can't be right because it ends in 4 Ahau 3 Kankin (in 2012), but Volemaere was right with his 4 Ahau 3 Kankin endpoint because it is not 2012. Whatever correlation you have, 0.0.0.0.0 is equal to 4 Ahau 8 Cumku...unless you follow the "Carl Calleman correlation", but since it is certain from all the inscriptions that 0.0.0.0.0 equates to 4 Ahau 8 Cumku, this means that to support the Calleman correlation, it is necessary to believe that the Maya had got the Long Count -to -Tzolkin relationship wrong... and this is precisely what Calleman claims. However, I digress... On p.39, Noble accuses Terence McKenna of postulating that the Maya knew we would drop the atomic bomb on Hiroshima and back-engineering the Timewave to fit in with the Maya prophecy. This shows a complete ignorance of the facts. McKenna didn't know about the Maya Long Count when he came up with the date, or he would have got it spot on, whereas it was 33 days off in the
Whats New page six
first edition of his book. We have been through all this before, on this site. Then Noble goes one step further by saying that "a number of mathematicians went through his equations and came up with the date 1995; not 2012. Apparently, he could postulate end-dates but he couldn't add". No wonder Noble put this out as fiction! That is clearly what it is, and what his defence would be if McKenna's executors accused him of libel. He also insults the Maya, questioning why "we are attributing advanced knowledge to a people who were not even able to invent the wheel" (p.23). Another example of Noble's "evidence" is that the modern Maya (although he implies on p.22 that they are extinct), don't believe in the 2012 end date. He quotes a report by Thompson that during an eclipse, the villagers all thought the world was ending then. The answer is simply that the Long Count fell out of use long before the Spanish arrived, and the Calendar Round and eclipses took on the symbology of the end of the 13-baktun cycle, with any of the original meaning long lost. Noble has nowhere considered the possibility that the end of the 13-baktun cycle was not about the end of the world, but the end of a world-view, or state of conciousness. Anyone who spends time looking closely at the theories will find that most of the catastrophe theories are, like Noble's theory, internally inconsistent. Throughout this Dire Gnosis project, we have found plenty of reasons to look forward to this event as a rare opportunity - a quantum evolutionary leap for mankind. Noble's "smash it with a hammer and sweep it under the carpet" approach is equivalent to the book-burning approach of the Spanish conquest. Here's an example of the puerile reasoning of Noble's hero: "No Mayan calendar has ever been found. No Mayan calendar, per se. Not the type type of calendar we hang on our walls. All that has been found are date inscriptions on tombs and monuments." (p.37) Here is the Mesoamerican response:
Whats New page six
On one last point: Noble says (p.44-45) that the whole concept of the 13-baktun cycle is based around Stela C at Quirigua, (see graphic at Mike Finley's site) which is interpreted as saying that the last Creation occurred at the end of a 13-baktun period on the Tzolkin day 4 Ahau and the Haab day 8 Cumku. Noble says that since the stela is not a regular date inscription, and the 13baktun part is not written as in date format (13.0.0.0.0), that the 13-baktun part just means "a long period of time", like when we say "ages", and that the Long Count should really go on to complete 20 baktuns before it re-starts. I can think of 4 pieces of evidence that counteract this proposal. 1. Stela 1 at Coba records this date:
13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.13.0.0.0.0. This implies a huge hierarchy of levels above baktun, and that they all go up to 13. 2. Although the Creation date in 3114 BC is theoretically written as 0.0.0.0.0, wherever it is referred to on a stela it is written as 13.0.0.0.0 and most Mayanists have thus concluded that every time we get to the end of the 13th baktun (which is baktun number twelve, since the first one was baktun zero), we reach a new Creation date and the count of baktuns, katuns, tuns, uinals and kin go back to zero. A record on a temple stairway at Yaxchillan is said to show eight levels above baktun, and they are all still at 13. This underlines the fact that the higher levels are fixed at 13 while the baktuns only go up to 13 and then revert to zero. 3. When the Spanish arrived, there was a Long Count remnant still in operation called the Short Count, which consisted of 13 katuns, making a complete cycle of 260 tuns (just over 256 solar years). This has the same structure as the 260-day Tzolkin and the 260-katun, 13http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/new7.htm (20 of 34)9/28/2005 11:10:50 AM
Whats New page six
baktun cycle, and it seems logical that it was a shorter version with the same structure as the cycle it replaced. 4. It seems that Noble is only considering what is written on one side of Stela C at Quirigua. On the other side, the creation date appears unambiguously as 13.0.0.0.0 4 Ahau 8 Cumku. See for yourself at Mike Finley's page with graphics showing the Creation date side here and the other side that Noble is talking about here.
146. 2012 and the Group Mind Feedback Project 1/

July/2004
August Noble book review above prompted a search into the question of when the 2012 date actually entered into the group mind of the species as a significant date. We know that Terence McKenna brought it to public attention as the end of time his 1975 book, The Invisible Landscape, (but not connected to any Maya calendars) and that Jose Arguelles brought it to the attention of a huge number of people as the end of "the Great Cycle" when he published The Mayan Factor in 1987. However, the question remains as to who first published it and when, since earlier visions and prophecies then take on much more significance if they can be shown to have been uttered before there was any public knowledge of 2012. So any pre-1975 books on the Maya would be instructive here, but also any between 1975 and 1987, since McKenna's book was originally not widely circulated, and it didn't connect to the Maya. Unfortunately, these old books are getting quite hard to find, especially in the UK where not many were imported. The GMT correlation was first proposed in 1897, but it was not very popular until 1930, when Thompson revived interest in it, making his best case for it in 1937. It seems that the zero date or base date (0.0.0.0.0 written as 13.0.0.0.0) was calculated first, but many of the earlier authorities made the error of reporting the base date as 3113 BC instead of 3114 BC (due to the "no year-zero" problem). Thus, many early calculations of the end-date came out as 2011. This is what I have found so far (UPDATED Feb 1st 2005): Author date Book/Aricle End date Year/edition Page Base
Whats New page six
J. Eric S. Thompson BC (2012 by calc.)
ACOTMAEU*
1927
p.12
13 Aug 3113
J. Eric S. Thompson ANMODYD* counterparts (2012 by calc.)
1937
Maya dates and Gregorian
William Gates Translation of Landa's 1566 "Relacion" 1937 commentary " " 13 Aug 3113 BC (2012 by calc.) Sylvanus G. Morley (2012 by calc.) J. Eric S. Thompson BC (2012 by calc.) Victor W. von Hagen BC J. Eric S. Thompson BC (2012 by calc.)
Michael D. Coe Dec 2011 Michael D. Coe Dec 2011 Paul Rivet BC (2012 by calc.) Jose Arguelles "AD 2012" David Adamson 24 Dec 2011
The Ancient Maya
1946/1947
Table V & p.81
The Civilization of the Mayas 1927/1958
p.52
3113
TASKOTA**
1962
p.214
3111
Maya Archaeologist
1963
p.112
11 Aug 3113
The Maya
1966
p.149
3113 BC
24
The Maya
1971 paperback
p.174
3113 BC
24
Maya Cities
(1954, 1960) 1973
p.70
3113
The Transformative Vision 1975 (1 May) p.304
3113 BC
The Ruins of Time
1975
p.223
10 Aug 3113 BC
p.215 2012 by calc.) Frank Waters Mexico Mystique 1975 p.258
(21 Dec
12 Aug 3113 BC
Whats New page six
24 Dec 2011 Peter Balin 21 Dec 2011 The Flight of the Feathered Serpent 1978 (1st Jan) p.29 3113 BC
"The Mayas believed that most of the destruction will take place between December 21st 2011
and June 6th 2012" Charles Gallencamp Dec 2012 by calc.) Miguel Leon-Portilla BC (2012 by calc.) Michael D. Coe Maya: TRAROALC (1959, 1976, 1981, 1985) 1987 p.77 3114 BC (21
TARITTOTM***
(1968, 1973) 1988 p.4 (& typo: "3133 BC") 3113
Mexico
(1962, 1977, 1984) 1988
p.76
13 Aug 3114 BC
(2012 by calc.)
Michael D. Coe 23 Dec 2012 Michael D. Coe December 2012 The Maya 1993 5th edn. p.174 3114 BC
Breaking the Maya Code (1992,1994) 2000 p.259
13 Aug 3114 BC 23
* ACOTMEUC: A CORRELATION OF THE MAYAN AND EUROPEAN CALENDARS

* ANMODYD: CONTRIBUTIONS TO AMERICAN ARCHOLOGY, No. 22 A NEW METHOD OF DECIPHERING YUCATECAN DATES WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO CHICHEN ITZA [Issued June 1937].
** TASKOTA: The Ancient Sun Kingdoms of the Americas

Maya: TRAROALC: Maya: The Riddle and Rediscovery of a Lost Civilisation *** TARITTOTM: Time and Reality in the Thought of the Maya Calling all Dire Gnostics: Can you help with this project? If you would like to contribute, please check out your old Maya books in your bookcase, local library, antiquarian bookshops etc. and email your results, set out as above, to Dire Gnosis with subject: "2012 feedback project". This is the Dire Gnosis email.
Whats New page six
Thanks for your help... results will be reported next month.
147. Feedback Project: Results
3/Aug/2004
Many thanks to John Major Jenkins, Mike Finley and Peter Meyer for their input to the 2012 Feedback Project (see Whats New item 147 above) and also to Richard Gabriel and to Ryan (of 2012 tattoo fame). If you scroll up to the previous Whats New (item 147) above, you will see that the table of published start-dates and end-dates for the 13-baktun cycle has been expanded. Mike Finley pointed out that 3113 BC start-date is only an error if it is understood as a "historical" rather than "astronomical" date, and the original Mayanists who developed the GMT correlation (i.e. Goodman, Martinez and Thompson), were fully aware of the fact that "3113 BC Gregorian astronomical" = " -3113" = "3114 BC Gregorian historical". In the case of the former two date forms, no year needs to be added when computing across the BC/AD divide, but in the case of the latter, a year must be added to compensate for the "missing year zero". Thus, all the above forms generate a 2012 end-date when appropriate calculations are performed. Mike Finley pointed out that in his 1937 paper by Eric Thompson, although Thompson doesn't refer directly to the correlation constant, or any start or end-date, he gives a Long Count date and its Gregorian AD equivalent, (10.3.0.0.0 occurred in 889 AD), thus showing that the correct calculation had been made across the BC/AD divide, and forward extrapolation will generate a 2012 end-date. Likewise, in William Gates' 1937 commentary on his translation of Landa's Relacion (1566), Gates gives a 3113 BC start-date and a Long Count date with its Gregorian AD equivalent (11.6.0.0.0 occurred in 1539), showing that 3113 BC had been taken as an astronomical date, leading to the correct calculation and a possible forward extrapolation to a 2012 end-date. John Major Jenkins pointed out that Jose Arguelles gave the end-date as "AD 2012" as early as 1975 in his book The Transformative Vision, and this was the same year in which the McKenna brothers published The Invisible Landscape with an I-Ching-derived 2012 eschaton. John Major Jenkins also brought my attention to Peter Balin's 1978 book, The Flight of the Feathered Serpent, in which he gives a 3113 BC start-point and a 21st December 2011 end-point, but also says the Maya expected destruction to extend from then until the Venus Transit in June 2012 (click the hyperlink to read the actual passage). John Major Jenkins also raised a fascinating question: At which point was it realized that the 13-baktun cycle was an important period? The "Creation monuments" at Quirigua and Coba are now accepted as indicating that the Creation cycle lasts
Whats New page six
for 13-baktuns, but without this realization, there would not have been any point in calculating forward 13 baktuns from the base date, when Goodman fixed the correlation in 1897. As if in confirmation of this point, just after receiving this from Jenkins, I received a 1947 edition of Morley's The Ancient Maya, and although Morley mentions that the zero-date of the long count was on 4 Ahau 8 Cumku, he doesn't give the Gregorian date, or say anything about the length of the cycle, and seems to imply that it is 20 baktuns in length (a pictun). He does discuss the 13katun Short Count, on the other hand. He mentions Quirigua, but not stela C (the Creation stela). He does give some Long Count/Gregorian AD date equivalents (table V and p.81) that enable a forward extrapolation using a 13-baktun cycle, to a 2012 end-date, but if he thought the Creation cycle lasted 20 baktuns, any forward extrapolation would give an end-point in 4772 AD. I laid the question on Mike Finley and he did some more checking and found that in Morley's 1915 book, Maya Hieroglyphs: "[Morley] didn't even try to guess at a correlation at that time, but he was aware that some monuments give the date 13.0.0.0.0 4 Ahaw 8 Kumku instead of 0.0.0.0.0 4 Ahaw 8 Kumku, and realized they are equivalent. So it seems had others, including Goodman (of GMT fame, writing in 1897) and Bowditch (1910). In 1915, there was a debate as to whether the "Great Cycle" was 13 or 20 baktuns in length. Goodman said 13, and of course, dated the beginning of the current Great Cycle in 3114 BC. Morley carefully reviewed the evidence, and took a sort of compromise position: He suggested that mathematically the next highest unit above the baktun is 20 baktun, but agreed with Goodman that the calendar was divided into epochs of 13 baktuns." This seems to imply that in 1915 the question was still open as to whether the Creation era lasted 13 or 20 baktuns, and that Morley was open to both answers. However, this still leaves the question of the first realization of a 2012 end-point unanswered. Mike Finley hopes to do a bit more probing, and will hopefully find a bit more for us. Peter Meyer suggests that the Peabody Museum at Harvard would be a good place to start, since it holds Goodman's papers (click on link for "Goodman, Joseph T. (1838-1917) Papers, 1888-1914, n.d.: A Finding Aid") so if any one reading this will be in the vicinity, how about checking them out & feeding back to Dire Gnosis? The current position is that we have a first definite mention of 2012 in 1975, but although Long Count dates have been correlated to AD dates, and 2012 can thus in many cases be calculated (2012 by calc.) above, this is not necessarily significant unless the author recognized a 13-baktun Creation era. In the case of The Ruins of Time by David Adamson (see table in Whats New item 146), his start-date, end-date and Long Count/Gregorian extrapolation must be from 3 different sources, since they don't actually support each other. I shall continue to look into the question of the date of first acceptance of the 2012 end-date and
Whats New page six
announce any results in future updates. Richard Gabriel responded and said that he had an experience in 1967 that foresaw a "world shakeout around 2010 and beyond". His blogspot gives the scenario and his book that covers the experience can be read free online: Down to Earth (The Way it is), and though it doesn't mention any prophecy or vision of 2010 or beyond, Richard Gabriel says he resonates with the Dire Gnosis website: "The scenario you describe for 2012 is as if it had come from my own mouth and from the Understanding opened to me". Ryan's contribution is covered next:
148. Berber Eclipse Cycle
3/Aug/2004
Ryan (whose arm you can see at Whats New item 144), suggested that the origins of the 2012 knowledge could be traced by looking into connections between the Olmecs and the Berber people of North Africa and possible connections to the lost continent of Atlantis. He suggested looking here and here for Berber/Atlantean connections. I had already heard that the Malinke and Bambara languages from Mali (where the Dogon tribe come from), are similar to the Mayan languages (see this site), and we know about the Zulu Sanasi or shaman Credo Muttwa's 2012 prophecy from South Africa (see Whats New item 80), but there is no direct link... But then I found this page on site of The Center for Archaeoastronomy, which is about the Berbers' calendar, when they lived in Teneriffe in the 14th & 15th centuries. The page reveals a knowledge of a 520-day eclipse cycle, which is equal to 2 Tzolkins! This is a "triple eclipse halfyear" (Tzolkin p.87, 113). Food for thought... UPDATE: New link: The Olmecs and the 12 Sea Roads
149. Mayan Ayahuasca
3/Aug/2004
Whats New page six
Cross-legged Maya mushroom stone. Click on picture for more. I received a letter recently, from "Unborn Mind": "HelloI am writing about a trip my friend took a few weeks ago. First let me give you a little background:
He is what I call a drug abuser, his sole reasoning to eat the mushrooms was to get "fucked up". It was one of his first trips, and he ate about 4 or 5 grams. He has no knowledge on religion or prophesy. What followed after was described by him as "the ripping away of everything as we knew it" and he was very adamant about the year this would happen (you guessed it, 2012). I just think it is very interesting coming from someone with absolutely no knowledge of what a Mayan even is. Well, I just thought you would like the information. Thankyou."
Thanks to Unborn Mind. This reiterates a point demonstrated over and over on this site: the Psilocybe mushrooms have a 2012 connection, and the Maya ate these same mushrooms. The ceiba tree had a great mystical significance to the Maya and was known as the "first tree of the world" and the "tree of life". The Yucatec Maya envisioned it as a kind of World Tree, that penetrates seven celestial levels, that the souls of the dead ascend, to a height according to their merits. The Christian God is at the top, since the post-conquest Maya of the Yucatan masked their
Whats New page six
philosophy with that of their conquerors. (See Time and Reality in the Thought of the Maya by Miguel Leon Portilla p.135-141). E. P. Grondine claims on this webpage that the "one of the central symbols of Mayan religion,
the ceiba tree, is a source for an MAO inhibitor used to amplify the effects of ayahuasca, a source of DMT". See the Ananda item for an explanation of MAO. Grondine suggests that the ceiba was taken in an enema form. Since we know the Maya used the Psilocybe mexicana and Psilocybe/Stropharia cubensis mushrooms, that contain close relatives of DMT, (psilocin is hydroxy-N,N-DMT and psilocybin is O-phosphoryl-4-hydroxy-N,N-DMT), this provides a recipe very similar to that taken by the McKenna brothers - Psilocybe cubensis plus smoke of Banisteriopsis caapi bark (the latter is also known as Yage or Ayahuasca, that gives its name to the hallucinogenic Amazonian brew), that provided the knowledge of 2012 as the end of time. The experience is related here. See also Clifford Pickover's DMT/Moses essay. As already mentioned, Ananda thinks that the Alchemists and Gnostics used Syrian rue and Acacia to achieve the same combination, as is used by the bedouin shamans of Southern Jordan.
150. The Real Maya Prophecies
1/Nov/2004
The only surviving "Maya prophecies" are those found in the Books of Chilam Balam, which are known as the Katun Prophecies, that refer to the U kahlay katunob or "Short Count" calendar of 13 katuns (a 260-year cycle). Essential information on these can be found at Mike Finley's site, The Real Maya Prophecies, on the Katun Prophecies page. Mike Finley provided some insight into the Katun Prophecies in recent e-mail communications; "No post-Conquest source refers to the long count at all, and it was probably the first part of the calendar to be lost when the codices were burned and the priestly caste suppressed. The "short count" retained an echo of it, because the sequence of katuns was originally dictated by the long count. But the origin of this anchor may have been lost not long after the conquest. Interestingly, the Books of Chilam Balam have much that smacks of "apocalyptic" thinking --- no doubt enhanced both by the trials of the Maya people under Spanish rule and perhaps by Christian parallels. Ironically, at just the time when Maya interest in the end of the Great Cycle might have been expected to have peaked, knowledge of the long count was lost. So there is no clear reference to 2012 or the end of the Great Cycle in post-conquest literature. I suspect that in the 16th Century, 2012 (but no longer specified as a long count date) was still known [as] the date of the end of the epoch by the chilans who
Whats New page six
wrote the oldest passages in the Books of Chilam Balam (see below), but even this was lost to the scribes who later expanded the Books. ... The Maya themselves didn't leave us any clear, direct evidence of exactly what 2012 meant to them --- likely not because it didn't have significance, but because by the time the question would have seemed particularly important, calendrical knowledge was rapidly being lost. Thus we can only infer from the structure of the Classical calendar and the presuppositions of Maya thought that 2012 would be regarded as a highly significant date." Mike Finley says he thinks the significance of 2012 is indirectly referred to in the Books of Chilam Balam, even though the prophecies were applied to the arrival of the Spanish. he sums up the situation on his Katun Prophecy page: "No Maya text actually tells us explicitly what the Maya believed would transpire in 2012 AD, but the the end of the cycle was no doubt regarded as a highly significant time of transition between epochs. According to the Books of Chilam Balam, Kulkulcan will return in katun 4 Ahaw . Prophecy of the return of this deity, transformed in the Books into predictions of the coming of Christianity, may have originally been inspired in part by the coming end of the long count cycle." From Chilam Balam: "Katun 4 Ahau . . . . The katun is established at Chichen Itz. The settlement of the Itz shall take place [there]. The quetzal shall come, the green bird shall come. Ah Kantenal shall come. Blood-vomit shall come. Kukulcan shall come with them for the second time. [It is] the word of God. (Book of Chilam Balam of Chumayel, XXII)" Katun 4 Ahau is, of course, the final katun of the 13-baktun cycle that ends in 2012. Complete Chilam Balam of Chumayel text here.
Lord of Katun 4 Ahau
Whats New page six
Supporting evidence: "A surprisingly large proportion of the important upheavals in Maya history appear to have occurred in some katun named either 4 Ahau or 8 Ahau." from Sacred Texts "Katun 4-Ahau: There will be scarcities of corn and squash during this katun and this will lead to great mortality. This was the katun during which the settlement of Chichen Itza occurred, when the man-god Kukulcan (Quetzalcoatl) arrived. It is the katun of remembering and recording knowledge." from Bruce Scofield taken from the Book of Chilam Balam of Chumayel and the Codex Perez and the Book of Chilam Balam of Mani. See the four surviving Maya Codices: Dresden Codex online (download pdf ) Madrid Codex download pdf Grolier Codex online Paris Codex download pdf (alt.) Popul vuh online Mike Finley on codices
151. The "Doomsday Crop Circle"

1/Nov/2004
Whats New page six
On August 2nd 2004, a crop formation was reported near Silbury Hill in Wiltshire, UK and on the following night it was completed, to become Crop Circle Connector's "Crop Circle of the Year". The Daily Mail newspaper featured a double-page article on the formation, dubbing it "The Doomsday Crop Circle", because an article on Crop Circle Connector showed a statue of the Aztec god, Xochipilli (Lord of Flowers) sitting on a base with the same double square spiral as that featured in the crop formation. The Aztec belief in imminent catastrophe was then connected to the end of the Maya Long Count calendar in 2012, and the conclusion was that the Crop Formation signified planetary doom in 2012. C. Lewis posted an article on the same page of Crop Circle Connector called "The Calendar Clock", that apparently found evidence of calendrical clues in the formation, supporting the 2012 connection. Swirled News asked for my input, so I had a look and (while avoiding entering into the contoversy of who or what created it), I found grounds to disagree with the interpretation, as well as spotting that the diagram provided on the page was wrong. Swirled News put up an article featuring my reply, in which I also commented on a formation that appeared at Lewisham Castle, near Aldbourne, Wiltshire, UK, on August 6th 2004, which I found to be an encoded Magic Square of the Moon (though again, the diagram on Connector was faulty). See Swirled News article.
152. Auric Time Scale Update
1/Nov/2004
In Whats New item 66 June 2002, Russian maths Professor Sergey Smelyakov and Yuri Karpenko's paper, The Auric Time Scale and the Mayan Factor was introduced, (showing a foreshortening series of eras based on phi, the golden section) and was revealed to be one year in error due to basing the start-date of the Maya Long Count on a date of "3113 BC", which was taken as a Gregorian historical date rather than a Gregorian astronomical date (the correct Gregorian historical date is 3114 BC). Prof. Smelyakov wrote a special summary article for 2012: Dire Gnosis, Astrological Roots and Forecasting of Some Acute World Trends for the Current Epoch while we waited for the updated version of The Auric Time Scale and the Mayan Factor . In Whats New item 99 (January 2003), Prof. Smelyakov supplied the first 2 parts of a 5-part mega-theory: The Predicted Unknown - a decade of Volte-Face. Part 3 was to have included the revised theory in a chapter called The Golden Section of Time in Space and History. Prof. Smelyakov has just contacted 2012: Dire Gnosis to announce that he has completed the revised version of the theory. This consists of a small change to the introduction and changes to the start-date, end-date and bifurcation points in part 12 of the paper, (which discusses the theory as applied to the Maya Long Count). The revised introduction and revised part 12 (pages 41-64 of the paper) are now available with the rest of the paper on 2012: Dire Gnosis as a zip file here: UPDATED AURIC TIME SCALE There is a fascinating appendage to this story, but having just re-connected with Prof. Smelyakov
Whats New page six
after his email address disappeared about 18 months ago, I am awaiting his comments before saying more....
153. Another Fungal Message
1/Dec/2004
In a recent e-mail, Doug Ready mentioned that he too has heard from the mycelial mind, concerning 2012: "I have been told many times, during mushroom experiences that there is going to be a new form of life born in 2012. Perhaps some kind of symbiotic joining of awareness with the next level up. This is only my hunch, but it seems we need to reach a critical mass of people who have begun this accent in awareness before the birthing of our species can truly begin."
154. Summary of the Road to 2012 Arizona Conference
1/Dec/2004
Mads Larsen, a Norwegian journalist and author of a best-selling Norwegian novel is currently researching the 2012 phenomenon in preparation for his next novel, to be published in 2006. He says that he intends that it will "do for 2012 what the DaVinci Code did for the legend of the Holy Grail". Mads kindly agreed to summarise his impressions of the recent 2012 conference in Tempe, Arizona for 2012:Dire Gnosis. Click on the link below to access the conference summary:
Signs of Destiny 2004: Crop Circles and the Road to 2012
155. Jenkins Counter-Critique
1/Dec/2004
Carl Calleman, the Swedish author and inventor of the 2011 end-date was unable to attend the Tempe Conference (see Whats New 154 above) but he contributed a statement that was included with the conference program. The statement included the following sentence, highlighted in bold ink: "Recently, professional astronomers have studied the Mayan calendar and have concluded that it
Whats New page six
cannot possibly be based on precession or any other astronomical cycle at http://www.astro.uu.nl/ ~strous/AA/en/2012.html " In his talk, John Major Jenkins addressed the issue, since he was familiar with the web-page in question. He compared the situation with one that would exist if he had stated that "crab apples are bitter" and was then accused of falsely stating that "apples are bitter". If small but vital parts of the original thesis are omitted, the whole meaning is changed. John Major Jenkins has now put up a response page that thoroughly answers all the points raised by Dr. Strous, the astronomer in question. See it here: http://www.alignment2012.com/responsetostrous.html
156. Galactic Centre Found to Affect Intuition
1/Dec/2004
In 1998, Russian biochemist Simon Shnoll published the results of 30 years work, (see here and here) showing that a sidereal day (i.e. one rotation of the Earth in reference to the stars, rather than a solar day which is in reference to the Sun), affects biological processes, chemical reaction rates and radioactive decay. Since the 13-baktun cycle is tracking our changing orientation to the equatorial plane of the Milky Way, this discovery could imply the existence of a switching mechanism for human biochemistry or neurochemistry. His results also implicate sunspot cycles specifically the Carrinton Rotation of 27.28 days - in their effects on biochemistry (more on this in the forthcoming book, Beyond 2012). 2012 is, of course, the projected time for the next sunspot maximum. I have just discovered that in 1997, James Spotiswoode published a paper called Apparent Association Between Effect Size in Free Response Anomalous Cognition Experiments and Local Sidereal Time in which 2,500 trials were performed using remote viewing and Ganzfeld experiments. The results showed not only that the time of the sidereal day (about 4 minutes shorter than a solar day) had a significant effect on the results, but specifically, that at a a Local Sidereal Time (LST) of about 13.5 hours plus or minus an hour or so, which corresponds to the rising time of Galactic Centre on the horizon, there is a massive increase in human "intuition" or psychic ability. Like Scnoll's discovery, this could also have significance for the Galactic Alignment process. See summary page
Whats New page six
Whats New page 7
What's New?
157. Armageddon 2012 Review 158. Tibetan Buddhist Monks' Predictions for 2012 159. Pyramid of Fire 160. The Psilocybin Solution 161. New Info on Climate Change Around 3114 BC 162. China and India Prepare for Himalayan UFO Landing in 2012 163. Author's Reply to Riding the Wild Orb Review 164. Merlin Project Predicts 2012 165. Blair on 2012... 166. Jaguar Prophet V Closer of the Cycle 167. Hyderabad Scientists Predict Geomagnetic Reversal in 2012 168. Nibiru: Latest Updates 169. Tsunami Conspiracy Theory 170. India Daily Goes 2012-Beserk 171. Investigating the Origins of Dreamspell 172. More on Maya Prophecy 173. Uranus and 2012
Whats New page 7
174. Doctrine of Convergent Timeline Paradox 175. Lahun Chan, Tzitzimime and Chupacabras 176. Exploding Toads Triggered by Galactic Centre? 177. Has the Galactic Superwave of 2012 Begun? 178. Torsion-Wave energy From Galactic Centre 179. Solar System Changes Update 180. 2012 Antichrist Fiction? 181. India Monthly: The Latest India Daily Claims 182. Did ETS Encode 2012 in Their Landing Sites? 183. Planetary Positions on Winter Solstice 2012
157. Armageddon 2012 Review
1/Dec/2004
The book Armageddon 2012, published in September 2004 is subtitled The Last Major Conflicts Between Scientific Truths and Religioius/Academic Myths. The author writes under the pseudonym, "The Rogue Geophysicist" (who has "an extensive background in science and other disciplines"), so as not to "incriminate" himself, and also excuses the absence of a bibliography or references by a similar desire to avoid incriminating any academics who may share his views. I actually doubt there is any living academic that shares all his views unless they happen to be dressed in a straitjacket: The author tells us on p.3 that the Earth is not 4.6 billion years old after all, but only 35 million years old. On the same page, he says that the scientific community claim the Earth to be "more than four billion years old in a universe of the same age". Any genuine geophysicist would know that the scientific community consider the Universe to be at least 15 billion years old! I suppose he would say it was a typographical error. Anyway, the author considers the Universe to be 50 million years old. Life did not begin on Earth until 50,000 years ago when water cooled to its liquid form. Mainly plants and unicellular animals reigned until 30,000 years ago, when dinosaurs and humanity appeared. The author starts out on p.4 by pointing out that nearly all the monitoring of Earth's temperature have been done from urban areas (highly populated by humanity) or "heat islands". The exception is a 100-year study by the U.S. Weather Bureau, and that study concluded that the Earth's surface is actually cooling at a rate of
Whats New page 7
0.2646 degrees C per century - a result that challenges global warming theory. It was a back-calculation using this figure (modified to 0.1985 degrees C per century before 1 AD) that led to the conclusions about the age of the Earth and Universe and appearance of life mentioned above. The author claims that there have been 265 "geographic shifts" in the Earth's history. This is a term that he never fully explains, ("the axis moves to a different geographical location, but remains at the same angle to the elliptic" (sic - author constantly uses elliptic instead of ecliptic) but which seems to equate to crustal displacement, where the crust moves position, but the core and mantle remain in position (with the exception of the 265th shift...). In each of these shifts, the crust moved about 30 degrees or around 2,000 surface miles in a period of 6 to 8 hours. They were caused by "interaction with three additional planets in our solar system". The Rogue Geophysicist (TRG) calls these "the Alpha planets" and says they are on long-term, highinclination orbits of the Sun. There were originally four Alpha planets, but one crashed into the Sun, "leaving the visible sun spots to provide remnant evidence of the impact by the cooler Alpha planet" (p.7-8). The Alpha planets have an atmospheric shroud, making them look like celestial serpents. TRG further claims that 13,000 years ago a huge lump of Earth flew out and became the moon, killing off the dinosaurs and flooding Atlantis (p.6-7), and he claims that Pompeii and Chichen Itza are both over 13,000 years old! (p.245) The 265th shift occurred 2,000 years ago (the Star of Bethlehem was an Alpha planet), when the increased cooling of the Earth caused solid spikes going through the mantle, so that instead of just the crust shifting, the crust pulled the core, and mantle with it, causing the axis to tilt to its current position, 23.5 degrees off "vertical". This was the first "polar shift" and was the start of the four seasons (when plant-life would have had to adapt to the new cycles of weather - e.g. the sudden appearance of deciduous trees!) The 266th shift is due on the fall or autumn (in the northern hemisphere) equinox in 2012, when another 30 degree shift will leave the axis tilted 50-55 degrees off vertical. (p.8). We have to wait another 280 pages for the next mention of this, when it is revealed that there will be "surface winds in excess of 1,000 mph, which will annihilate and bury at least 98% of Earth's human and animal population" (p.281). We are left to wonder why the population was not wiped out at the last encounter, 2,000 years ago, when exactly the same thing supposedly happened. As for why TRG times the event to 2,000 years after the last shift, when he stated that the Alpha planets appear every 2,500 years on average, we are also left guessing. Why 2012 in particular? Here, TRG accidentally reveals that he has seriously neglected to research what should have been his priority subject. He says that "the Mayan celestial calendar establishes an extremely accurate time for the end date of the Earth-human experience" and mentions his source as "Mayan Cosmogenesis 2012" (sic - should be "Maya" ). Let me quote TRG: "In Mayan Cosmogenesis 2012 (John Major Jenkins, Bear and Company, 1998), there are claims that Maurice M. Cotterell, writer, engineer and scientist, concluded that the end date of the Mayan calendar was 22 December 2012. Considering the haphazard manner our modern calendar came together, the Mayan end date could be off by one, two or many centuries, or it could be right on the money" Apart from the book title, there are several errors here. Maya Cosmogenesis 2012 does mention Cotterell, but does not mention him in connection with 22 December 2012; nor does it mention him as "writer, engineer and scientist". If TRG had read MC 2012, he would not have mentioned Cotterell at all, since Cotterell is shown in the book as being in error, plus MC2012 is packed full of other convincing material on 2012 - and the 21st December, not the 22nd! However, Cotterell and Gilbert's book, The Mayan Prophecies (note "Mayan" in title) does speak of December 22nd 2012, and the back flap describes Cotterell as "internationally acclaimed writer,
Whats New page 7
engineer and independent scientist". As for the last sentence, we have already shown this kind of thinking to be nonsense in the "2003=2012" fiasco item. Is TRG confused between Cotterell and Jenkins? If he had read Cotterell, then he would have mentioned Cotterell's sunspot theory or at least got Cotterell and Gilbert's book details right. This seems to be an attempt by TRG to do that which he said he wouldn't - i.e. to incriminate others by associating them with his crazy ideas. It seems that this book, Armageddon 2012 (which is full of so many attempts to re-write theology, biology, geology, history, and other sciences, that it would take another book to refute them all), is a deliberate disinformation project. It is probably the worst 2012 book of all (not the most unreadable -that honour is currently held by The Prophet's Manual). It is a serious attempt to ridicule 2012 research by association with an unending torrent of plainly absurd statements.
158. Tibetan Buddhist Monks' Predictions for 2012 3/Jan/2005

In December 2004, India Daily carried a story about Indian tourists who have recently returned from Tibet with stories of Tibetan predictions of a nuclear war that will start in 2012, but that divine powers/and/or extraterrestrials will intervene to prevent the ultimate catastrophe. The monks are said to have obtained the information by a kind of remote viewing. Excerpt: "Monks also mentioned that beyond 2012 our current civilization would understand that the final frontier of science and technology is in the area of spirituality and not material physics and chemistry. Beyond 2012, our technologies will take a different direction. People will learn the essence of spirituality, the relation between body and soul, the reincarnation and the fact we are connected with each other and are all part of "God".
See the India Daily article here. (Thanks to Kathy Doore) Rense's version
159. Pyramid of Fire
3/Jan/2005
John Major Jenkins's and Marty Matz's new book, Pyramid of Fire - The Lost Aztec Codex is now available, and it is a very significant and important document. In the late 1950s and early 1960s, the Beat generation poet Marty Matz explored remote areas of Mexico and learned to speak the Mazatec language. He gained the trust of a Mazatec shaman, who showed him an unknown codex, and also explained to him the meaning behind the pictograms. Marty made a translation and
Whats New page 7
recited it in the poetry clubs of San Francisco. The final page got lost over the years, but John Major Jenkins located a recording of one of Marty's recitals and reconstructed the whole translation. All other codices that have survived have been interpreted solely by non-indigenous scholars, with the exception of the Popul vuh of the Maya, which was written into a word form from what was originally a pictorial document. This means that the Pyramid of Fire is a unique insight into the philosophy of the Aztecs, which turns out to be fascinating. The true meaning of sacrifice, for example, is simply a transcending of the ego - a self-sacrifice. The metaphorical pictures were misunderstood and resulted in the gory mass sacrifices of prisoners for which the Aztecs later became famous. In fact, the Aztec philosophy turns out to be very similar to that which was known to G.I. Gurdjieff, following his travels across the near East and Asia. The Pyramid of Fire reveals that the Aztecs had a spiritual technology similar to the Kundalini yoga of the Hindus, in which Quetzalcoatl, the feathered serpent, is shown to be an identical concept. Though some have suggested this in the past, they lacked the evidence - now we have it. The last page of the codex reveals that the final New Fire ceremony will bring a fire of purification that will burn away the remains of mortal desires and illusions, that will be the end of obscurity - the obscurity imposed by Tezcatlipoca - the Smoking Mirror, or obsidian mirror. This is a very similar concept to the end-time vision of St. Paul "For now we see in a mirror dimly, but then face to face" (1 Cor 13 v.12) or alternatively, "through a glass darkly". Since Jenkins has already reconstructed the meaning of the New Fire ceremony as a tradition for tracking precession (see Maya Cosmogenesis 2012), and that it was adapted at Chichen Itza (the pyramid of Kukulcan - see Item 34) to correlate with the Mayan end-date of 2012, then it seems that the QuetzalcoatlKukulcan-Kundalini teachings are to help prepare mankind for the current time-window earmarked by 2012, when we are due to confront The Other (see the next item).
160. The Psilocybin Solution
3/Jan/2005
A free online book called The Psiliocybin Solution: Prelude to a Paradigm Shift (UNAVAILABLE...see update) by Simon Powell, follows the trail of the modern rediscovery of psilocybin back to Gordon Wasson's account of his participation in a Mazatec mushroom rite in 1955, published in Life magazine in 1957. Powell then looks at all the evidence that the Aztecs used psiliocybin mushrooms, including a quote from Duran that "... with the force of those mushrooms, they would see visions and have revelations of the future...". Powell goes on to look at the evidence that the Maya also used psilocybin mushrooms. One of Wasson's co-workers sent a mushroom sample to Albert Hoffman at Sandoz labs in 1958, and Hofman isolated and named psilocybin. Hofman had already isolated LSD from the ergot fungus back in the early 1940s, but this had not yet had any impact on the world. Timothy Leary went to Mexico in 1960, tried six local entheogenic mushrooms and had "the most aweinspiring religious experience of his life." This was the start of the Harvard Psilocybin Project, and the inauguration of the psychedelic 1960s, which had a massive impact on western culture. Powell goes on to discuss Philip K. Dick and Terence McKenna, Teilhard de Chardin among others, and concludes that the Other is communicating with us through psilocybin, preparing us for the Omega Point, which may be in 2012, when "the Other has fully transformed or reflected itself within the totality of Gaia, then this will represent the attractor or final stage of the reality process as we know it. At that point, Nature will have made maximum
Whats New page 7
sense of itself." Ten chapters with prologue and epilogue.
UPDATE:
Simon Powell has just been in touch about The Psilocybin Solution: "It will hopefully be published (by www.entheogenesis.info) in a few months time - new title is Gods Flesh: Sacred Mushrooms and the Quest for Higher Knowledge. I have a multi-media item Sacred Ground that you can get from me - see my website below. (Audio sample of movie soundtrack) Simon G. Powell Editor of Prescience: http://www.island.org/prescience/
161. New info on Climate Change Around 3114 BC 2/Feb/2005

In Whats New item 130 (Feb 2004), we recalled evidence that around 3114 BC when the Long Count started in other words, the last "Creation", a comet may have impacted the earth and caused the flood that was remembered in the Sumerian myth that became the myth of Noah. Also, we mentioned the implications of oxygen isotopes found in ice cores from Africa's Mount Kilimanjaro and plant remains in new ice cores from Peru, gathered by Ohio State University glaciologist Lonnie Thompson. They revealed a massive change in climate around 5,200 years ago. More recently, Thompson outlined his research at the annual meeting of the American Geophysical Union in San Francisco (Dec 2004), bringing in tree ring studies from Ireland and England, methane in ice cores from Greenland and Antarctica, the desertification of the Sahara area and pollen from lake bed cores in South America. He also pointed out that the "ice-man" known as Oetzi - the preserved body of a Neolithic man who was found in 1991 by hikers, trapped in an Alpine glacier - became trapped and died around 5,200 years ago. Thompson says he now believes that "the 5,200-year old event may have been caused by a dramatic fluctuation in solar energy reaching the earth....Evidence shows that around 5,200 years ago, solar output first dropped precipitously and then surged over a short period. It is this huge solar energy oscillation that Thompson believes may have triggered the climate change he sees in all those records." Most significantly, Thompson stated that, "The evidence clearly points back to this point in history and to some event that occurred. It also points to similar changes occurring in today's climate as well,"
Whats New page 7
162. China and India Prepare for Himalayan UFO Landing in 2012
2/Feb/2005 (Thanks to Janice Kregers for bringing article 3 to my attention, thus leading to discovery of the others). There has been a steadily increasing number of UFO sightings in the Himalayas Tarai area of northern India, and also in Nepal and Tibet since India conducted a nuclear test in 1998. It has also been reported that Indian military activity near the Indian border, and also Chinese military activity on the other side of the border has increased. An article in India Daily (October 2004) included the following:
"According some scientists of Indian Geological Survey, UFOs and strange beings are visiting a specific 100 square kilometers regularly since last eighteen months. North of Himachal Pradesh is experiencing very specific sightings. Among the local people there is a rumor that they will land somewhere there in the next seven years. Some UFO researchers say that beings from K-9 constellation will land on the earth and expose themselves finally in 2012. Is this then the final preparation of landing that even Mayans predicted thousands of years back?"
The topic was enlarged upon in an article the following month (November 2004), confirming that the Indian Space Research Organisation has had a team in the Himalayas and have been preparing a landing area for UFOs that are due to land in 2012. The Chinese Space Administration were reported to be undertaking similar activities on their side of the border.
"Indian sky has been the scene of numerous UFOs in recent days. According to some of the Indian Space Research Organization officials who are officially tight lipped there are lots of excitement about this topic. Many are hinting that in 2012 there will be an official landing in six different countries all over the world. India is one of the six chosen. The UFOs are mainly performing scouting missions to establish contacts with Indian Government and military. India is being told on how to tackle the nuclear, space technology and other advanced technologies."
China is said to be another of the chosen six countries. In December 2004, a third article claimed that Indian scientists have been working on the forgotten technologies mentioned in the Indian Ramayana and Mahabharata myths - in particular, an anti-gravity device:
"Dighi in Pune, the city of the brightest Indian defense research scientists and engineers is full of whispers these days. According to some sources in Pune the scientists are tight lipped and say they cannot speak till 2012. What is going to happen in 2012? No one knows but they keep saying before any question is asked I know nothing!"
India Daily also claims that "China is being told to abandon any manned space journey above 100 miles from earth till 2012" and another article reiterates that the anti-gravity and other space technology is being supplied by the same UFO occupants, who, according to psychologist and UFO researcher Richard Boylan, are behind the recent peace talks between India and Pakistan. This could also be connected to a recent announcement that the Indian Air force intend to phase out the MIG aircraft by 2012. The final article from India Daily (January 2005) claims that Russian scientists are now confirming the
Whats New page 7
"planetary angular momentum theory" to predict that more tsunamis are coming, and the article also links this to 2012.
163. Author's Reply to Riding the Wild Orb Review.

Feb/2005 In Whats New item 96 we reviewed the book, Riding the Wild Orb, which asks on the back cover,
2/
"Are we going to encounter a galactic wave of magnetism that will reverse the magnetic poles of the Earth and allow the pole locations to move?.....Is the cycle of the Mayan Calendar really 83 years, and does it predict the sunspot cycle?" Well, the author, Roger Jewell has just got in touch to comment on the review. He says that the original summary was mistaken to connect the positions of Venus and Jupiter to a magnetic reversal in 2012 (the review has now been updated in pink). In fact, he says he didn't predict the magnetic reversal for 2012. Despite the section of the book called "The Mayan Clock" (p.6-7), where he mentions March 21st 2012 and conjunctions of Venus and Jupiter, (p.6-7), and the section called "Rhythms of the Sky, the Mayan Calendar", (p.42-49), in which he plays with Mayan numbers and the Tzolkin, and the cycles of Venus and Jupiter, all he actually predicts for 2012 is the start of an 8-year drought: " I know I said there was no proof on any pole-shift eminent (sic) on March 21, 2012, but it does indicate a weather pattern similar to the drought situation in 1929 that ran into the early thirties. This was known as the dust bowl years. In 2012, we can expect a very dry spring in the grain belt of the USA. Rain may come in late June to save the season, but the real drought will just be beginning. It will reach its maximum with an extremely hot dry year in 2020. Hopefully, we will still be here to see it." So why would the Maya predict an event over 2,000 years in their future, by ending their 5,200-tun era then, if it was an event that happens every 83 years? Although drought is the archaeologically accepted reason for the abandonment of the Maya cities, there must be more to it than that. Jewell's source on the Maya calendars was Arguelles' The Mayan Factor , much of which he admits to not understanding (p.42). On p.49 Jewell resorts to the Sumerians for answers because "the Mayan calendar does not use the 360-part division of the sacred circle...". He forgot about the 360-day tun cycle, which is the core cycle of the 5200-tun 13-Baktun cycle of the Long Count that ends in 2012!
See Roger Jewell's comments on original review (before pink additions)
164. "Merlin Project" Predicts 2012

Mar/2005
1/
Whats New page 7
Some software known as The Merlin Project has been developed by "futurist" Paul Guercio and physicist Dr. James Hart, and they claim it is "the first scientifically-based forecasting technology that combines equations derived from celestial phenomena with past historical data and blends that information into a graphical timeline that accurately plots the chronology of future events". The creators of the software claim that it predicted many events on the world stage, from the timetable for the breakup of the Soviet Union to the acquittal of O. J. Simpson. They also claim to have been approached by the Pentagon in 1995 to provide a forecast of domestic terrorism in the USA, and the resulting prediction culminated with a "significant threat in the autumn (fall) of 2001 - i.e. the 9/11 incident. The system, which is said to operate with an accuracy approaching 80%, is also claimed to have predicted the stock market plunge in November 1991, which brought it to the attention of NBC Nightly News. this is how "MERLIN combines the exactness of planetary mathematics with recognized historical cycles to create snapshots of time by using a single, "frozen moment" of time as a starting point. The resulting chronographs, called Timetraks are highly individualized patterns, tracings in time that begin when we are born or a key ("genesis") event occurs. These Timetraks depict chains of activity that are twofold: external factors (career matters, where we work or live) and internal factors (health, relationships, emotional concerns.) MERLIN pinpoints three elements about such periods of activity: the onset, the intensity, and the duration and the technology is equally applicable to people, companies, situations and countries." ...Or it can be described more simply as "as a form of "highly distilled astrology," that is computerized and which can provide a detailed graph that outlines the most significant moments of change in your life". Projections of many people's "Timetraks" revealed an anomaly between 2010 and 2012: "The period of 2010-2012 is unusual, in that 4 out of 6 people have high levels of activity. Guercio speculated that perhaps an asteroid hit or very rapid climate change may occur, such that a great number of people will be affected during this time frame." The Merlin creators, who have combined Guercio's speciality of the "traditional and esoteric predictive systems" of the "psychical sciences" and Hart's work on "the application of supercomputers to the mathematical modeling of systems exhibiting extremely complex behavior", which he used in SDI (Star Wars) research, were interviewed by George Noory on Coast to Coast AM Radio on August 30th 2004. Listen to the 2012 excerpts here: MERLIN on the 2010-12 Period (audio) (1,633 Kb) MERLIN on the Reasons for the 2010-12 High Levels of Activity (audio) (2,404 Kb)
To get personal readings, the cost is $50 for a basic "18-year graphical snapshot. There is also a more detailed "Complete Initial Session" that costs $220. See The Merlin Project website for more.
165. Blair on 2012...

Mar/2005
1/
Whats New page 7
Thanks to Mark Heley for this
166. Jaguar Prophet V Closer of the Cycle

Mar/2005
1/
Carl Calleman, (whose debate with John Major Jenkins in September - December 2001 was hosted on this site), has recently authored an article that has been circulated widely all over the net. The article was called The false Mayan Calendar: The Dreamspell/Thirteen Moon calendar is based on patriarchal dominance. Calleman makes some valid points. He points out: 1. The Dreamspell calendar system was invented by Jose Arguelles and is not the original "Mayan calendar", as believed by many people. 2. He also points out that energetic qualities of the 260 days are completely different from those of the Q'iche Maya, who have kept the count unbroken since the time of the Classic Maya, and that this discrepancy is due to the Dreamspell practice of freezing the Tzolk'in count for a day every four years, on the Gregorian leap year-day, February 29th . 3. He points out that the female menstrual cycle and the lunar cycle with which it synchronizes is actually 29.5 days, not 28 days; that artificial lighting has interfered with the regularity of the menstrual cycle, (this point is reinforced in Lyall Watson's books), and that the Maya kept a 29.5-day lunar calendar . 4. He says that the statement by Bishop Diego de Landa, that the Maya celebrated their New Year on July 26th is unreliable, since de Landa had just burned all the Maya codices, and was in the act of subduing the Maya into accepting Christianity, this necessitated a fixed New Year so that the Christian feast days could also be fixed. While much of the article would not be disputed by those familiar with "the True Count"( the Tzolk'in or Cholq'ij 260-day sacred calendar count of the Q'iche Maya of Guatemala highlands), for anyone who has also read much of Calleman's theories, this all seems a bit ironic coming from him. As I read it, I began thinking that the article could easily have been written as a criticism of its own author, with a few minor changes to the text. As if in answer to my thought, a person with the web-name Treefrog posted a slightly edited version of Calleman's first paragraph on the Saq' Be' site: >>To much of the world a calendar system invented by Carl Calleman in the nineties has come to be known as THE Mayan Calendar. Despite the fact that this is a calendar system that has never been used by the Maya, its protagonists have however been falsely presenting it as Mayan. In campaigns of a sizable scale and on web sites on the Internet many people have been deluded into believing this and today one of its main functions in the world is to create confusion and block peoples access especially to the true Long-Count used for millennia in Mexico and
Whats New page 7
Central America.<< (thanks to Mark Heley and Treefrog) Tree frog calls Calleman's system "the Calleman-spell" and if you have read Calleman's article, please read Treefrog's response. I said something similar myself in response to the Jenkins - Calleman debate, which was posted on John Major Jenkins' site under the initial "G" in order to remain impartial following the hosting of the debate. In that response, I noted that Calleman's criticisms of Arguelles and Jenkins, and McKenna all apply to his own concoction. In the forthcoming book, Beyond 2012, Calleman's system has been dissected in detail, but briefly, he has altered the correlation, not between the Maya calendars and the Gregorian calendar, but between the Long Count and the Tzolk'in. This has never been suggested before, for the simple reason that the stelae of the Classic era Maya show both Long Count and the Tzolk'in in a constant relationship to each other, and to dispute that is to say that the Classic Maya got it all wrong! More next month...
167. Hyderabad Scientists Predict Geomagnetic Reversal in 2012 1/Mar/2005

Hot off the press today - March 1st 2005: "Computer scientists working together with a group geophysicist
and astrophysicists," for a private research and analysis company in Hyderabad, India have just produced a computer model that predicts geomagnetic reversal for 2012. India Daily (yes, them again - see Whats New item 158 and Whats New item 162 above) - say that when the falling geomagnetic field reaches zero Gauss, and combines with the solar maximum (which is due in 2012), we have a problem....earthquakes, volcanoes, landslides, asteroids (due to a change in the gravitational field), increased solar radiation leading to cancer, meaning that those who wish to survive must be living deep in the Earth's crust, or be taken off-planet. The UFO activity reported in the Himalayas in Whats New item 162 is brought in here, to suggest that the UFOs are here to either somehow halt the catastrophes or to "remove us to an unknown destination".
Read the India Daily article
168. Nibiru: Latest Updates

Mar/2005
1/
On the Yowusa.com site, (which has been mentioned on the 2012 links page), there is an audio page where you can hear the latest interview by Marshall Masters, who thinks Nibiru (the massive planet on an 3000+ years orbit) is due to return around 2012. Some of the past interviews include
q
q q
Mystic Prophet, Father Andrew C. Wingate -- Predicts Major USA Terror Attack by February, and Nibiru Flyby in 2012; Solar Code Author Echan Deravy Nibiru Will Be Here in 2012, and It Will Bring Death, Destruction and Evolution, Why You'll Find Mayan Anthropologist George Erikson in a Cave on December 21, 2012 , 2013 will be the Worst Year of the Nibiru Flyby -- Physicist Jacco van der Worp
Whats New page 7
The latest interview can be heard for free, but previous ones can only be heard after subscribing ($ 25 per year). As of today (March 1st 2005), you can hear Dutch physicist Jacco Van der Worp talk about the Nibiru return in 2011 - 2013.
Yowusa Audio Page

(thanks to Andy Thomas)
169. Tsunami Conspiracy Theory
1/
Mar/2005 A surfer named Edwardo has been in touch to point out that one of the Prophecies from Thailand in Whats new item 112 - prophecy 3, "US use of high-tech heat ray on an Asian nation killing much of the population 7 days later" may have been fulfilled (other prophecies from Thailand predict a 2012 pole reversal and the post-2012 discovery of a buried city in Canada). He has summarised it in detail here, but in brief, a meteor was seen on December 19th in Jakarta Indonesia (report date of 18th is due to time-zones - it is reported elsewhere as the 19th) and the magnitude 9.0 earthquake that caused the tsunami "struck about 7 a.m. Sunday (0000 GMT Saturday) and was centered about 100 miles (160 kilometers) off the coast of Indonesia's Sumatra island". This means that the 7-day predicted interval had been fulfilled...The fact that the American military base had an advance warning, and that they possess technology capable of triggering earthquakes (ref1, ref2,) regardless of distance (ref3, ref4), in any medium (ref5) and that in a Chilean earthquake, an electromagnetic disturbance was picked up 6 days beforehand (see ref1), then Edwardo reasons that "if a set of electromagnetic transducers were used to generate a 20 minute pulse which propagated through resonant materials in the fault (such as quartz as suggested in the article), the resulting seismic event would occur approximately a week later." He also notes that "Charles Fort was among the first to note that strange "meteors" appeared coincidentally with earthquakes", there was a heat component to the tsunami, and finally, from the transcript of a press conference with then U. S. Secretary of Defense William Cohen in 1997: "Others are engaging even in an eco- type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves."
170. India Daily Goes 2012- Beserk!

April 2005 More articles are appearing on India Daily concerning 2012 (see Whats New items 158 , 162, and 167). On 8/3/2005 this appeared: Many in India getting ready for the coming upheaval of 2012 will we
survive? and on 10/3/2005 was this headline:74,000-year cycle of massive volcano in earth eliminates civilizations and living beings next one due in 2012? in which it said that "some geologists" say that
Whats New page 7
because a massive volcano erupted 74,000 years ago in Sumatra, causing a 8-10 degree temperature drop and mass extinction, that we are in for a repeat performance: "According to some geologists, the next one is due around 2012 based on that 74,000 year cycle. Many are pointing towards Yellow Stone National Park in America where Earths crust is wafer thin in geological scale." On 11/3/2005 the theme is continued, with Extra-terrestrial underwater experiments near Sumatra
are they trying to diffuse a super volcano repeat eruption like the one 74,000 years back ...and
the 2012 fascination continues through March into April: 31/3/05: Evidence of unusual structural disturbance inside the earth polar reversal may be root
cause of increasing earthquakes and volcanoes ticking time bomb for 2012?
5/4/2005 Simultaneous Terrestrial and Solar polar reversals can cause super volcano in 2012 -
Hawaiian Islands, Indonesia, Iceland and Yellowstone probable hot spots

8/4/2005 Drilling earths crust to break into the earths mantel thousands of these funded
projects may cause massive devastation by 2012 Check here for latest 2012 search on India daily
171. Investigating the Origins of Dreamspell

2005
April
Last month, we promised more following on from Carl Calleman's criticism of Jose Arguelles. Arguelles recently stated a clear reference concerning the origin of the Dreamspell correlation. He said it originated in the "Cuceb" section of the Chilam Balam prophecies. At considerable expense, Dire Gnosis obtained copies of these rare books, to check up on Jose's claims. The details of the investigation can be found from which this conclusion was reached:
here, ....
While Arguelles's claims that the grid arrangement of the Tzolkin (as shown in the Mayan Factor), originates form the Chilam Balam has been verified, some of his other claims have been found to be in error. In particular, his claim that the Dreamspell correlation originates in the Chilam Balam, while technically true we have seen how it was generated from the information in the Chilam Balam - does not follow any correlation in the Chilam Balam of the 5 or so to choose from, but combines several mismatching bits of information to produce a correlation that doesn't agree with any of the calendrical information in the Chilam Balams. The so-called "Tun-Uc" or 28-day lunar count seems to have originated from a stellar or zodiac period, which could, at a push, be called a "month", but not a "Moon" as in Dreamspell, since it had nothing to do with the Moon.
Whats New page 7

q
The July 26th New Year date continues to be disagreed on by various authorities - Malmstrom, for example, thinks it was fixed at July 26th before the conquest, others presume it was fixed after the conquest, and some think it was just the date of New Year at the time of the conquest, for 4 years, and some think it was just the date of zenith passage of the Sun. Makemson thinks the whole thing was a misinterpretation of Landa's work. The pattern of "portals" superimposed on the Tzolkin grid is one of many possible superimposed patterns with equal meaning or lack of it.
See whole investigation
172. More on Maya Prophecy
April 2005
At Whats New item 150, The Real Maya Prophecies, we saw that the Chilam Balam of Chumayel predicted the return of Quetzalcoatl/Kukulcan in Katun 4 Ahau, and that this could be the remains of a 2012 prophecy. The recent study of the Chilam Balam books of Tizimin and to a lesser extent, Mani, has provided a few interesting additions.
Tizimin:
Four Ahau is the katun for remembering knowledge and compressing it within annals. (Makemson p.57) "The Nine shall arise in sorrow, alas...And when over the dark sea I shall be lifted up in a chalice of fire, to that generation there will come the day of withered fruit. there will be rain. The face of the sun shalll be extinguished because of the great tempest. Then finally the ornaments shall descend in heaps. there will be good gifts for one and all, as well as lands, from the Great Spirit, wherever they shall settle down. Presently Baktun 13 shall come sailing, figuratively speaking, bringing the ornaments of which I have spoken from your ancestors. Then the god will come to visit his little ones. Perhaps "After Death" will be the subject of his discourse."(Makemson p.30) In the commentary, we find, "There is an unusual prophecy about the end of the world on page 16: "...in the final days of misfortune, in the final days of tying up the bundle of the thirteen katuns on 4 Ahau, then the end of the world shall come and the katun of our fathers will ascend on high". It is entirely possible that there is a copyist's error here and that thirteen baktuns were intended, since the katun cycle began and ended with 11 Ahau, we are told elsewhere, and the thirteen baktun cycle ran from 4 Ahau to 4 Ahau. The prophecy continues: "These valleys of the earth shall come to an end. For those katuns there shall be no priests, and no one who believes in his government without having doubts...Pay heed to the truth which I present to you in the katun of dishonor. Shall my intercession, my pleading be in vain? I speak to you! I Chilam Balam, the prophet of the Jaguar! I recount to you the words of the true gods, when they shall come." (Makemson p.167) Another prophecy concerning the last katun of a series, (katuns started being named after beginning instead of their ending, so katun 11 Ahau became katun 13 Ahau), may have some bearing on the final katun of the final baktun:
Whats New page 7
"Thirteen Ahau is the thirteenth katun and they shall count it at Cabal. In the assemblage of people they shall open the sealed katun. At dusk they shall smell the fragrance of flowers. Day shall be turned upside down;. their faces shall be disturbed. The genealogical tree shall descend. Stones shall descend and Heaven and Earth shall be universally consumed by fire. They shall make a divination concerning the living and the dead: 'The dead shall live! Dying from old age, they shall immediately ascend into heaven. They shall ascend quickly by good roads'. Evil roads descend, spreading out on the earth. At the end, in the final days of the katun, we will hear the words of the fathers of Heaven and Earth regarding the government of Katun 13 Ahau during his days, at the completion of the katun. Vale." (p.107-108)
Mani
The editors' notes confirm that, even if the prophecy for the end of 13 katuns did refer to katuns and not baktuns, that it still refers to the final katun (4 Ahau) of the 13-baktun cycle: " The Mayas had a firm belief in the concept that history repeats itself, and they fully expected the malevolent events of the Katun 8 Ahau to recur in approximately 260 years, when there would be another Katun 8 Ahau..." (Craine and Reindorp p.85) Makemson, who translated the Tizimin, concluded from the dates given in the Tizimin that the most apt correlation between the Maya and Gregorian calendars was correlation # 489138. This results in an end-date (13.0.0.0.0) of June 22nd 1752. As mentioned in the investigation article, Eric Thompson has argued convincingly against this in his book, Maya Hieroglyphic Writing, but it is interesting to note that on p.194, a prophecy of "A time will come when the katun-folds will have passed away, when they will be found no longer, because the count of tuns is reunited", is interpreted as follows: "In other words, separation of time into periods will be no more". It is strange, then that on p.132, Makemson states that "the katuns after 1752 contained 24 years instead of twenty tuns, and they were named for their beginning instead of for their ending days"...Even stranger that in September 1752, UK, Canada and USA all changed from Julian to Gregorian calendars, (170 years after the Gregorian reforms in Europe). Thus, it seems that a kind of end of time had been prophesied for 1752, and this was exactly 260 years before 2012, when the original 13-baktun count will culminate...with a recurrence of the prophecies...or perhaps this original culmination reflected backwards through time...
173. Uranus and 2012
April 2005
In the astrology of 2012 we find that Uranus, which entered Pisces in March 2003, leaves it in 2012 (some sites say Uranus leaves Pisces in 2011) and enters Aries. Neptune has been in the sign of Aquarius since November 1998 and will leave it in 2012. Neptune and Pluto entered the "Septile phase" (that was active from 1938 to 1941) and which lasts until 2012. For more on 2012 astrology, see The Sequence of Planetary and Stellar Dynamics to 2012 and Paradigm Shift 2012 . Halexandria shows a chart for 22 December 2012. Recently, the effects of Uranus have been claimed to be more than astrological. On 30th March 2005, the Mail
Whats New page 7
and Guardian Online had a headline saying "Uranus is 'responsible' for sea quakes". The article claimed that "Under the front-page headline "Uncanny Uranus", the report in the Bild newspaper cited an array of experts, ranging from Nasa scientists to TV astrologers, saying the seventh planet from the sun possesses a "quadripolar" magnetic field that acts as "a giant cosmic vacuum cleaner" This heavenly Hoover is literally sucking the Earth's tectonic plates out of their beddings, according to Bild, Europe's largest daily newspaper with more than five million readers. This magnetic pull is strongest along the Earth's equator because the tropics are marginally closer to Uranus than the poles are. The magnetic forces "are strong enough at the equator to suck up electrically charged dust particles", which could, in turn, disturb the Earth's crust and spawn killer sea quakes and resulting tidal waves. The reason these natural phenomena have increased of late is that the distant planet's orbit has brought Uranus uncomfortably close to Earth. Instead of being its usual 3,14-billion kilometres from Earth, Uranus currently is a mere 2,59-billion kilometres away. And it will remain this close through the year 2012, so Bild warns that we could be in for more uncanny Uranian catastrophes well into the next decade until Uranus slowly retreats back into its proper place in the Outer Solar System."
Read article
174. Doctrine of Convergent Timeline Paradox

May/05
11/
According to microbiologist Dr. Dan Burisch, who claims to have been associated with Majestic 12 (MJ-12), and to have worked at Area 51, he was directly downloaded with information from an ET ( J-rod): "According to the J-rod "yellow book" that shows past, present, and future developments on earth, the earth is scheduled for a pole shift on 2012 which will decimate the planet. The scoop is that J-rods are actually progeny of earthlings travelling back in time to fix something bad that happened in their history at this period of time. Prior to 2012, the earth goes through a serious of tribulations both natural and man-made. These are a function of choices made by earthlings, but 2012 is set in stone. Dec. 22 to be exact, even down to the very hour. The J-rods supposedly descend from a group of humans that high-tailed it to Mars and then on to a neighboring star system. Others following the saga do not believe that inhabitable earth comes to an end at 2012, but still think that the work being done by Dr. Burisch could play a pivotal role in helping a positive shift in earth consciousness, with belief in God intact -- ascribing the survival to God, not human evolutionary technology alone."
Whats New page 7
Source article here
In an interview with Bill Hamilton, the date given for the event is the 21st December 2012, and is said to have been triggered by human attempts at time travel (sounds like the Montauk experiment, which came out of the Philadelphia experiment, as covered in item 24 - Montauk, except that the Montauk loops are every 20 years and the last one was on 12th August 2002). He calls the situation "the Doctrine of Convergent Timeline Paradox": "BH: Okay, I understand what you're saying a loop within a loop DB: Yes, more of a well, from my framework, moving from A to B [here loops his hands again, and points to where the loop returns to rejoin the string] looping like this, and each of those nodes would be an overlay of a time-stream. So the more we muck with it, the worse we get. BH: And the critical period of time is coming up within about ten years? DB: [starts to half-nod diagonally] The critical period, according to the history [here face breaks into incredulous smile] of which has not technically been written yet if you walk outside and say this [gestures grandly towards the door] they will charge you with incoherency! [laughs, then whispers I had to say that!] The history has not been written yet, if you walk outside here. [now he is extremely serious]. But according to the history books that I read, there is a 'difficulty', unless they further overlaid something in the time-stream that either corrects it or gets us out of the paradox in which we live, which I don't know how the hell that would happen. I don't pretend to understand that kind of stuff. Put a slide in front of me and I'll do a micro on it, okay? [here he is smiling and addressing his response to BJ] [returning to Bill and the camera] but yeah, around 2012. We're talking about the famous Dec 21, 2012, the Mayan issues the Catastrophe is alleged to have and to occur around yeah, that date and what we can do about it I have no clue."
Source article here

In an interview witrh "DonDep", Burisch claims that "In 2012, the Sun will shower the earth with waves of energy, bound to the Einstein-Rosen Bridges that are clumped together at the Galactic equator." and that all of the "natural stargates" will turn on, causing "something wonderful" to happen, but that if we do not disable the manmade stargates first, the excess energy will cause the poleshift, "first magnetic, then geophysical". The result would be a minimum death-toll of 4 billion, according to Burisch. Interview extracts
175. Lahun Chan, Tzitzimime and Chupacabras

11/
Whats New page 7
May/05
In the Chilam Balam of Mani (eds: Craine & Reindorp p. 116), it says: "[In the time of the Katun 13 Ahau], Lahun Chan will seize the earth...." The editors' notes provide more information on Lahun Chan: "Lahun Chan, the Venus god, who has as his outstanding characteristics the head of a jaguar and the body of a dog. In addition, Thompson (1962: 219) says, "his tooth is long, his body is withered (like that of a rabbit in the Mani version). He is called Ah Chich, 'the forceful one', in Mani; '9 mountains' and Yuma-Une-Tziuit in Chumayel."" The Chilam Balam of Chumayel puts the coming of Lahun Chan at Katun 11 Ahau, but the final Katun of the series of 13 (the Short Count is a series of 13 Katuns - 260 uinals in total), was originally named after its end day, 11 Ahau, and later named after its beginning day, 13 Ahau. As we saw in Whats New item 172 above, prophecies for Katun 13 Ahau in the Chilam Balam could refer to the end of the 13-baktun cycle in 2012.
The Aztec Sunstone (see Sunstone page) shows the current era, ruled by Tonatiuh, the Sun god, surrounded by the past four eras, all of which are said to have ended in destruction, according to surviving Aztec myths. The current era or Fifth Sun is known as the Sun of Movement, because it is encased by the day-sign Ollin, which means "movement" or "earthquake", so it is thought that it will end with an earthquake. Previous eras are depicted by the day-signs, rain, wind, water, and jaguar/ocelot, and the former 3 are connected with a rain of fire (lava from volcanic eruptions); hurricanes; flooding. The Jaguar Sun represents an era that ended with the population being devoured by ocelots or jaguars, according to one account. The Cuauhtitlan Annals, a
Nahuatl manuscript, suggests that Jaguar Sun ended with an eclipse accompanied by the descent of tzitzimime, celestial demons that devoured mankind. John Major Jenkins says the tzitzimime are also predicted by the Aztecs for the end of the Fifth Sun, and sees them as either our own subconscious fears or as autonomous transdimensional entities. The picture of one of these tzitzimime shown in Maya Cosmogenesis 2012 (from Codex Magliabecchiano) appears to be very similar to the god at the centre of the Aztec Sunstone, with claw hands and a flint-knife tongue, which is confirmation of the connection between the tzitzimime and the end of the current era.
Whats New page 7
Since the mid-1970s there have been reports from Texas, Florida, through Mexico, Brazil, Chile and the Carribbean (particularly Puerto Rico), of a "chupacabras", or "goat sucker", that drains blood from goat, sheep, cattle and chickens: "Chupacabra are said to prominently appear in three specific forms. The first: a lizard-like being, appearing to have leathery/scaley greenish skin and sharp spines running down its back. It stands approximately 3-4 feet high, and stands/hops in a similar fashion as a kangaroo (in at least one sighting, the creature hopped 20 feet). This variety is said to have a sort of proboscis extending from its mouth, with a forked tongue protruding from it. The second variety also stands/hops as a kangaroo, and it has coarse fur with greyish facial hair. The head is similar to a dog's, and its mouth has large teeth. The third form is simply that of a strange breed of wild dog that is mostly hairless, has a pronounced spinal ridge, unusually pronounced eye sockets, teeth, and claws, but is otherwise a typical canine. This animal is said to be the result of interbreeding between several populations of wild dogs, though enthusiasts claim that it might be an example of an extinct dog-like reptile."
Source: Wikipedia
176. Exploding Toads Triggered by Galactic Centre?

May/05
11/
In Whats New item 156, we saw that the moment of Galactic Centre rising can affect intuition and ESP. It now seems to be causing more dramatic effects... Edwardo (see Whats New item 169 above) has been monitoring a situation that started in Germany, but has now spread to Denmark. Hundreds of toads are exploding at regular intervals - it happens between 2 and 3 am. Edwardo's Synchronism blogspot claims the following: "At a lake in Hamburg, toads are exploding by the hundreds. Biologists have few theories and even fewer facts about the gruesome demise of the amphibians. All that is known is the toads have been seen to expand to three or four times their normal size and then burst in a most unpleasant way. The peak time for the events is also known, and it happens to coincide with the rising of the galactic center." Edwardo has now suggested that ELF waves produced by the USA military that is causing the whales and dolphins to beach themselves, may give a clue here: "Galaxies with centers similar to ours have been shown to generate extremely long waves with periods as large as 25,000 to 30,000 years. Other observations show very powerful magnetic fields are also generated. This may indicate that a powerful ELF source exists that has periodic influence on geomagnetic, earthquake and even life."
Synchronism blogspot
BUT>>>
Whats New page 7
According to a report in the Independent Online edition, it seems that an amphibian specialist has now said that identical puncture marks in the toads indicate that crows have attacked them and pecked out their livers (which are missing in all cases) - this triggers the toad's defense mechanism of swelling up.
(Thanks to Debbie Parkes)
177. Has the Galactic Superwave of 2012 Begun?

May/05
11/
Astrophysicist, Paul laViolette has suggested that we are due for a wave of radiation from Galactic Centre, and has even connected it with the Maya 13-baktun cycle's end in 2012, (see Item 48, and Whats New item 84), but a recent interview on Mitch Battros's Earth Changes TV suggests that we may now be getting the first precursors of a galactic wave: "We discussed what Dr. LaViolette describes as super-waves (gamma rays) from the galactic core which has a cyclical time-line of approximately 26,000 years. But there is also a subsidiary cycle which occurs approximately every 14,000 years, and the last one was about 14,000 years ago. Thats right, it would suggest we are due for another hit. We did indeed discuss the most recent gamma ray burst which hit January of this year. It was so powerful it lit up the night sky more brilliant than the moon. I did ask Paul if this could have been a precursor (or first wave) to larger more intense waves to come as part of the 26,000 or 14,000 year cycle (depending on how you measure). You dont want to miss his answer." http://www.earthchangestv.com/audioarchives.php (requires subscription)
Alfred Webre's Exopolitics.com website has posted an article that looks into this possibility in detail, including an article by LaViolette himself, in which he points out that the Indonesian earthquake that caused the tsunami was followed by a gamma ray burst and that the two events are almost certainly related: "The 9.3 Richter earthquake was ten times stronger than any other earthquake during the past 25 years, and was followed just 44.6 hours later on December 27th by a very intense gamma ray burst, which was 100 fold brighter than any other in the past 25 year history of gamma ray observation. It seems difficult to pass off the temporal proximity of these two Class I events as being just a matter of coincidence. A time period of 25 years compared to a time separation of 44.6 hours amounts to a time ratio of about 5000:1. For two such unique events to have such a close time proximity is highly improbable if they are not somehow related. But, as mentioned above, gravity waves would very likely be associated with gamma ray bursts, and they would be expected to precede them." LaViolette's article:
Was the December 26, 2004 Indonesian Earthquake and Tsunami Caused by a Stellar Explosion 45,000 Light Years Away?
The Exopolitics.com article:
Whats New page 7
Exopolitics: Has the Galactic Superwave of 2012 Begun?
178. Torsion-Wave Energy From Galactic Centre

May/05
11/
The latest chapter in David Wilcock's Divine Cosmos online book - Chapter 9 - shows that researchers into pyramid energy noticed that the spherical energy orbs around their pyramids all disappeared on December 4th 1979, and this turned out to be a day when the X-rays from Galactic Centre had suddenly shut off. Russian research into torsion-wave energy indicates that this could be the factor involved here: "This is another valuable piece of data, as it shows us that the center of the galaxy is actually our primary source of instreaming torsion wave energy. In this case, the torsion waves appear to be propagating in tandem with the X-ray wavelengths of the electromagnetic energy spectrum. Even though the activity of the Sun can increase or decrease the strength of torsion waves coming into the Earth, without the input from the Galactic Center we will have much less energy available to us. This will prove to be a very important point that we will use to explain the importance of the Mayan Calendar end-date on Dec. 21, 2012 ." http://ascension2000.com/DivineCosmos/09.htm The pyramid experiments of Joe Parr, as recounted by Wilcock, imply that the torsion wave energy can trigger a hyperdimensional jump out of our 3d space-time into "a higher aetheric density": When pinch-off is achieved, the pyramids would either self-destruct or travel through solid objects, as indicated. This would also have the effect of causing extensive damage to the rotating arm and the entire inside of the machine...in Parrs experiments, the pyramid would temporarily disappear from our known three-space reality....In 55 different experiments of this type, the pyramid would pass through solid objects such as the wall of the machine, which formed an enclosed shell that surrounded the path of the pyramids rotation. http://ascension2000.com/ DivineCosmos/09.htm Incredibly, Parr found that this "pinch-off" effect happens most often when Earth passes through an imaginary line between the Sun and the belt stars of Orion. This happens every year between December 13th and 16th. This is reminiscent of the revelations in Whats New item 133, The Romanek Mystery and the Cube of Space.
See Divine Cosmos Chapter 9
179. Solar System Changes Update

11/May/05
David Wilcock has been working with Richard Hoagland of the Enterprise Mission, and they have produced
Whats New page 7
an updated series of articles on the solar system changes, using the latest data from NASA and other sources to show that Earth changes are part of something that is happening throughout the whole solar system.
See Interplanetary Day After Tomorrow series.
180. 2012 Antichrist Fiction?

June 2005
10
Antville.org, the news blog site of Robert Bast's Survive 2012 has announced that a new 2012-related book is due out before August 2005. The book is called "The Antichrist Version 666" and Antville carries a summary here, saying that this is a "real live account". The original idea was by Cloise Orand II and the story was ghost written by Karen Cole-Peralta. It apparently fuses the Maya calendar with the Book of Revelation and was supposedly written by "the Antichrist" himself. Whether this refers to the originator of the idea, you must decide for yourself. See the alternative summary here. See the plot Timeline here, and see the basic outline, or this more detailed book outline, which calls the book AC 666 and says it was originally titled "The Antichrist". This is the basic 2012 scenario: A. The End of the World--2012 AD, December 27 1. The Illuminati Prepare for the End, 2. Jesus' Second Coming, 3. The Comet Hits the Earth B. The Mission to Venus--2012 AD, December 27 to 2013 1. They Leave in the Spaceship--2012 AD, etc, etc...see above links for more.
181. India Monthly: The Latest India Daily Claims

2005 India Daily, the online newspaper has recently carried two more 2012-related articles;
10 June
April 11 2005: Recent Sumatra earthquakes precursor to probable mega Volcano in 2012 that can end human civilization May 12 2005: An orderly visit of Extraterrestrial Federation in 2012 representing 88 star constellations the world is getting ready for the most spectacular event
Alfred Lambremont Webre's Exopolitics site lists some India Daily articles under "Exo News" and some under "ET/UFO Disinformation".
Whats New page 7
182. Did ETs Encode 2012 in Their Landing Sites?

June 2005
10
In a 6-page essay called "An Occult Translation of the Roswell Event: Count down to 2012" , David E. Flynn claims that the Masonic number 33 encodes a secret. There are 33 grades of initiation, or degrees, in Masonry, and Flynn says that the clue lies in the ubiquitous Masonic symbols, the square and compass. If these are taken as symbols of navigation, it is found that the first recorded "ET" landing site - Mount Hermon (as recorded in the Book of Enoch and confirmed in Sumerian sources - see The Genius of the Few - the "ETs" may have been an advanced Earth civilization, of course), is situated at 33.33 degrees N and 33.33 degrees E, says Flynn, who goes on to say that this is equivalent to 2,012 nautical miles N (of the equator) and 2012 nautical miles E (of the Paris meridian, not the Greenwich one). Then he says
"To be completely accurate, the number of nautical miles in 33.33 degrees of the earth is 2012 ".9" This corresponds to the year and date that the ancient Mayans of middle America believed their calendar will end, December 21st, 2012. This is also the year their serpent god and founder of civilization, Quetzalcoatle, will return from heaven."
Flynn goes on to suggest that the more recent "landing site" at Roswell, New Mexico, (site of an alleged UFO crash in 1947) lies at the same latitude as Mount Hermon:
"The impact area near Roswell lays 33 north latitude, at a distance 2,012 miles from the equator".
Checking up on these claims, we find that the longitide and latitude of Mount Hermon is Lat.: 33o 24' 38'' and Long.: 35o 51' 26''. If we then use an online distance calculator and enter the latitude figure into both latitude boxes, (rounding up and down), and the longitude figure into one longitude box and the given longitude of Paris: 2o 20' into the other longitude box, we get a figure of 1674 nautical miles and 1926 statute miles. If we try converting these into all other types of mile (ancient British, ancient Roman, Irish, US, international, nautical international, nautical US, nautical UK), at an online length conversion calculator, we still don't get near 2,012...The error is about 1o 30'...in other words, if we enter 50' for the Paris meridian, then we get 2,012 statute miles. Likewise, if we enter 35o 51' into both the longitude boxes and 33o 25' into one latitude box and 0o 0' (equator) into the other, we get 2008 nautical miles and 2311 statute miles. Oh well, it seems that's another theory shot down in flames...unless this calculation is faulted and you can make it work... please feel free to double-check and let 2012:Dire Gnosis know!
183. Planetary Positions on Winter Solstice 2012

June 2005 Sun, Moon, and all the planets, except Jupiter are in the same 180-degree section of the sky.
10
Whats New page 7
Screen shot from Cybersky software (Download free demo here)
Whats New page 7
Screen shot from SkyGlobe software. Download shareware zip file here.
2012: Dire Gnosis
Welcome to 2012: Dire Gnosis.
http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/index.htm (1 of 10)9/28/2005 11:12:13 AM
2012: Dire Gnosis
A Data-base on the Year 2012
Translation by: www.worldlingo.com
Translation by: www.tranexp.com Alternative: Translation by Google
contact
New! Today's Maya Date New!
10/Jun/05:
Alternative Index Page
UPDATED 10/Jun/05:
Site Map
The Time Tunnel Introduction
2012: Dire Gnosis
MAIN DATA BASE:
"BEYOND 2012"
THE LONG-AWAITED BOOK IS COMING!
NEW!!
Search
BRAND NEW UPDATE SUMMARY
!!! 2012 NEWS !!! Jun/05

What's New? !! 2012
10/
Updated 10/Jun/05:
!!
Updated 10/Jun/2005
CALENDAR updated 2/Mar/05 2012 BOOKS

UPDATED 10/Jun/05
2012
EVENTS
Updated 10/Jun/05 - Now 325 links:
2012
2012: Dire Gnosis
LINKS
Updated: 4/May/04:
GNOSTIC-2012 RESOURCES
MAYA LINKS & DATE
New Links Added 2/Mar/05: CALCULATORS
CALENDAR CONVERTER
Updated: 3/Jan/05: DOWNLOADS Updated: 2/Feb/05:
2012
2012 MUSIC
Updated: 1/Dec/04:
2012 VIDEO
2012 PRODUCTS Updated: 10/Jun/05: items Updated: 2/Jun/04: Gnosis Updated: 10/Jun/05: Groups 24/Oct/04 Index to
Links to Dire
2012 Discussion
2012 and Crop Formations
Updated: 10/Jun/05: languages UPDATED 01/Sep/03 Dept.
Other 2012 Links - other
Crop
2012: Dire Gnosis
Updated: 10/Jun/05:
2012 Who's Who
The Astral Transition Hieroglyphs of Dimensional Interface updated The New Age of UFO Reality updated Extracts from Omega Point Twenty Twelve Poem
Symbology of the Dire Gnosis logo
COMING VERY SOON: Diagnosis COMING SOON: Eschaton COMING VERY SOON: Animation 2012 DISCUSSION GROUP:
2012
Preparing For The
Aztec Sunstone
Time Wave Zero 2012 FREE!
JOIN NOW - ITS
2012: Dire Gnosis
JENKINS / CALLEMAN DEBATE

John Major Jenkins presents a critique on Carl Johan Callemans book and theory, while simultaneously, Carl Johan Calleman presents a critique of John Major Jenkins book and theory. Will the 13-Baktun cycle end on 21 December 2012, or 28 October 2011?
Round 1: Jenkins Calleman Round 2: Jenkins Calleman Round 3: Jenkins Calleman
27th Sep 2001 21st Oct 2001 31st Dec 2001
Responses from readers
Search Tips
Google Search
Search WWW
Search www.diagnosis2012.co.uk
or... Special 2012: Dire Gnosis Search Page
email
2012: Dire Gnosis
Send me your info. Receive "2012 News" (free) - just email me
Turn sound up - (best with Internet Explorer - sound won't work with Netscape)
Introduction:
This website has been set up as a data-base for information about the year 2012 ( not including Olympic games and political candidates for elections and similar trivia). In the next few years, there is bound to be speculation over the possible meaning of the so-called "end of the Mayan calendar", and there are already various theories circulating, from the catastrophic to the ecstatic. In 1999, I started circulating a booklet called Beyond 2012, listing information, theories and ideas from diverse sources which predict 2012 as an evolutionary pinnacle; a leap in consciousness; a dimensional shift; an end of linear time; an encounter with an asteroid; mass genetic mutation from solar or cosmic rays; etc. The ideas come from scientists, artists, mystics, alternative Egyptologists, prophets, divinatory systems, shamanic psychonauts, mythology, and Mesoamerican research. It was designed to be a brief, easy-to-read summary, with references, to promote more research. Although much of the information collated in Beyond 2012 has been produced to try and explain the Mayan end-point, some of it originated before the Mayan Long Count was known about, outside archaeological circles. For example, the McKenna brothers, who found a complex fractal "timewave" encoded in the ancient Chinese I Ching oracle, discovered its 2012-termination point several years before they heard anything about the Mayan Long Count. I had read and studied the McKennas' work several years before I had heard that the Mayan Long Count ended in 2012, and it was this synchronicity which made 2012 an area of urgent research for me. Here is a more detailed account;
2012: THE EMERGENCE OF AN ENIGMA
2012: Dire Gnosis
I first became fascinated with 2012 in 1981, when I heard about a book by Terrence and Dennis McKenna, called The Invisible Landscape. It took me 10 months to get hold of the book, and I had to read it twice before I began to understand it, after becoming more acquainted with advanced neurochemistry. For those of you who may not know the story: In 1971, the McKenna brothers went down to a remote part of the Amazon jungle to investigate rumours that the shamans performed magic using a "violet psychofluid" - a kind of ectoplasm which pours from all orifices and the skin, following ingestion of a hallucinogenic brew called ayahuasca (only visible to others who've taken the brew). They ended up taking a different combination of sacred plants, but which contained the same active ingredients as ayahuasca - dimethyltryptamine, and harmine (a beta-carboline) - both of which are closely related to the natural secretions of the pineal gland (especially in advanced meditators). After a shared hallucinatory episode, the brothers returned to the USA to develop the insights they had in the Amazon. They were convinced that the ancient Chinese oracle - the I Ching, or Book of Changes - worked because it was a mathematically coded form of the time wave system that underlies change in the universe. The I Ching is a group of 64 six-line structures called hexagrams, which show all combinations of Yin and Yang (like + and - ). Another researcher Martin Schonberger, in 1973, found an exact correspondence between the 64 hexagrams and the 64 codons in our DNA, at the same time as the brothers worked on advanced neurochemical theories to explain how the chemistry system worked, by which they had accessed knowledge stored in their nuclear DNA. Eventually, they found a complex fractal wave, where each level is 64 times greater than the one below, consisting of 26 levels, which describes all change in the universe, from sub-atomic event durations, up to a universe-length time-span. When they analysed the peaks and troughs of history, and lined up the Timewave over the wave of history, they found that the end of the wave, when all the sub-waves peak together, will be in the year 2012 !! At the time they discovered this, THEY KNEW NOTHING ABOUT THE MAYAN CALENDAR, or that the Long Count ends in 2012. The Invisible Landscape was published in 1975, and knowledge of the Mayan calendar did not become widespread until 1987, when Jose Arguelles published The Mayan Factor. Having heard about this later, the McKennas published a new version of the Invisible Landscape in 1993, in which the Timewave was refined to end on the winter solstice, along with the Long Count. The Timewave ("Timewave Zero") was criticized by a mathematician called Watkins, and then checked and corrected by a nuclear physicist called John Sheliak, so that the new "Timewave One" fitted history even better (see Hyperborea for more details). More recently, it has been discovered that the Mayan shamans actually used the same mushroom which the McKennas took, leading to knowledge of 2012 in both cases. The end of the wave shows "ingression of novelty into spacetime" or change, accelerating to
2012: Dire Gnosis
incredible levels. To paraphrase Robert Anton Wilson's summary; the last 384-day cycle contains more transformations than in all previous cycles - below that is a 6-day cycle, when things accelerate even faster, and in the last 135 minutes, 18 barriers comparable with the appearance of life, or the invention of language, will be crossed - 13 of these will occur in the last second. At this point, since McKenna had demonstrated that the I Ching was once actually used as a calendar, I began to wonder if there were any other ancient calendrical systems, or knowledge systems which also encoded the knowledge, and began writing reams of notes, which developed into essays - (must be careful this doesn't become one!) Megalithic sites were used for calendrical purposes, and several, such as Newgrange in Ireland, are aligned to the winter solstice sunrise.... then there's the Tarot, from which we get our 4x13=52 packs of playing cards (4 seasons of 13 weeks = a 52-week year) - some say it has Egyptian origins - could that have encoded 2012 too? When the Bible Code was published - apparently a third independent ancient encoded source of 2012 info (Earth meets shattered comet), I condensed my "Omega Pointers" into summary paragraphs, with references, and started getting the information out there for others to get their teeth into. In 1999, the handouts had become an A4 booklet, "Beyond 2012 - a Convergence of Eschatological Information". In Autumn 2000, I added a "Pre-millennial Supplement", and did a couple of presentations on the material. In 2000, the internet really started kicking off, and this is the obvious place to share information, so 2012: Dire Gnosis will be the morphing, on-line version of BEYOND 2012. A version you can interact with. YES, please donate your info., and I will give you the credit, as I add it to the database. You MUST see the 2012 Links page - a guide to related !
over 300
internet sites, all 2012-
Remember (to paraphrase Wilson again), in order to keep an open mind, and not censor any information to bolster our favorite theory, we should, once a week, seriously consider the most absurd and preposterous theories.
There will hopefully be no bias here; all ideas will be reported, though opposing viewpoints may also be quoted. contact
free hit counter
2012: Dire Gnosis
Back to menu
2012
by bast
[ Join Now | Ring Hub | Random | << Prev | Next >> ]

Visit a complete list of WebRing memberships here

Beyond 2012

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Beyond 2012

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Beyond 2012 page 1

A Convergence of Eschatological Information...

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (1 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (2 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (3 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

The Tzolkin, or Mayan Sacred Calendar

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (4 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (5 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

(See also item 42)

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (6 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (8 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

Milky Way as Cosmic Tree compared with caiman-tree. 2012

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (9 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (10 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

The Star in the Thoth Tarot

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (11 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

Sounds like Nibiru - Sitchin's 12th Planet see item 27 & 35

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (12 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

UFO over Palenque, Mexico; 21st March 1991

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (13 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (15 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (16 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

(see item 40) are also involved

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (17 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 1

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/1.htm (18 of 18)9/28/2005 11:00:45 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (1 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (2 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

The Barbury Castle Pictogram 17/7/91

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (3 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

The Mandelbrot Fractal

(see Chaos by James Gleick)

The Ickleton Mandelbrot formation.

View Mandelbrot crop formation: 1 2 Three interactive Mandelbrot fractals: 1 2

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (4 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (5 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (6 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM

Beyond 2012 page 2

Evolution as a series of sudden transitions the field of inner development

Projected growth curve of population working in

http://www.diagnosis2012.co.uk/2.htm (7 of 11)9/28/2005 11:01:12 AM